VAL Avionics NAV 2000 Installation guide

SkyView
System Installation Guide
This product is not TSO’d and cannot be installed into traditional
FAA Part 23 and similarly type-certificated aircraft
Document 101320-017, Revision R
For use with firmware version 11.0
August, 2014
Copyright © 2009-2014 by Dynon Avionics, Inc.
Permission to print this manual is granted to third parties.
Contact Information
Dynon Avionics, Inc.
st
19825 141 Place NE
Woodinville, WA 98072
Phone: (425) 402-0433 - 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM (Pacific Time) Monday – Friday
Dynon Avionics Technical Support available 7:00 AM–4:00 PM (Pacific Time) Monday – Friday
Email: support@dynonavionics.com
Fax: (425) 984-1751
Dynon Avionics offers online sales, extensive support, and frequently updated information on its products via its
Internet sites:
www.dynonavionics.com –Dynon Avionics primary web site; including:
http://docs.dynonavionics.com – Current and archival documentation.
http://downloads.dynonavionics.com – Software downloads.
http://support.dynonavionics.com – Support resources.
http://store.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s secure online store for purchasing all Dynon products 24 hours a day.
http://wiki.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s Documentation Wiki provides additional technical information on Dynon
products.
http://forum.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s Internet forum where Dynon customers can interact with each other
and Dynon Avionics. A key feature of the forum is that it allows the exchange of diagrams, photos, and other types
of files.
http://newsletter.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s email newsletter.
http://blog.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s blog where you can find new and interesting Dynon-related content.
Error! Hyperlink reference not valid.http://register.dynonavionics.com – Register your Dynon Avionics product.
http://license.dynonavionics.com – Redeem certificates for navigation mapping software, synthetic vision, and
other features for license codes that add new functionality to your SkyView system.
Copyright
2009-2014 Dynon Avionics, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated or stored in
any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Dynon Avionics. Dynon Avionics hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice. Dynon Avionics reserves the right to change or improve its products and to
make changes in the content without obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes. Visit the Dynon Avionics website
(www.dynonavionics.com) for current updates and supplemental information concerning the use and operation of this and other Dynon
Avionics products.
Limited Warranty
Dynon Avionics warrants this product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for three years from date of shipment. Dynon
Avionics will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge
to the customer for parts or labor performed by Dynon Avionics. The customer is, however, responsible for any transportation cost and any
costs that are incurred while removing, reinstalling, or troubleshooting the product. This warranty does not cover failures due to abuse, misuse,
accident, improper installation or unauthorized alteration or repairs.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE, AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE AND IN COUNTRIES OTHER THAN
THE USA.
IN NO EVENT SHALL DYNON AVIONICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES AND COUNTRIES
DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
Dynon Avionics retains the exclusive right to repair or replace the instrument or firmware or offer a full refund of the purchase price at its sole
discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
These instruments are not intended for use in type certificated aircraft at this time. Dynon Avionics makes no claim as to the suitability of its
products in connection with FAR 91.205.
Dynon Avionics’ products incorporate a variety of precise, sensitive electronics. SkyView products do not contain any field/user-serviceable
parts. Units found to have been taken apart may not be eligible for repair under warranty. Additionally, once a Dynon Avionics unit is opened
up, it is not considered airworthy and must be serviced at the factory.
Dynon Avionics Returns and Warranty web page can be found at http://support.dynonavionics.com.
Revision History
Revision
A
Revision Date
December 2009
Description
Initial release
Document number changed to 101320-001.
Minor style, grammar, and cross reference changes and corrections.
Updated guide to reflect SkyView firmware version 1.5 behavior and requirements.
Added servo installation information in various chapters.
Clarified SV-ADAHRS-200/201 installation orientation requirements.
Clarified SkyView display basic operation procedures. Most notably, added a screen
synchronization section.
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 Installation and Configuration Chapter Updates:








B
March 2010
Called out the use of a 5 amp breaker instead of a 7.5 amp breaker on page 4-7.
Added important backup battery information on page 4-7.
Consolidated serial device installation into this chapter.
Added installation information for external dimming control and audio outputs.
Expanded the Brightness Setup Section.
Added a section regarding installed databases.
Added a section reminding users outside of North America that they will need to
install an applicable terrain database file on page 4-14.
Added a section regarding Aviation Data.
Cautioned against the use of ferrous pneumatic fittings on page 5-3.
SV-EMS-220 Installation and Configuration Chapter Updates:








Clarified the theory behind and the use of EMS sensor definition and
configuration files in SkyView.
Added a section regarding SV-EMS-220 wire harnesses.
Added example engine sensor and transducer installations.
Removed the requirement for a 200 ohm pull down resistor in the Rotax oil
pressure sensor installation.
Removed the requirement for a 1.21k ohm pull up resistor in the Rotax CHT
sensor installation.
The SV-EMS-220 is capable of measuring differential fuel flow. All information in
the guide has been updated to reflect this.
Fixed the fuse call-out on in the Ammeter Shunt Section. Revision A called out a
7.5 amp fuse. This guide calls out a 1 amp fuse.
Documented other minor sensor installation requirements corrections as
required.
Clarified SV-GPS-250 installation requirements.
Expanded Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections.
Document number changed to 101320-002.
C
May 2010
Minor style changes.
Added information in applicable locations regarding the SV-NET-SERVO wiring kit.
iv
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Revision
Revision Date
Description
Color-coded the connectors in the example SkyView systems figures to indicate
gender.
Updated the guide to include HSI requirements and other related information.
Updated the guide to reflect autopilot functionality, calibration, and testing
information. The most notable changes are to the Autopilot Servo Installation,
Configuration, and Calibration Section.
Expanded the Input Function Section under the Serial Port Configuration Section in
the SV-D700 / SV-D1000 Installation and Configuration Chapter.
Added an important note on page 5-7 regarding the necessity of configuring airspeed
limitations for autopilot servo calibration.
Specified that the SV-EMS-220 warning light pin (D37 pin 29) should not be connected
in Table 14.
The SV-GPS-250 should now be configured as INPUT FUNCTION = POS 1.
Clarified servo installation instructions regarding the connection point on the servo
arm with the linkage hardware on page 9-6.
Updated the AP Disengage/CWS Button Section on page 9-10 to say that the button is
required instead of just highly recommended.
Document number changed to 101320-003.
Added GPS Fix Status information.
Added Fuel Flow pulses/gallon documentation.
Clarified EMS GP input compatibility.
D
June 2010
Added information about obstacles and runways to synthetic vision section.
Added information about new autopilot pitch axis settings.
Added information about optional External Alarm Light connection.
Added information about fuel computer settings.
Updated autopilot test procedures with additional warnings and precautions.
Reiterated the importance of proper ADAHRS orientation and other installation
requirements.
Added note about servo self-lubrication.
Clarified lack of specific boom-mount AOA/Pitot installation instructions.
Added information about serial device and display connection requirements.
Added firmware upgrade information for servos being used from D10/D100 with
older firmware.
E
October 2010
Clarified GPS serial connection wire functions and colors.
Added SV-XPNDR-261/262 installation instructions and specifications.
Added SV-ARINC-429 installation instructions and specifications.
Added new requirement to connect TX and RX lines from serial devices to ALL displays
in parallel.
Added information about Autopilot servos not needing lubrication.
Clarified lack of boom mount AOA/Pitot mount availability.
Clarified that cable-side transponder TNC connector is not provided by Dynon.
F
December 2010
Added SV-BAT-320 connection information for customers making their own
harnesses.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
v
Revision
Revision Date
Description
Added OAT connection information for customers making their own harnesses.
Removed 30K resistor requirement for Rotax trigger coil RPM pickup.
Clarified SV-GPS-250 connections when multiple displays and/or SV-GPS-250 modules
are involved.
Added pinout table for Dynon Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter.
Added connector labels to SkyView Network Module and Display Diagrams.
Fixed orientation of SkyView connectors on diagrams.
Clarified acceptable SV-ADAHRS-200/201 orientation.
Added additional Garmin 430 and SL30 configuration information.
Fixed link to AOA information on Dynon web site.
Added LED status troubleshooting information for SkyView modules.
Added product registration information.
Updated Garmin 480 connection details.
Added warnings about modifying products and introduction of foreign debris.
G
March 2011
Described improved loss of external power with backup battery connected behavior.
Added G meter setup information.
Added recommended Ethernet connection information for multiple display SkyView
systems.
Clarified GRT hall effect amps sensor support.
Added information about reconnecting repaired SkyView Network components to a
system after repair.
Added Synthetic Vision License and Purchase Information.
Added SV-MAP-270 License and Purchase Information.
Updated information about obtaining and managing aviation / obstacle databases,
including Jeppesen data support.
Removed Create System Backup description.
Added description of EMS serial data.
H
April 2011
Changed Screen Hardware to Display Hardware.
Add flight path marker and extreme pitch warning menu items.
Clarified SV-GPS-250 connectivity.
Clarified that Ethernet is designed to be connected permanently.
Added angle of attack menu item.
Added OAT probe adjustment setting information.
Added Vertical Power VP-X License information and interfacing information.
Clarified serial port connections for multi-display SkyView systems in Appendix E.
I
September 2011
Added information about which modules and devices the SV-BAT-320 can provide
power to in the event of power failure.
Added EI FT-60 fuel flow sensor orientation information.
Added a note about the importance of external devices sharing ground with SkyView
for proper operation.
Added Amps shunt fuse diagram.
vi
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Revision
Revision Date
Description
Added SV-XPNDR-261/262 power wire size recommendation.
Added permission to print manual.
Added information about taking screenshots for troubleshooting purposes.
Added information about re-doing ADAHRS-based calibrations if an additional
ADAHRS is installed after calibrations have been done.
Consolidated all information about ADAHRS calibrations into the ADAHRS installation
chapter.
Added ADAHRS, SYSTEM, and NMEA Serial output information to Serial Data Output
Appendix.
J
November 2011
Added Garmin GTN connection information.
Added Garmin serial port setting for Garmin 430/530 ARINC-429 based connections.
Added information about equipping for IFR.
Clarified that Jeppesen data must be transferred to USB flash drive via the Jeppesen
JSUM program.
Added PocketFMS information.
Clarified Honeywell oil pressure sensor connection information (Rotax).
Added recommendation to ensure master contactor/relay is protected by a diode.
Clarified fuel flow sensor connections.
Added UMA differential pressure sensor information.
Added backup battery test to initial installation procedures.
Changed EMS wire harness tables to indicate pin 2 may not have a wire in it (all recent
Dynon harnesses).
Clarified future use of connected TSO’d GPS to transponder for ADS-B 2020 mandate
compliance.
Clarified that a broken shear screw may be indicative of a more systemic problem that
needs to be resolved.
K
March 2012
Added serial port test to ensure that ports are configured correctly on all displays.
Better explanation of cases when fuel tank / sensor geometry prohibits display of all
fuel in tanks.
Added Kavlico Fuel, Oil, and Coolant Pressure sensor information.
Clarified external dimming input.
Added Rotax 912 special oil temp / tachometer behavior.
Added altitude alerter setup information.
Added EMS 5/12V output current limitations information.
Added 3rd party two wire oil temperature sensor connection instructions.
Added procedure for performing pitot/static checks.
Updated map setup instructions as former setup items are not user-accessible via
normal SkyView UI.
Clarified settings changes necessary to support capacitive fuel quantity senders.
Added audio output connection instructions.
Updated CWS Broken Line Detect instructions to reflect that the feature is now
available.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
vii
Revision
Revision Date
Description
Clarified obtaining HEX CODEs for mode S operation.
Added SV-NET-HUB drawing with dimensions.
Location of pulses/gallon setting changed in setup menu.
Added dual SV-GPS-250 + dual display example connection diagram.
Clarified VP-X flaps and trim calibration procedures.
Added Dynon Capacitance to Voltage Converter current draw information for power
planning.
Clarified that audio output from ALL SkyView displays must be connected to audio
panels/intercom for proper audio operation.
Clarified % power only available on Lycoming / Continental engines.
L
July 2012
Added crush washer spec for 100409-001 oil temp sensor.
Updated pitot/static test instructions.
Added metric units to most dimensions and weights.
Explained presence of unused 1.21K resistor in transponder connector kit.
Clarified fuel flow sensor placement recommendations.
Changed max SkyView displays supported to three.
Added instructions for using already-installed Dynon D10/D100 Series OAT Probes
with SkyView.
Added Rotax 912 iS information.
Added SkyView Network redundancy information to SkyView Network and
Troubleshooting sections.
Expanded ADAHRS Source Selection section with new cross-checking features.
Updated SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing chapter, as well
as relevant appendix data, to reflect updated ADS-B Out capability, improved squatswitchless air/ground detection and automatic mode switching.
Added basic explanation of EMS voltmeter inputs.
Clarified the boom mount does not incorporate drainage features.
Added link to FAA AIM for further ADS-B and TIS system information.
Clarified SV-XPNDR-261/262 serial port wiring.
Added engine alert inhibit information.
M
December 2012
Added voltage measurement capability and ultimate limit for type “C” EMS inputs.
Improved standby network error troubleshooting explanation.
Updated recommendation to have servos powered whenever SkyView is powered on.
Added description of take-off position marking for trim calibrations.
Added SV-ADSB-470 installation information.
Documented move of INHIBIT ENGINE ALERTS AT BOOT option to Engine Information
menu.
Updated return to service appendix.
N
January 2013
Updated Serial Data Output Format Specifications. SYSTEM and EMS formats have
changed for 5.1.
Documented new internal data logging feature. See appendix F.
Added a note to reinforce that the servo shear screw should NEVER be removed or
viii
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Revision
Revision Date
Description
adjusted in the normal process of installing an autopilot servo.
Revised for SkyView v6.0.
Revised for installation of SV-COM-C25.
Revised for Expert IFR AP mode and Simplified VFR AP mode.
Updated SV-BAT-320 Initial Battery Test and Annual Test.
On multi-display systems, serial port configuration is now identical on all displays
(SYSTEM SETUP). Previously serial ports were configured individually on each display.
Updated all reference referencing serial ports that the same serial ports MUST be
used on all displays.
Updated SV-ADSB-470 section to reflect that a Garmin GTX 330ES will now enable
display of ADS-B traffic (in addition to Dynon Avionics SV-XPND-261 or -262).
Updated SV-EMS-220/221 to reflect that Pin 23 is now a “Type C” input (was
previously only Pins 8, 22, and 31).
O
June 2013
Updated SkyView display Contact #1 Input is now (Optional) AP External LEVEL
Button.
Updated SL30 instructions – now able to monitor status on top bar and push
frequencies.
Added SL40 wiring instructions – now able to monitor status on top bar and push
frequencies.
Added recommendation in SV-NET-SERVO instructions not to route power, ground,
and CWS using unused pins on the 9-pin connectors.
Added instructions for connecting RPM for Rotax 914.
Added instructions on setting Pulses Per Revolution for Jabiru engines and Rotax 912.
Added detailed instructions for displaying status of Heated Pitot Controller on EMS.
Added explanation about priority of displaying one of two RPM signals, if two are
connected.
Clarified power consumption for SkyView displays.
Clarified 912 iS fuel pressure measurement requirements.
Added alternate sealing washer recommendation for oil temperature sensor.
Added configuration information for new Fuel Tank Reminder feature.
P
September 2013
Clarified SV-BAT-320 Test Procedures.
Default Climb and Descent Vertical Speeds now used in some Expert Autopilot
scenarios.
Added ADS-B configuration information to 430/530/GTN connection instructions for
using those products’ TSO’d GPS position with SkyView’s transponder ADS-B Out
capability.
Q
March, 2014
Added SkyView v10.0, SV-D1000T, SV-AP-PANEL, and SV-KNOB-PANEL:
- SV-D1000T touch setup (Page 4-28)
- SV-AP-PANEL installation (Section 17)
- SV-KNOB-PANEL installation (Section 18)
- Added information about Transponder software update to v2.04 (Page 11-20)
- Setup for dual SV-EMS-220/221 to monitor all cylinders of a 9-cylinder radial engine
(Pages 7-29, 7-30, 7-31)
- Added setup for monitoring dual engines with dual SV-EMS-220/221 and at least two
SkyView displays (Page 7-32)
- Added Contacts Used For Landing Gear section (Page 7-56)
- Added additional color choices in EMS ranges, choices now include Blue, Cyan,
Orange, Violet, White, and Yellow. (Page 7-64)
- Added and updated serial connection details for Garmin / Apollo SL30 COM/NAV
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
ix
Revision
Revision Date
Description
radio, Garmin / Apollo SL40 COM radio, Val Avionics NAV 2000 NAV radio, Icom ICA210 COM radio, MGL V6/V10 COM radio, and Trig TY91 COM radio (Pages 4-16
through 4-18)
- Added GPS and NAV devices can now be named with a user selectable seven
character name instead of POS x, NAV x, GPS x
- Added explanation of new ALLOW AUTO SWITCH in setup of SV-ARINC-429 (Page 1211)
- Added explanation of software upgrade cannot proceed if previously configured
SkyView Network devices are not connected (Page 3-15 and 3-16)
Added extensive Harness Construction Notes for connecting single and dual SV-COMC25s to an SV-INTERCOM-2S. (Section 16)
Added procedure for adjusting 912 iS CAN fuel flow reported to SkyView Fuel
Computer (Page 7-28)
Added caution not to over-torque fasteners used to mount SV-BAT-320 (Page 9-2)
Added information to display VP-X BATT VOLTS widget in EMS display (Page 11-14)
Added information on using “FTP client” to download very large terrain database files
(Page 6-3).
Added information about Rotax 914 EGT probes (Page 7-35)
Added information about Rotax 914 fuel pressure sensor (Page 7-39)
Added SV-EMS-220 / 221 is required for display of VP-X information (Page 13-1)
Added that Altitude Encoder output for Garmin SL70 is supported (Page 4-15)
Added Kavlico Pressure Sensor Manufacturer Part Numbers (Appendix G)
Improved TSO / Part 23 applicability statement (cover)
Improved guidance for installation of SV-GPS-250 (Page 2-10 and Page 8-2)
Improved information about Rotax 914 air box temperature sensor (Page 7-55)
Improved guidance that SV-XPNDR-262, even after firmware update, will not meet
the requirements of the FAA 2020 ADS-B “mandate” (Section 11 - SV-XPNDR-261/262
Installation, Configuration, and Testing)
Improved guidance that ADAHRS/EMS/SYSTEM/NMEA Serial Output must be
connected to all SkyView displays. Updated similar guidance for other devices
connected via serial port, made language consistent on all devices connected via
serial port. (Pages 4-11 through 4-19)
Improved guidance for installation of External LEVEL Button (Page 10-13)
Improved guidance on monitoring Heated Pitot status (Page 15-7)
Corrected: SV-COM-C25 Sensitivity (Page 18-6)
Corrected: To use Garmin 330ES with SV-ADSB-470, setting HEX CODE procedure is
required for all software versions (Page 14-1)
New products:
 SkyView firmware v11.0
 SV-COM-X83 8.33 kHz VHF COM Radio (Chapter 17 and related information)
 Video Input Adapter for SkyView (USB) (Page 15-16)
R
x
August, 2014
New features:
 Support for COM radios with 8.33 kHz tuning steps:
f.u.n.k.e. Avionics ATR833
Garmin GTR 225 and Garmin GNC 255
Trig Avionics TY91 and TY92
 New alert messages for:
Mismatch between SkyView BARO setting and BARO value reported from ADS-B
(Page 3-12)
New installation – modules not configured (Page 4-9)
High-resolution terrain is not available for aircraft’s current location (Page 6-3)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Revision
Revision Date
Description
Sensor definition files do not match between SkyView displays (Page 7-60)
Transponder HEX CODE is not set (Page 11-15)
 Wide field of view for Synthetic Vision (Page 3-12)
 Vne can now be expressed as TAS as well as IAS (Page 5-8, 10-20)
 MW Fly AEROPOWER engines supported in SV-EMS-221 (Page 7-1)
 AP Disconnect/CWS Switch and External LEVEL Button status is checked at boot.
(Page 10-13, 10-14)
 AP Disconnect/CWS Switch is checked upon entering SERVO CALIBRATION (Page 1016)
 ADS-B traffic display enabled with non-Dynon ADS-B OUT devices (Page 14-1)
 Independent volume control for Angle of Attack (Page 15-7)
Documentation added:
 Added explanation that SkyView can be powered on during engine start (Page 2-5)
 Recommendation to install Panel Mount USB cable with each SkyView display (Page
2-6)
 Serial port connection and configuration information for Emergency Location
Transmitter (ELT) (Page 4-20)
 External Dim Control Connections (Page 4-20)
 SV-ADAHRS-200/201 must be installed level or the Slip/Skid Ball will not be centered
(Page 5-3)
 Caution about applying too much torque when installing SV-BAT-320 (Page 9-2)
 Addition of capacitor to servo to eliminate Intercom noise (Page 10-12, 10-13)
 Pin descriptions, added wiring diagram for SV-AP-PANEL Trim Controller installation
(Chapter 19)
 As of v11.0, SkyView does not have “Auto Trim” capability (Page 19-3)
 Alert Data Log (Page 26-2)
Documentation improved:
 Getting Started (Pages 1-2 through 1-4)
 SkyView System Power Specifications (Table 2, Page 2-2)
 Corrected SV-XPNDR-261/262 dimensions (Page 2-3)
 Recommendation to not use stainless steel hardware for installing SV-ADAHRS200/201, added recommendation to use Brass hardware (Page 2-8, Page 5-3)
 Explanation of Dynon Diagnostic File (Page 3-10 and Page 3-16)
 Updated screen shots throughout SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and
Configuration (Chapter 4)
 Moved configuration information for Garmin GTX 330ES to Traffic Devices section
(Page 4-14)
 VAL NAV 2000 – frequency cannot be displayed on top bar (Page 4-17)
 Updated SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Magnetic Calibration Procedure (Page 5-5)
 Differences between SV-EMS-220 and SV-EMS-221 (Page 7-1)
 Rotax oil pressure sensor connector charge (Page 7-41, 7-42)
 Oil temperature sensor section, updated crush washer installation instructions.
(Page 7-42)
 Rotax 914 Differential Fuel Pressure Sensor UMA N1EU07D guidance improved
(Page -7-44, 7-45)
 Suppress units displayed on sensor widgets (Page 7-63)
 Effect of setting ALLOW AUTO SWITCH to YES (LABEL 100P) for 430/530 (Page 12-7)
and GTN-series (12-9)
 Setup for transponders other than SV-XPNDR-261/262 with ADS-B OUT for receiving
ADS-B Traffic information with SV-ADSB-470 (Page 14-1)
 Check for blockage of AOA / Pitot lines prior to installation (Page 15-10)
 SV-COM-C25 Post Installation Checks, Continued Airworthiness and Maintenance
(Page 16-8, 16-9)
 Homemade Wire Harness Considerations (Page 21-2 through 21-4)
 MAP button no longer available (Page 21-11)
 Kavlico pressure sensors information (Appendix G)
Table 1–SkyView System Installation Guide Revision History
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
xi
Table of Contents
Contact Information ..................................................................................................................................................... iii
Copyright ...................................................................................................................................................................... iii
Limited Warranty .......................................................................................................................................................... iii
Revision History ............................................................................................................................................................ iv
1. Introduction
1-1
Warning ......................................................................................................................................................................1-1
Dynon Avionics Product Registration .........................................................................................................................1-2
About this Guide .........................................................................................................................................................1-2
Getting Started ...........................................................................................................................................................1-2
2. System Planning
2-1
Power Consumption ...................................................................................................................................................2-2
Major Component Physical Specifications .................................................................................................................2-3
Temperature Specifications ........................................................................................................................................2-4
General System Installation Tips ................................................................................................................................2-5
SkyView Can Be On During Engine Start .....................................................................................................................2-5
Installing SkyView in an IFR-Equipped Aircraft ...........................................................................................................2-5
Location Requirements ...............................................................................................................................................2-6
Mounting Requirements...........................................................................................................................................2-12
SkyView System Construction ..................................................................................................................................2-12
Example SkyView Systems ........................................................................................................................................2-16
HSI Requirements .....................................................................................................................................................2-19
3. Basic SkyView Display Operation
3-1
Screen Synchronization ..............................................................................................................................................3-1
Display Bezel Layout ...................................................................................................................................................3-2
Joystick and Button Operation ...................................................................................................................................3-3
SkyView Touch ............................................................................................................................................................3-5
Menu Navigation ........................................................................................................................................................3-5
Basic Display Operation Procedures ...........................................................................................................................3-6
Screens and Menus.....................................................................................................................................................3-8
Main Menu .........................................................................................................................................................3-8
Message Notification Area .................................................................................................................................3-9
In Flight Setup Menu ..........................................................................................................................................3-9
Setup Menu ........................................................................................................................................................3-9
System Software Menu ....................................................................................................................................3-10
System Setup Menu ..........................................................................................................................................3-10
LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP Menu ............................................................................................................................3-11
PFD SETUP Menu ..............................................................................................................................................3-12
EMS Setup Menu ..............................................................................................................................................3-13
MAP Setup Menu ..............................................................................................................................................3-13
Autopilot Setup Menu ......................................................................................................................................3-13
Transponder Setup Menu .................................................................................................................................3-14
Hardware Calibration Menu .............................................................................................................................3-14
Firmware Updates and File Operations ....................................................................................................................3-14
How to Update Firmware .................................................................................................................................3-15
How to Export System Settings ........................................................................................................................3-16
How to Load and Delete Files ...........................................................................................................................3-17
How to Export Data Logs and Waypoints .........................................................................................................3-17
SkyView System Installation Guide
xiii
Table of Contents
4. SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
4-1
Physical Installation ....................................................................................................................................................4-2
Electrical Installation ..................................................................................................................................................4-7
Power Input ........................................................................................................................................................4-7
Grounding ...........................................................................................................................................................4-7
Airplane Master Contactor / Relay Considerations ............................................................................................4-7
Backup Battery Connection and Operation Rules ..............................................................................................4-7
SkyView Network Connectors ............................................................................................................................4-8
Network Setup and Status ..................................................................................................................................4-8
Ethernet Connection.........................................................................................................................................4-11
Internal Time Keeping.......................................................................................................................................4-11
Serial Devices ....................................................................................................................................................4-11
USB Usage and Accessibility .............................................................................................................................4-22
External Dim Control Connections....................................................................................................................4-22
Contact Inputs ..................................................................................................................................................4-24
Reserved Connections for Future Use ..............................................................................................................4-24
Display Setup ............................................................................................................................................................4-24
How to Access Display Hardware Information .................................................................................................4-25
Serial Port Configuration ..................................................................................................................................4-25
Brightness Setup ...............................................................................................................................................4-27
Top Bar Setup ...................................................................................................................................................4-28
Aircraft Information ..........................................................................................................................................4-28
Screen Layout Setup .........................................................................................................................................4-29
Touch Setup ......................................................................................................................................................4-30
5. SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
5-1
Physical Installation ....................................................................................................................................................5-2
SkyView Network Connection ....................................................................................................................................5-3
Pneumatic Ports .........................................................................................................................................................5-4
Magnetic Heading Calibration ....................................................................................................................................5-4
SV-OAT-340 Location and Installation ........................................................................................................................5-5
PFD-Related Settings ..................................................................................................................................................5-7
Other ADAHRS Calibrations ......................................................................................................................................5-10
6. SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup
6-1
License Information ....................................................................................................................................................6-1
Databases ...................................................................................................................................................................6-2
Viewing Information about Installed Databases ................................................................................................6-3
Terrain Data ........................................................................................................................................................6-3
Aviation/Obstacle Databases..............................................................................................................................6-4
Charts and Airport Diagrams ..............................................................................................................................6-5
Loading Databases ..............................................................................................................................................6-6
Removing Databases ..........................................................................................................................................6-6
7. SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
7-1
Physical Installation ....................................................................................................................................................7-3
SkyView Network Connection ....................................................................................................................................7-4
SkyView EMS Sensor Definition and Configuration Files ............................................................................................7-4
Engine Sensor and Transducer Planning.....................................................................................................................7-4
Example Engine Sensor and Transducer Installations ..............................................................................................7-11
Dual Engine Support using two SV-EMS-220/221s and two SkyView Displays ................................................7-32
Engine Sensor and Transducer Installation ......................................................................................................7-32
Engine Sensor Accuracy and Grounding ...........................................................................................................7-33
xiv
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Table of Contents
Tools and Equipment Required ........................................................................................................................7-33
Voltmeter Inputs...............................................................................................................................................7-34
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Probes ...........................................................................................................7-34
Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Probes .......................................................................................................7-35
Tachometer ......................................................................................................................................................7-36
Manifold Pressure Sensor .................................................................................................................................7-39
Oil Pressure Sensor ...........................................................................................................................................7-40
Oil Temperature Sensor ....................................................................................................................................7-42
Fuel Pressure Sensor ........................................................................................................................................7-43
Fuel Flow Sensor ...............................................................................................................................................7-46
Fuel Level Sensor ..............................................................................................................................................7-48
Ammeter Shunt ................................................................................................................................................7-50
Carburetor Temperature Sensor ......................................................................................................................7-53
Rotax CHT Sensors ............................................................................................................................................7-53
Trim and Flaps Position Potentiometers ..........................................................................................................7-54
Coolant Pressure Sensor ...................................................................................................................................7-55
Coolant Temperature Sensor............................................................................................................................7-56
General Purpose Temperature Sensor .............................................................................................................7-56
Rotax 914 Air Box Temperature .......................................................................................................................7-57
Contacts ............................................................................................................................................................7-57
General Purpose Thermocouple .......................................................................................................................7-58
External EMS Warning Light .....................................................................................................................................7-59
Engine Information ...................................................................................................................................................7-59
EMS Sensor Definitions, Mapping, and Settings .......................................................................................................7-61
EMS Sensor Definitions.....................................................................................................................................7-61
EMS Sensor Input Mapping ..............................................................................................................................7-61
EMS Sensor Settings .........................................................................................................................................7-63
EMS Screen Layout Editor.........................................................................................................................................7-71
EMS Sensor Calibration ............................................................................................................................................7-73
8. SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration
8-1
Physical Installation ....................................................................................................................................................8-2
Serial Connection ........................................................................................................................................................8-3
9. SV-BAT-320 Installation
9-1
Physical Installation ....................................................................................................................................................9-2
Electrical Connection ..................................................................................................................................................9-3
Battery Charging .........................................................................................................................................................9-3
Battery Status Icon .....................................................................................................................................................9-3
Detailed Battery Status Check ....................................................................................................................................9-4
Initial/Recurrent Backup Battery Test ........................................................................................................................9-4
Test Procedure....................................................................................................................................................9-5
10. Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
10-1
Dynon Autopilot Servo Models.................................................................................................................................10-2
Compass Calibration Requirement ...........................................................................................................................10-2
Additional Resources ................................................................................................................................................10-2
Servo Mechanical Installation ...................................................................................................................................10-3
Autopilot Servo Calibration and Test Procedures ..................................................................................................10-16
Autopilot Servo Initial Setup ...................................................................................................................................10-17
Autopilot In-Flight Tuning Procedures ....................................................................................................................10-23
11. SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-1
xv
Table of Contents
Physical Installation ..................................................................................................................................................11-2
Electrical Connections ..............................................................................................................................................11-4
Antenna Installation ...............................................................................................................................................11-11
Transponder-Related SkyView Display Settings .....................................................................................................11-14
Post Installation Checks ..........................................................................................................................................11-19
Transponder Software Updates ..............................................................................................................................11-19
12. SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
12-1
Physical Installation ..................................................................................................................................................12-1
SkyView Network Connection ..................................................................................................................................12-2
ARINC-429 Device Connection..................................................................................................................................12-2
SV-ARINC-429 Related Settings ..............................................................................................................................12-11
13. Vertical Power VP-X Integration and Configuration
13-1
License Information ..................................................................................................................................................13-1
Physical and Electrical Installation ............................................................................................................................13-2
Serial Port Connection ..............................................................................................................................................13-2
VP-X SkyView Display Settings ..................................................................................................................................13-3
Post Installation Checks ............................................................................................................................................13-4
14. SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
14-1
Physical Installation ..................................................................................................................................................14-2
Electrical Installation ................................................................................................................................................14-3
Antenna Selection and Installation ...........................................................................................................................14-6
SV-ADSB-470-Related SkyView Display Settings .......................................................................................................14-8
Post Installation Checks ............................................................................................................................................14-8
15. Accessory Installation and Configuration
15-1
Angle of Attack Pitot Probe Installation and Configuration .....................................................................................15-1
Encoder Serial-to-Gray Code Converter Installation and Configuration ................................................................15-12
Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter Installation and Configuration ........................................................................15-15
Video Input Adapter for SkyView (USB) .................................................................................................................15-16
16. SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
16-1
Physical Installation: SV-COM-PANEL .......................................................................................................................16-2
Electrical Installation ................................................................................................................................................16-6
Power Input ......................................................................................................................................................16-6
Audio Signal Grounding ....................................................................................................................................16-6
Audio Shielding .................................................................................................................................................16-6
SkyView Network Connectors ..........................................................................................................................16-6
Electrical Connections ..............................................................................................................................................16-6
Antenna Installation ...............................................................................................................................................16-16
SkyView System Settings for SV-COM-C25 .............................................................................................................16-18
Post Installation Checks ..........................................................................................................................................16-18
Continued Airworthiness and Maintenance ...........................................................................................................16-19
17. SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
17-1
Certification Considerations .....................................................................................................................................17-2
Physical Installation: SV-COM-PANEL .......................................................................................................................17-2
Physical Installation: SV-COM-T8 ..............................................................................................................................17-4
Electrical Installation ................................................................................................................................................17-7
Power Input ......................................................................................................................................................17-7
Audio Signal Grounding ....................................................................................................................................17-7
xvi
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Table of Contents
Audio Shielding .................................................................................................................................................17-7
SkyView Network Connectors ..........................................................................................................................17-7
Electrical Connections ..............................................................................................................................................17-8
Antenna Installation ...............................................................................................................................................17-18
SkyView System Settings for SV-COM-X83 .............................................................................................................17-21
Post Installation Checks ..........................................................................................................................................17-21
Continued Airworthiness and Maintenance ...........................................................................................................17-22
18. SV-AP-PANEL Installation
18-1
Physical Installation ..................................................................................................................................................18-2
Electrical Installation ................................................................................................................................................18-3
Post Installation Checks ............................................................................................................................................18-7
19. SV-KNOB-PANEL Installation
19-1
Physical Installation ..................................................................................................................................................19-2
Electrical Installation ................................................................................................................................................19-3
Post Installation Checks ............................................................................................................................................19-3
20. Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
20-1
Taking a Screenshot ..................................................................................................................................................20-1
Returning SkyView Components to Service after Repair ..........................................................................................20-1
Operational Status ....................................................................................................................................................20-4
Instructions for Continued Airworthiness ................................................................................................................20-7
Annual Backup Battery Test......................................................................................................................................20-7
Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................................20-8
21. Appendix B: Specifications
21-1
SkyView Equipment Weights ....................................................................................................................................21-1
SkyView Compatible Engine Sensors ........................................................................................................................21-2
SV-XPNDR-261 Specifications ...................................................................................................................................21-4
SV-XPNDR-262 Specifications ...................................................................................................................................21-5
SV-COM-C25 Radio Frequency Specifications ..........................................................................................................21-6
SV-COM-X83 (TY91L VHF Radio Unit) Radio Technical Specifications ......................................................................21-6
22. Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
22-1
Wire Gauge ...............................................................................................................................................................22-1
Grounding .................................................................................................................................................................22-1
D-subminiature Crimp Contacts and Tools ...............................................................................................................22-2
Homemade Wire Harness Considerations ................................................................................................................22-2
SkyView Equipment Electrical Connections ..............................................................................................................22-4
SkyView Equipment Electrical Connector Pin-Out Tables ........................................................................................22-6
Servo Harness Pin-Out ......................................................................................................................................22-6
SkyView D37 Harness Pin-Out ..........................................................................................................................22-7
SkyView D37 Block Diagram .............................................................................................................................22-8
SkyView Network Connection Pin-Out .............................................................................................................22-9
SV-EMS-220/221 Pin-Out ...............................................................................................................................22-10
SV-ARINC-429 Pin-Out ....................................................................................................................................22-14
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Pin-Out ...........................................................................................................................22-15
SV-XPNDR-261/262 ADS-B Information ..................................................................................................................22-18
23. Appendix D: SV-EMS-220/221 Sensor Input Mapping Worksheet
23-1
24. Appendix E: Serial Data Output
24-1
DYNON ADAHRS Serial Data Format.........................................................................................................................24-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
xvii
Table of Contents
DYNON SYSTEM Serial Data Format .........................................................................................................................24-4
DYNON EMS Serial Data Format ...............................................................................................................................24-7
DYNON ADAHRS / SYSTEM / EMS Serial Data Output Combinations .....................................................................24-11
NMEA OUT Serial Data Formats .............................................................................................................................24-12
25. Appendix F: User Data Logs
25-1
User Data Log ...................................................................................................................................................25-1
Recent Flight Data Log ......................................................................................................................................25-2
Alert Data Log ...................................................................................................................................................25-2
Data Logging Recording Options ......................................................................................................................25-2
Exporting Data Logs ..........................................................................................................................................25-3
26. Appendix G: Kavlico Pressure Sensor Part Numbers
xviii
26-1
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
1. Introduction
The printed version of this guide is in grayscale. Some figures and diagrams contain important
color information. Reference the electronic version of this guide to view it in color.
It is the installer’s responsibility to conform to industry standards when applicable.
This guide provides information about the physical, electrical, and plumbing installation and
configuration of the following SkyView system components:















Angle-of-Attack (AOA) / Pitot Probe, Encoder Serial-to-Gray Code Converter, and the
Capacitance to Voltage Converter
Engine and environmental sensors purchased from Dynon Avionics
SV32 / SV42 / SV52 Autopilot servos
SV-AP-PANEL Autopilot Control Panel
SV-ADAHRS-200 / SV-ADAHRS-201 ADAHRS Modules
SV-ADSB-470 Module
SV-ARINC-429 ARINC 429 Module
SV-BAT-320 Backup Battery
SV-COM-C25 COM Radio
SV-COM-X83 COM Radio
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Displays
SV-EMS-220 / SV-EMS-221 Engine Monitoring Module
SV-GPS-250 GPS Receiver Module
SV-KNOB-PANEL Knob Control Panel
SV-XPNDR-261 / SV-XPNDR-262 Transponders
Additionally, this guide deals with setting up the installation-dependent firmware options.
Because you may not have purchased all of the components mentioned above, you need only
read through the relevant sections of this guide. Information about the operation of these
instruments can be found in the SkyView Pilot’s User Guide.
If you are converting to SkyView from an earlier Dynon Avionics D10/D100 series system, we
have written the D10/D100 Series to SkyView Conversion Guide, which details the changes
required to convert between the two product families. It is available as a downloadable PDF
document at http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
Warning
Dynon Avionics’ products incorporate a variety of precise, sensitive electronics. SkyView
products do not contain any field/user-serviceable parts. Units found to have been taken apart
may not be eligible for repair under warranty. Additionally, once a Dynon Avionics unit is
opened up, it is not considered airworthy and must be serviced at the factory.
SkyView System Installation Guide
1-1
Introduction
Dynon Avionics Product Registration
Please take a moment to register your Dynon Avionics SkyView system at
http://register.dynonavionics.com. Registering your product with Dynon ensures that your
contact information is up-to-date. This helps verify product ownership, can expedite warranty
claims, and allows us to notify you in the event a service bulletin is published for your product.
You can also optionally sign up to receive other Dynon news and product announcements.
Dynon will not share your contact information with third parties or send you announcements
without your explicit consent.
About this Guide
In the electronic (.PDF) version of this guide, page and section references in the Table of
Contents and elsewhere act as hyperlinks taking you to the relevant location in the guide. The
latest electronic version (.PDF) of this guide is available on the Dynon Avionics website at
http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
This icon denotes information that merits special attention.
This icon denotes a helpful installation tip.
Getting Started
This “getting started” section contains a very small amount of information that can be used to
check out your SkyView system on the bench, or immediately after SkyView has been installed
in the plane. This is not a substitute for reading the entire SkyView System Installation Guide,
which provides instructions for wiring and configuring SkyView to the unique requirements of
your particular airplane.
1. A SkyView display requires 10-30 VDC. You must connect BOTH of the (long) Red wires
to POWER and BOTH of the (long) black wires to Ground. Current for each display can be
up to 3.5A @ 12V (add 1.5A if the SV-BAT-320 battery is connected and being charged),
so use a big battery or power supply.
2. To power on or power off a SkyView display manually, push and hold Button #1 (the
left-most button).
3. Any devices connected to SkyView that do not receive their power from the SkyView
Network (such as SV-XPNDR-261/262 and Dynon Autopilot servos) must also be
powered ON to communicate with SkyView.
4. To finish the installation of the SV-NET-10CP (10 foot) and longer cables, the diagram
you need to insert the pins is SkyView Network Connection Pin-Out in Appendix C:
Wiring and Electrical Connections.
1-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5. The EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness includes a 9-pin connector that is wired to pins 11
(Orange wire), 12 (Yellow wire), and 30 (Black wire). This connector is used for other
Dynon products, but is not used in SkyView installations. Thus, the 9-pin connector
should be removed to use these wires for connecting sensors to the SV-EMS-220.
Remove the connector by cutting the three wires close to the 9-pin connector.
6. SkyView SETUP MENU is accessed by pushing and holding Buttons 7+8 together for 2-3
seconds.
7. Setting the Tail Number is required for before you can configure your SkyView Network
(described below): SETUP > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION > TAIL NUMBER. If Tail Number
has not yet been issued for your plane, set TAIL NUMBER to something other than
DYNON.
8. Many SkyView displays and modules communicate over a common set of wires – the
SkyView Network that terminates at the D9 connectors on the back of your SkyView
display(s). Getting all modules and displays “talking” on SkyView Network is done by
going to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE > (click right
one more time). If a module is noted as “requires update”, press the UPDATE button.
Otherwise, press the FINISH button. Note that you will not see any flight instruments or
engine instruments before a network configuration is performed, even if the SVADAHRS-200/201 and SV-EMS-220/221 have been wired properly and are connected.
9. Devices that do not utilize SkyView Network are connected via serial port connections.
Dynon devices that use serial ports include the SV-ADSB-470, SV-GPS-250, SV-XPNDR261/262, and various third-party devices. As serial devices are not part of the SkyView
Network, they will not be seen on the list of devices seen as you configure SkyView
Network above. Instead, configuring SkyView to communicate with SV-GPS-250 and SVXPNDR-261/262 is done via a more manual process in SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP >
SERIAL PORT SETUP.
10. If you have installed an SV-GPS-250, its SERIAL IN FUNCTION must be set to POS 1.
11. After you’ve configured SkyView Network, have properly configured any serial devices,
exit the Setup Menu. Your SkyView display should now display EMS, PFD, and MAP. Map
will not display without a GPS fix (the airplane symbol on the Map page will also flash
with “?” if it does not have a GPS fix.
12. Your SkyView may require various updates such as system software, databases, and
Sensor Definitions. See
http://www.dynonavionics.com/docs/support_software_SkyView.html for more details
on the updates available for SkyView. If you are a non-US customer, the display of
aviation and obstacle data on your SkyView system requires a database purchase from
Jeppesen or PocketFMS. Note that firmware on each SkyView display must be updated
individually.
13. Common issues for setting up SkyView engine monitoring:
a. The configuration of sensors installed on SkyView at the factory is generic;
therefore “Red X’s” on the EMS for various sensors are normal until sensor
configuration for your particular engine sensor configuration is complete.
b. The layout of which sensor “widgets” are shown on the screen, sizes, styles, etc.
is completely configurable: SETUP > EMS SETUP > SCREEN LAYOUT EDITOR
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
1-3
Introduction
14. Common issues for setting up SV-XPNDR-261/262:
a. Ensure that there is a valid tail number set (see above)
b. Ensure that a valid HEX CODE is set: SETUP > TRANSPONDER SETUP > AIRCRAFT
HEX CODE. A caution message – XPNDR HEX CODE NOT SET will appear if a
transponder is configured in SkyView, but the HEX CODE is not set to a valid
number.
c. Traffic will not be displayed unless you are in an area covered by an TIS radar site
(US only)
15. Common issues for setting up Dynon Autopilot
a. Servos must be powered ON
b. Servos must be recognized on SkyView Network (above)
c. AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS must be set (at least one must be actively adjusted from
the defaults) before the Autopilot can be configured: SETUP > PFD SETUP >
AIRSPEED.
d. SERVO CALIBRATION must be performed: SETUP > HARDWARE CALIBRATION >
SERVO CALIBRATION > CALIBRATION.
e. After SERVO CALIBRATION is successfully completed, AP status will now be
displayed on the SkyView display top bar.
1-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2. System Planning
Installers should read and understand this chapter before proceeding with
physical installation. SkyView equipment installed contrary to the requirements
outlined in this chapter may not operate within specifications.
The purpose of this chapter is to familiarize you with important SkyView system information
and concepts including the following:



Operating specifications
Installation location requirements
SkyView systems
SkyView modules have environmental and location requirements that must be adhered to for
specified operation. This chapter helps installers make informed decisions regarding suitable
SkyView equipment locations in aircraft. It contains electrical, mechanical and environmental
specifications, installation requirements, and other important guidelines and suggestions.
When SkyView components are used together, they are referred to as a SkyView system. This
chapter also explains what a SkyView system is and how to build one.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-1
System Planning
Power Consumption
Table 2 contains power specifications for typical SkyView systems. Note that SkyView displays
(SV-D700, SV-D1000, SV-D1000T) provide power to SkyView Network modules, thus the
modules are not included in this table. When there are two SkyView displays in a system, both
displays “share the load” of powering SkyView Network modules. Other units listed below are
powered independently from the SkyView display.
Power Specifications
SV-D700 / SV-D1000
(per display2)
SV-D1000T
(per display5)
SV-ADSB-470
SV-AP-PANEL
SV-COM-C25
SV-COM-X83
SV-XPNDR-261/262
SV328
SV429
Approximate current
consumption
12 volt DC system
3.5A average
(SV-BAT-320 not
installed)
5.0A average3
(SV-BAT-320 installed,
when charging)
3.1A average
(SV-BAT-320 not
installed)
4.6A average6
(SV-BAT-320 installed,
when charging)
0.2A average
4.0A maximum
(depends on the trim
motors used)
3.0A average
2.0A average
(transmitting)
0.4A average
1.3A (moving 100%
torque)
2.0 A (moving 100%
torque)
Approximate current
consumption
24 volt DC system
1.8A average
no battery
Circuit Breaker1
Recommendation
5A
2.5A with battery4
(SV-BAT-320 installed,
when charging)
5A
1.6A average
no battery
5A
2.3A with battery7
(SV-BAT-320 installed,
when charging)
0.1A average
5A
5A
Not Applicable
5A
1.5A average
1.0A average
(transmitting)
0.2A average
0.7A (moving 100%
torque)
1.0 A (moving 100%
torque)
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
1
Circuit breaker recommendation is the smallest circuit breaker that is commonly available in certified versions.
When multiple SkyView displays are installed, each display contributes to powering SkyView Network modules
3
5.0A average when charging a discharged battery, 3.5A average when battery is fully charged
4
2.5A average when charging a discharged battery, 1.8A average when battery is fully charged
5
When multiple SkyView displays are installed, each display contributes to powering SkyView Network modules
6
4.6A average when charging a discharged battery, 3.1A average when battery is fully charged
7
2.3A average when charging a discharged battery, 1.6A average when battery is fully charged
8
Includes SV32, SV32C, SV32L
9
Includes SV42, SV42C, SV42EL, SV42L, SV42T
2
2-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
SV5210
Heated AOA / Pitot
Serial to Gray Code
Converter Module
2.8 A (moving 100%
torque)
10A (maximum heat)
1.4 A (moving 100%
torque)
Not Applicable
15A
1A
0.5A
5A
5A
Table 2–SkyView System Power Specifications
Major Component Physical Specifications
Table 3 contains physical specifications (dimensions are approximate—see respective
installation chapters for exact dimensions).
Physical Specifications
SV32
SV42
SV52
SV-ADAHRS-200/201
SV-ADSB-470
SV-AP-PANEL
SV-ARINC-429
SV-BAT-320
SV-COM-425
SV-COM-PANEL
SV-COM-T8
(w/mounting tray)
SV-D700
SV-D1000
10
Dimensions
2.47” W x 4.20“ H x 3.98” D
(63mm W x 107mm H x 101mm D)
2.47” W x 5.13“ H x 3.98” D
(63mm W x 130mm H x 101mm D)
2.47” W x 6.05“ H x 3.98” D
(63mm W x 154mm H x 101mm D)
4.71" W x 1.22" H x 2.61" D
(120mm W x 31mm H x 66mm D)
7.00”W x 1.19” H x 4.63” D
(177.8mm W x 30.1mm H x 117.6 D)
3.53” x 1.80” x 1.27” D
(89.7mm x 45.7mm H x 32.4mm D)
4.75" W x 1.09" H x 2.61" D
(121mm W x 28mm H x 66mm D)
3.30" W x 2.10" H x 3.90" D
(84mm W x 53mm H x 99mm D)
7.34” x 2.38” x 1.51”
(186.6mm x 60.45mm x 38.23mm)
3.53” x 1.80” x 1.27” D
(89.7mm x 45.7mm H x 32.4mm D)
2.5”W x 1.9”H x 6.3”D
(66mm W x 48mm H x 160mm D)
7.64" W x 5.51" H x 2.14" D
(194mm W x 140mm H x 54mm D)
10.32" W x 7.06" H x 2.14" D
(262mm W x 179mm H x 54mm D)
Weight
2.00 lb. (0.90 kg)
3.00 lb. (1.40 kg)
4.00 lb. (1.80 kg)
0.50 lb. (0.20 kg)
0.80 lb. (0.36 kg)
0.30 lb. (0.15 kg)
0.40 lb. (0.18 kg)
0.80 lb. (0.40 kg)
0.75 lb. (0.34 kg)
0.38 lb. (0.17 kg)
0.77 lb. (0.35 kg)
2.40 lb. (1.10 kg)
3.00 lb. (1.40 kg)
Includes SV52, SV52C, SV52L
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-3
System Planning
Physical Specifications
SV-D1000T
SV-EMS-220/221
SV-GPS-250
SV-KNOB-PANEL
SV-XPNDR-261/262
(w/mounting tray)
Dimensions
10.32" W x 7.06" H x 2.33" D
(262mm W x 179mm H x 59mm D)
6.35" W x 1.09" H x 2.99" D
(161mm W x 28mm H x 76mm D)
2.19" W x 0.75" H x 3.44" D
(56mm W x 19mm H x 87mm D)
3.53” x 1.80” x 1.27” D
(89.7mm x 45.7mm H x 32.4mm D)
2.5”W x 1.9”H x 6.3”D
(66mm W x 48mm H x 160mm D)
Weight
3.30 lb. (1.50 kg)
0.63 lb. (0.29 kg)
0.44 lb. (0.20 kg)
0.40 lb. (0.18 kg)
0.77 lb. (0.35 kg)
Table 3–SkyView System Component Physical Specifications
Temperature Specifications
Table 4 contains environmental specifications.
Environmental Specifications
SV32/42/52
SV-ADAHRS-200/201
SV-ADSB-470
SV-AP-PANEL
SV-ARINC-429
SV-BAT-320
SV-COM-C25
SV-COM-X83
SV-D700/D1000/D1000T
SV-EMS-220/221
SV-GPS-250
SV-KNOB-PANEL
SV-XPNDR-261/262
Storage Temperature
-30 °C to +75 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-55 °C to +85 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
-55 °C to +85 °C
Operating Temperature
-30 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-40 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
Table 4–SkyView System Component Environmental Specifications
2-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
General System Installation Tips
Aircraft construction involves a variety of processes that create debris that can
damage Dynon Avionics components. Metalwork, in particular, will produce
metallic shavings and dust that may damage or destroy the electronics in Dynon
Avionics products if they are contaminated with this debris. Care should be taken
to ensure that Dynon Products are kept away from aircraft construction debris.
Damaged caused by the introduction outside particulates will not be repaired
under warranty.
Do not physically modify Dynon SkyView displays or modules in any way that is not
specified in this manual. Damage caused to Dynon products due to physical
modifications will not be repaired under warranty.
SkyView Can Be On During Engine Start
SkyView units incorporate robust power protection that allows them to be powered on during
engine start for full engine monitoring. SkyView displays require a minimum of 10V, and during
engine start, it’s common for the electrical system to temporarily drop below 10V. If an SV-BAT320 backup battery is not installed, SkyView may shut off / reboot. If you wish to monitor your
engine prior to engine start, an SV-BAT-320 backup battery should be installed so that the
SkyView display can switch to the SV-BAT-320 when its power inputs are not receiving at least
10V. The SkyView display will switch from SV-BAT-320 to ship’s power when its power inputs
receive voltage above 10V.
Installing SkyView in an IFR-Equipped Aircraft
If you are equipping an aircraft that is capable of being flown in IFR/IMC conditions, Dynon
Avionics makes the following recommendations:
The entirety of the instrument panel and supporting avionics systems and instrumentation
should be designed so that the display of information essential for continued safe flight and
landing will remain available to the pilot after any single failure or probable combination of
failures. In other words, a usable "partial-panel" of primary flight instruments should be
preserved in the event of the failure of a SkyView display, systems that support it, or other
instruments in the aircraft.
This level of redundancy can be obtained in different ways. For example, one could utilize
multiple SkyView displays (with SV-BAT-320 backup batteries attached) including multiple
ADAHRS units connected to protect against the failure of any single display, ADAHRS, or the
electrical system. Flight instrument redundancy could also be preserved by using other separate
and independent systems such as the Dynon EFIS-D6. Some builders may elect to combine
SkyView with other more conventional “steam” gauges such as mechanical airspeed, altitude,
and attitude indicators.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-5
System Planning
To protect against aircraft electrical failures and anomalies, Dynon Avionics STRONGLY
RECOMMENDS that each SkyView display has an SV-BAT-320 Backup Battery connected to it.
SkyView’s attitude algorithm normally uses airspeed to provide superior accuracy. If a problem
develops with your airspeed reading due to mechanical blockage of pitot, disconnection of
pitot, or other pitot/static issues, a properly connected and configured GPS source acts as a
substitute. Dynon SkyView systems typically have one or more GPS sources connected to
enable Synthetic Vision and Mapping capabilities, but a primary and backup GPS connection is
especially important to preserve the attitude indication in the event of loss of airspeed
information in IFR aircraft.
In order to provide the most reliable airspeed (and therefore attitude) performance, Dynon
Avionics STRONGLY RECOMMENDS the installation of a heated pitot probe in aircraft equipped
for IFR to prevent loss of airspeed data due to icing.
Location Requirements
SV-D1000 and SV-D700
Observe the following guidelines when choosing a location for a SkyView display:









2-6
Displays require about 2.4” (61mm) of free space behind the panel, depending on mounting
surface thickness.
The SkyView Display Harness (SV-HARNESS-D37) extends about 3” (76mm) from the back of
the display.
Add one inch beyond the physically required volume for the display’s heat sinks and fans to
operate.
Avoid placing the display near heater vents or any source of extremely hot air.
The display should be easily viewable without any obstructions.
Displays have no internal inertial sensors and do not need to be mounted in the same
orientation as the ADAHRS or other modules.
Displays only support a landscape viewing orientation; do not mount in portrait orientation.
A SkyView system can include as many as three SkyView displays in any combination of SVD700, SV-D1000, or SV-D1000T.
Many customers choose to allow room for and install a “panel mount USB extension cable
for each SkyView display. USB is used for installing firmware, databases, and electronic
charts (for which the USB flash drive is semi-permanently connected). Thus if space allows,
a panel-mounted USB connector can be more convenient than accessing a harness tucked
behind the panel. Such cables plug into the USB jacks on the back of the SkyView display.
Suitable cables can be found by searching on the Internet for “panel mount USB”.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
SV-ADAHRS-200 and SV-ADAHRS-201
Proper installation of the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 module(s) is critical. PFD
performance is significantly linked to a proper ADAHRS installation. The
installation location must meet all of the mechanical, magnetic, orientation, and
environmental requirements detailed below.
An SV-ADAHRS-200/201 installation location should be a rigid surface within 12 feet
longitudinally and 6 feet laterally of the aircraft's center-of-gravity. Figure 1 illustrates this
criterion.
Figure 1–SV-ADAHRS-200/201 with Respect to Center-of-Gravity
The location should also be magnetically benign. Given that it may be difficult or impossible to
avoid all sources of magnetic interference, it is possible to characterize and compensate for
small, static magnetic fields with calibration. Calibration cannot, however, compensate for
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-7
System Planning
dynamic magnetic fields (e.g., AC currents, non-constant DC currents, and non-stationary
ferrous material such as electric turn coordinators and control surfaces). Thus, you must avoid
mounting the module close to sources of dynamic magnetic fields, avoid wires that carry large
amounts of current, and use non-magnetic fasteners for installation (see caution below).
Dynon’s general rule of thumb is that 1 to 2 feet between the module and sources of magnetic
fields is generally good enough, but 2 or more feet is better.
Stainless steel mounting hardware is not always non-magnetic, and thus is not
recommended. The best type of mounting hardware (screws, bolts, washers, nuts)
to install the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 is brass.
If you use a magnet to test whether possible interfering materials are nonmagnetic, do not actually touch the magnet to the material you are testing, as this
contact can cause the material you are testing to become magnetized.
Move a handheld compass throughout the space surrounding your intended
location to get a rough idea of the suitability of the area. Note that this test should
be done with major aircraft systems operating (e.g., strobe lights and radios on)
because some systems can cause magnetic interference. If the compass needle
deviates significantly from magnetic North or cycles back and forth, the location is
not ideal for ADAHRS installation.
Figure 2–ADAHRS Installation Orientation
An ADAHRS module should be mounted within one degree of parallel to all three aircraft axes,
with the pneumatic fittings facing toward the front of the aircraft. The module’s mounting tabs
2-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
must be on the bottom. The label must be on the top. Figure 2 shows the correct orientation of
the ADAHRS as it would appear if you were above the aircraft, looking down at it. The module
will not operate properly if it is rotated or inverted in any other orientation.
There are no module-to-module proximity requirements when installing multiple
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 modules in an aircraft. For example, one SV-ADAHRS200/201 may be installed on top of another SV-ADAHRS-200/201 module. Other
installation location requirements still apply.
The ADAHRS installation location should also adhere to the following requirements:





Avoid locations that are lower than the lowest point in the pitot/static system to reduce the
chance of allowing moisture to enter the module.
Avoid locations that are subject to severe vibration.
Avoid locations that are subject to rapid changes in temperature.
Avoid locations that are subject to extreme humidity.
Leave ample working room for electrical and pneumatic connections.
SV-EMS-220/221
Observe the following guidelines when choosing a location for an SV-EMS-220/221 Engine
Monitor module:





Do not install on the engine side of the firewall.
Avoid locations that are subject to severe vibration.
Avoid locations that are subject to extreme humidity.
Leave ample working room for electrical connections.
Up to two SV-EMS-220/221s can be used in a SkyView Network, to support:
o Large engines that require more than the CHT/EGT inputs available on a single SVEMS-220 (14 CHT/EGT inputs) or SV-EMS-221 (12 CHT/EGT inputs) to fully monitor
the engine; a second SV-EMS-220 adds an additional 14 CHT/EGT inputs.
o Independent monitoring of dual engines (requires two SkyView displays)
SV-GPS-250
Observe the following guidelines when choosing a location for an SV-GPS-250 GPS Receiver
module:





Optimal mounting location is a rigid surface on top of the aircraft.
Mounting location should be relatively level.
Avoid antenna shadows (i.e., obstructions that block the antenna’s view of the sky).
Do not locate the receiver within 3 feet of transmitting antennas.
All four of the SV-GPS-250 module’s wires should all be connected to each SkyView system
display for redundancy.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-9
System Planning
For most reliable performance, the SV-GPS-250 (like all GPS devices) requires a
clear, unobstructed view of the sky. The SV-GPS-250 is designed to be mounted on
the upper fuselage of the aircraft for an unobstructed (360° view) of the sky during
maneuvers. If the SV-GPS-250 is mounted inside the fuselage (for example, on the
top of the panel), the SV-GPS-250’s view of the sky is partially obstructed, and GPS
performance may be marginal in situations such as insufficient number of
satellites “in view” through the windscreen.
If you are concerned with possible performance issues with the intended
installation location, temporarily install the SV-GPS-250 and verify GPS
functionality - SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > GPS FIX STATUS. Note
SATELLITES IN USE – the more satellites that are in use, the more accurate the GPS
fix can be. Note FIX QUALITY – should be 3D FIX.
SV-XPNDR-261/262
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 Mode S transponder module is designed to be mounted in any
convenient location in the cockpit, the cabin, or an avionics bay.
The following installation procedure should be followed, remembering to allow adequate space
for installation of cables and connectors:
 Select a position in the aircraft that is not too close to any high external heat source. (The
SV-XPNDR-261/262 is not a significant heat source itself and does not need to be kept away
from other devices for this reason).
 Avoid sharp bends and placing the cables too near to the aircraft control cables.
 Secure the mounting tray to the aircraft via the three (3) mounting holes in the tray. The
tray should be mounted to a flat surface - it is important that the tray is supported at the
dimples as well as the three mounting points.
 Put the SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder into the secured mounting tray by hooking the
connector end under the lip on the tray.
 Lock the SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder into the mounting tray by clipping the retaining
wire over the lugs on the opposite end.
Cooling Requirements
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 Mode S transponder meets all applicable ETSO/TSO requirements
without forced air-cooling.
Attention should however be given to the incorporation of cooling provisions to limit the
maximum operating temperature if the SV-XPNDR-261/262 is installed in close proximity to
other avionics. The reliability of equipment operating in close proximity in an avionics bay can
be degraded if adequate cooling is not provided.
SV-BAT-320
Observe the following guidelines when choosing a location for an SV-BAT-320:
2-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning






There can be only one SV-BAT-320 per display. Do not connect an SV-BAT-320 to more than
one display.
Location should be near the display. A 24” cable is included on the SV-HARNESS-D37 for
connecting the SV-BAT-320. This cable should not be extended.
Avoid locations that are subject to severe vibration.
Avoid locations that are subject to extended temperature ranges. The battery module has a
narrower operating temperature range than other SkyView modules.
Avoid locations that are subject to extreme humidity.
Leave room for electrical connections.
Servos (SV32, SV42, and SV52)
Observe the following guidelines when choosing a location for servos:




The location must allow the servo arm and associated linkage to move freely through the
entire range of travel.
Do not allow the servo arm to travel more than ±60° from neutral throughout the control
system’s range of travel. Note that this requirement only applies to arm servos and not
capstan servos.
Leave room for all mounting hardware, including brackets, fasteners, linkages, etc.
Leave room for electrical connections.
SV-ARINC-429
Observe the following guidelines when choosing a location for the SV-ARINC-429 module:





Avoid locations that are subject to severe vibration.
Avoid locations that are subject to extreme humidity.
Leave ample working room for electrical connections.
SkyView systems support one or two SV-ARINC-429 per network.
A common location for the SV-ARINC-429 is behind the instrument panel, keeping it close to
the display and associated ARINC-429 capable device.
SV-ADSB-470
The SV-ADSB-470 is designed to be mounted in any convenient location in the cockpit, the
cabin, or an avionics bay.
The following guidelines should be followed, remembering to allow adequate space for
installation of cables and connectors.
 Select a position in the aircraft that is not too close to any high external heat source. (The
SV-ADSB-470 is not a significant heat source itself and does not need to be kept away from
other devices for this reason).
 Avoid sharp bends and placing the cables too near to the aircraft control cables.
 Avoid locations that are subject to severe vibration.
 Avoid locations that are subject to extreme humidity.
 Leave ample working room for electrical connections.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-11
System Planning
Mounting Requirements
Some SkyView modules include mounting fasteners, while some do not. Mounting fasteners are
included as a convenience and installers are not required to use them. Use sensible mounting
techniques when installing equipment in suitable locations. You should reference individual
equipment chapters for information regarding installation instructions.
SkyView System Construction
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections contains complete details regarding
pin-outs of all SkyView system component connectors and wire harness colors.
Overview
A SkyView system consists of displays, modules, and connection hardware. Displays manage
power for modules (not servos) and control communication between devices. Modules provide
data to the displays. The connection between displays and modules is referred to as a SkyView
network.
SkyView Network
Displays and modules utilize standardized 9-pin D-sub (from now on referred to as “D9”)
network connectors and are compatible with premade connection hardware—network cables,
splitters, and connector gender changers. Servos have un-terminated wires and we recommend
the use of one servo cabling kit (SV-NET-SERVO) per servo. All of this connection hardware is
available from Dynon.
Harnesses and Cables
Dynon’s display harness and network cables use aircraft-grade Tefzel® wiring. The display
harness breaks out power, serial, USB and other important pins from the back of the display.
Network cables are available in a variety of lengths. The 3 and 6 foot cables have female D9
connectors on both ends. The longer cables have a female D9 connector on one end and open
pins on the other end. The open end allows installers to run the cable in and through areas that
would not be possible if a connector was present. The connector is installed after the cable has
been run.
The servo cabling kit (SV-NET-SERVO: one kit per servo) makes it easy to connect the SkyView
system to servos and includes 20 feet of pre-twisted wire (twisted pair 22 AWG wire for data;
20 AWG wires for power), D9 connectors, connector shells, crimp contacts, an insertion tool,
heat shrink, and zip ties. It is recommended that you read and understand Appendix C: Wiring
and Electrical Connections before working with this kit.
2-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
Splitters and Gender Changers
Splitters (SV-NET-SPL) use aircraft-grade Tefzel® wiring, consist of a male D9 input connector
and two female D9 output connectors, are 1 foot long, and include a connector gender changer
(SV-NET-CHG). They add another module connection point in the network. An example
application for a splitter is the connection of primary and backup ADAHRS in a SkyView network
off one network cable coming from a display. These can also be used when you require more
network connections than the two SkyView connectors that are present on each display,
though the preferred mechanism for adding SkyView connections is the SkyView Network Hub
(described below).
Note that customers that purchased SkyView systems prior to March 2012 are likely to have
splitters for all SkyView network expansion needs. More recent customers are likely to have
fewer splitters (usually, just one at a dual ADAHRS installation), and one hub.
Connector gender changers allow SkyView network cables to connect to the output connector
of a splitter. This allows a cable split to occur in the middle of a long run of cable.
SkyView Network Hub
The SV-NET-HUB SkyView Network hub contains 5 SkyView Network ports. All 5 ports are
identical. In other words, any of them can be used to connect to your displays, modules, and/or
autopilot servos. Servo power should be broken out, as is normally done. See the Autopilot
Servo Installation section of this manual for more information about Servo wiring. The SkyView
Network Hub is designed to ease the distribution of SkyView Network connections to multiple
SkyView Network components by allowing easy expansion of a SkyView network without
relying on a more expensive network of individual splitters. It also allows for fewer overall
connections over the splitter-only method that was primarily used prior to March 2012 as the
hub-based method requires no gender changer connectors.
Figure 3 - SV-NET-HUB SkyView Network Hub
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-13
System Planning
Figure 4 - SV-NET-HUB Dimensions
Test SkyView Network Cable
SkyView displays are supplied with a test SkyView network cable that is intended for bench top
testing only. The test network cable is not built with aircraft-grade Tefzel® wiring and should
not be permanently installed in an aircraft.
Ethernet Connection
SkyView systems that have more than one display should have their Ethernet ports
permanently connected together. Though not a required connection, it allows aviation and
obstacle databases to be transferred to all displays in a SkyView system when they are loaded
on any one of them. If Ethernet is not connected, aviation and obstacle databases will need to
be loaded on each display in the system individually.
Future SkyView functionality may require Ethernet to be connected as described
in this section. Therefore, Dynon Avionics strongly recommends connecting all
Ethernet ports together at this time.
2-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
The Ethernet connection between SkyView displays is made in addition to the 9 pin SkyView
Network connections, and should be connected on a permanent basis like other SkyView
wiring. Dynon Avionics strongly recommends “Low Smoke Zero Halogen” Ethernet cables for
use in aircraft, but any Ethernet cable – whether it is a “crossover” or normal “straight” type
Ethernet cable - will technically work. Low Smoke Zero Halogen Ethernet cables are available
from Dynon Avionics (SV-ETHERNET-3CC). Aircraft containing more than two SkyView displays
will need an Ethernet switch with enough ports to connect all SkyView displays together.
Contact Dynon Avionics for Ethernet switch recommendations if your aircraft has more than
two displays.
There are indicator lights on the Ethernet port that are usually indicative of data
transfer on traditional Ethernet devices. In SkyView, they are used instead for
display troubleshooting purposes. See the Maintenance and Troubleshooting
chapter for more information about what these lights indicate.
Available Cables and Harnesses
The following table contains Dynon part numbers and descriptions for the components that will
typically be used to test and build a SkyView system. Note: network cables with the “CP” suffix
include the second connector—it just is not installed on the cable to facilitate easy routing
through tight areas of an aircraft.
Dynon Part Number
SV-HARNESS-D37
SV-ETHERNET-3CC
SV-NET-1.5CC
SV-NET-3CC
SV-NET-6CC
SV-NET-10CP
SV-NET-15CP
SV-NET-20CP
SV-NET-25CP
SV-NET-30CP
SV-NET-SPL
Description
SkyView Display Harness with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
SkyView Ethernet Cable - Low Smoke Zero Halogen (3 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
Both Ends with Connectors (1.5 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
Both Ends with Connectors (3 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
Both Ends with Connectors (6 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
1 End with Connector, 1 End with Pins Only (10 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
1 End with Connector, 1 End with Pins Only (15 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
1 End with Connector, 1 End with Pins Only (20 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
1 End with Connector, 1 End with Pins Only (25 foot)
SkyView Network Cable with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
1 End with Connector, 1 End with Pins Only (30 foot)
SkyView Network Splitter with Aircraft-Grade Tefzel® Wiring
(1 foot)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-15
System Planning
Dynon Part Number
SV-NET-SERVO
SV-NET-TEST
SV-NET-HUB
Description
SkyView Network Cabling Kit for Autopilot Servos
(includes 20 feet of wires, connectors, connector shells, crimp contacts,
insertion tool, heat shrink, and zip ties). One SV-NET-SERVO is used for
each servo in most installations.
SkyView Network Test Cable–Not Aircraft-Grade. One SV-NET-TEST is
shipped with each SkyView display. (10 foot)
SkyView Network Hub (5 SkyView Network connections)
Table 5–SkyView System Connection Hardware
Example SkyView Systems
SkyView systems are easily scalable and can accommodate a wide variety of components
ranging from a single display with one module to multiple displays with multiple modules. The
following diagrams illustrate several example SkyView systems and the components needed to
build them. Diagrams do not show a connection to aircraft power and do not imply an
installation location. Additionally, cable lengths and models pictured below should not be
blindly used as a “prescription”. Always consider your aircraft’s particular geometry and module
installation locations before purchasing harnesses, hubs, and splitters.
SV-D1000
KEY
DB9 Female
SV-ADAHRS-200
SV-NET-10CP
(with installed D9)
SV-HARNESS-D37
USB
Connector
Figure 5–SkyView System with One Display and One ADAHRS
SV-D1000
SV-EMS-220
KEY
SV-NET-SPL
DB9 Male
SV-ADAHRS-200
SV-NET-10CP
(with installed D9)
DB9 Female
SV-NET-6CC
SV-HARNESS-D37
GPS
Wire
Bundle
USB
Connector
SV-GPS-250
SV-ADAHRS-201
SV-BAT-320
Figure 6–SkyView System with One Display, One EMS, One GPS, One Backup Battery, and Two Redundant
ADAHRS
2-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
Figure 7–SkyView System with Two Redundant Displays, One EMS, Two Backup Batteries (One per Display), One
GPS, and Two Redundant ADAHRS
Note, that in Figure 7, the SV-GPS-250’s power, ground, and output wires are
connected to both displays.
The following diagrams show two different ways to lay out a more complex system in which
there are more SkyView Network modules than available SkyView Network ports.
The first diagram reflects the way that one would typically build a network when purchasing
components prior to March 2012 before the SV-NET-HUB was available. It uses splitters to
create all additional SkyView Network connections. This connection methodology is still valid
and supported, although the use of a SV-NET-HUB is preferred going forward.
The second diagram reflects the way one can build a network utilizing the SV-NET-HUB to
expand the number of available SkyView Network ports instead of splitters. It is both less
expensive and utilizes fewer total connections (and no gender changers) when compared with
the splitter-based method. Note that a splitter is still useful for wiring two co-located
redundant ADAHRS modules. In most installations, this is the only application of the SV-NET-SPL
that is necessary when utilizing the SV-NET-HUB to build a SkyView Network.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-17
System Planning
Figure 8– SkyView System with Two Redundant Displays, One EMS, Two Backup Batteries (One per Display),
Two Redundant GPS, Two Redundant ADAHRS, Two Servos, and one Transponder using splitters (legacy
installation method)
Note, that in Figure 8, each SV-GPS-250’s power, ground, and output wires are
connected to both displays on different serial ports. The primary SV-GPS-250
should be connected to serial port 5 on each display. The secondary SV-GPS-250
should be connected on another serial port on each display.
Additionally, if there are both multiple displays and multiple SV-GPS-250 units in
the system, power for the secondary GPS should be sourced from the GPS power
wire on the second display – in other words, each SV-GPS-250 should receive
power from a different display. Reference the SV-GPS-250 Installation and
Configuration Section for more information on this configuration.
2-18
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
System Planning
Figure 9 - SkyView System with Two Redundant Displays, One EMS, Two Backup Batteries (One per Display),
Two Redundant GPS, Two Redundant ADAHRS, Two Servos, and one Transponder using a hub (recommended
installation method)
Note, that in Figure 9, each SV-GPS-250’s power, ground, and output wires are
connected to both displays on different serial ports. The primary SV-GPS-250
should be connected to serial port 5 on each display. The secondary SV-GPS-250
should be connected on another serial port on each display.
Additionally, if there are both multiple displays and multiple SV-GPS-250 units in
the system, power for the secondary GPS should be sourced from the GPS power
wire on the second display – in other words, each SV-GPS-250 should receive
power from a different display. Reference the SV-GPS-250 Installation and
Configuration Section for more information on this configuration.
HSI Requirements
SkyView’s HSI overlay on the PFD DG can be driven by its own built-in Navigation Mapping
software. Additionally, external GPS and NAV radio sources can be used as well. Reference the
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
2-19
System Planning
Serial Devices and SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration sections of this guide for more
information regarding external data sources.
The SV-GPS-250’s GPS data alone is only a position source (and only a subset of the
data provided by other, external GPS devices such as a Garmin X96). It cannot
provide navigation without the Navigation Mapping Software and appropriate
aviation databases installed.
Table 6 outlines the functionality enabled by each source.
Data
Bearing Pointers
Course Deviation
Course Direction
Waypoint or
Station Identifier
To/From Flag
Lat/Long
GPS Altitude
Ground Speed
Ground Track
Distance to Waypoint
LPV/VNAV GPS
Approaches
VFR Vertical Guidance
DME
Glideslope
Tuned Frequency
True Airspeed
Magnetic Heading
SkyView Time Source
5HZ GPS Updates
4
Winds
SVGPS250
GPS
Dynon
Navigation
Map
Software



NMEA
GPS
Aviation
GPS
ARINC-429
GPS via SVARINC-429
ARINC-429/
Serial (SL30)
NAV
































5










SkyView
ADAHRS
1

2














Table 6–HSI Requirements
1
Approach-certified WAAS GPS units only.
Some models.
4
Winds calculation specifically requires GPS, a connected OAT probe, IAS, and magnetic
heading.
5
Requires additional Aviation format serial input into SV-ARINC-429 module
2
2-20
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3. Basic SkyView Display Operation
After reading this chapter, you should be familiar with basic SkyView display operation
including how to use joysticks and buttons, how to turn displays on and off, how to access and
navigate menus, how to configure SkyView networks, and how to perform firmware updates
and other file operations.
The SkyView SV-D700 and SV-D1000 displays are identical in functionality and
presentation. The only difference is in the size and resolution of the screen.
Screen Synchronization
SkyView is designed to operate as an integrated system. SkyView configurations with more than
one networked display automatically share and synchronize settings on all displays. In-flight
settings such as baro and bugs are synchronized in real time as they are adjusted. Setup menu
items are synchronized when the user exits the setup menu and also at boot up. Aviation and
obstacle databases are synchronized when they are loaded on any screen if Ethernet is
connected.
It is not possible to have displays on the same network that do not share configurations,
settings, and real time items. Even if a unit is off when settings are adjusted, they will be
synchronized at boot.
For displays to properly synchronize settings their tail numbers must be the same
and SkyView Network must be configured correctly. See the Network Setup and
Status Section of this manual for information about these required setup steps.
Only one setup menu in the network may be open at once. If you try to open a setup menu on a
display while it is open on another display, you will see OTHER SCREEN IN SETUP on the screen
and not be allowed to open the setup menu. There is no "master" in the system; changes made
on any screen in the system will be automatically reflected on all other screens.
Some things are purposefully not synchronized on displays: firmware, sensor configuration files
(.sfg), and local display settings. You must ensure that each display is running the appropriate
firmware, up-to-date databases, and sensor configuration file. All of these files are available for
download at http://downloads.dynonavionics.com. Also ensure that each display’s local
settings are appropriately configured.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-1
Basic SkyView Display Operation
Display Bezel Layout
The following diagram illustrates the front of an SV-D1000 display and its important parts.
Figure 10–SkyView Display Front Bezel Layout
Note the top bar, screen, joystick and button labels, light sensor, two joysticks and eight
buttons.
The top bar displays important textual information. The top bar shows time, autopilot status,
and transponder status. Reference the LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP Menu Section of this guide for
details on how to configure the top bar.
The screen shows PFD, Engine, and Moving Map data, configuration information, and system
alerts. Its layout is user-configurable. Reference the SkyView Pilot’s User Guide for instructions
on how to configure the layout of your screen.
Joystick and button labels are also on the screen. Joystick and button functionality is contextual
based on what is onscreen and these labels show the user the current function. For example, the
(RNG) label above joystick 2 in Figure 10 shows that turning that joystick will either increase or
decrease the range shown on the Moving Map.
3-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation
The set of button labels displayed immediately after the display turns on is referred
to as the Main Menu.
Each SkyView display has an integrated light sensor in the bezel. This light sensor can be used
for automatic backlight level management. Reference the Display Setup Section of this guide for
instructions on how to configure the display for automatic backlight level management.
Joystick and Button Operation
Joysticks and buttons are used for various functions including powering the unit on and off,
entering and navigating menus, and adjusting values.
Operation Basics
Joysticks can be turned and moved. Specific joystick behavior is addressed in subsequent
sections of this guide when necessary.
Figure 11–Joystick Turn (left) and Movement (right) Directions
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-3
Basic SkyView Display Operation
A button has a function if there is a label above it. If there is no label, there is no function. The
figure below shows an example button label.
Figure 12–Example Button Label
When you press a button, its label is highlighted. When you let go, that button’s action is
invoked.
Button labels are called out in all capital letters such as BACK, EXIT, FINISH, and
CLEAR. This guide directs users to press a button by using its label. For example,
when this guide asks you to press FINISH, it is asking you to press the button with
the FINISH label above it.
Joystick and Button Operation Example
Some parameters may need to be adjusted using a joystick. When setting values with the
joystick, each character (symbol, letter or digit) must be selected and adjusted successively.
Figure 13–Adjusting Successive Characters
In this example, the first time you turn the joystick, you toggle between the “-“ and “+”
symbols. To change the succeeding characters, you must move the cursor joystick to the right.
In this example, you first adjust the “-“ or “+” character, move the joystick right, then adjust the
one hundreds digit, and so forth. Once you have adjusted the value appropriately, press
ACCEPT or move the joystick to the right again.
At times, the next item in the menu path in this guide may be a joystick selection OR a button
push—the correct choice will be apparent.
3-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation
SkyView Touch
SV-D1000T displays can be controlled via touch in addition to using the conventional buttons
and joystick knobs. During normal usage, many of the on-screen elements can be touched to
control SkyView. Details about how touch is used in-flight are covered in the SkyView Pilot’s
User Guide. However, touch controls are not enabled in the SkyView Setup Menu and aren’t
generally used during installation and initial setup.
Menu Navigation
After the display turns on, you will see a screen similar to the one in Figure 10. This guide refers
to the label bar at the bottom of the screen as the Main Menu.
Throughout this guide, the “>” character is used to indicate a sequence of menu selections or
other actions you would take as you navigate the menu system. Menu selections which are
followed by “…” indicate full-screen wizard interfaces which guide you through the appropriate
steps. These wizard interfaces are not described in detail in this guide, as the on-screen
instructions provide adequate information.
SkyView menus follow this structure: SETUP MENU > MENU > ... > MENU > PAGE or WIZARD.
The setup menus (In Flight Setup or Setup) are the root of most menu navigation. Each nested
menu is more specific than the previous one and there is no set limit for the number of nested
menus before reaching a page. A page or wizard is at the end of the chain and it is where the
user can perform a specific action such as change a specific setting, configure a SkyView
network, or set up the layout of the onscreen engine gauges. Wizards employ easy-to-follow
onscreen instructions.
For example, SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > MEASUREMENT UNITS > BAROMETER indicates
entering the SETUP MENU, then selecting SYSTEM SETUP, then selecting MEASUREMENT
UNITS, and then entering the BAROMETER Menu to select INHG, MBAR, or MMHG.
Table 7 is a summary of menu navigation.
Desired Menu Action
Enter the Setup Menu
Scroll through different menus
Enter menu
Return to previous menu
Save adjusted value
User Action
Simultaneously press and hold buttons 7 and 8
(if airspeed is greater than zero, you will enter the
In Flight Setup Menu)
Turn either joystick
OR
Move either joystick up or down
Move either joystick toward the right
Move either joystick toward the left (saves settings)
OR
Press BACK (saves settings)
OR
Press CANCEL (does not save settings)
Press ACCEPT
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-5
Basic SkyView Display Operation
Reset adjustable value
Save settings and return to Main Menu
Press DEFAULT
Press EXIT
Table 7–Menu Navigation Summary
Basic Display Operation Procedures
This subsection covers basic operation procedures for displays. Detailed instructions for various
menus and individual menu items are described later in this guide.
How to Turn the System On or Off
Table 8 summarizes the procedures for toggling SkyView system power states.
SkyView System
Displays
One display
Multiple displays
Toggle SkyView System Power
Toggle primary power state
OR
Toggle display power by pressing and holding button 1
Toggle primary power state
OR
Toggle all displays off or on by pressing and holding
button 1 on each display.
Table 8–How to Toggle SkyView System Power State
Loss of External Power with Backup Battery Connected
If external power is lost to a display that is connected to a backup battery, it will either stay on
for an additional 30 seconds or stay on indefinitely depending on whether or not the aircraft is
in flight. This feature minimizes backup battery discharge when on the ground and
master/external power is shut off normally while simultaneously reducing pilot workload during
an actual in-flight power loss.
If the aircraft is not in flight, SkyView displays the message “POWERING DOWN IN xx SECONDS”
while counting down from 30 seconds. During this countdown, the menu displays the buttons
STAY ON and PWR OFF at the bottom of the screen. Press PWR OFF to turn off the SkyView
display immediately. Press STAY ON to keep the SkyView display on via the connected backup
battery. If STAY ON is pressed, the display will continue to use the backup battery to power
itself until the battery’s charge is depleted or the display is turned off manually pressing and
holding button 1. Finally, if neither button is pressed before the countdown expires, the display
will automatically turn off after 30 seconds to conserve the backup battery charge.
If the aircraft is in flight, SkyView displays the message “AIRCRAFT POWER LOST” with no
additional count down. This ensures that active pilot action is required to turn off a display
when power is lost in-flight and backup battery power is available. The STAY ON and PWR OFF
buttons are still offered, but the display will stay on indefinitely unless PWR OFF is pressed.
3-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation
How to Reboot the Display
Press and hold buttons 1, 2 and 5 simultaneously to instantly reboot the system. This may be
helpful if you need to cycle power after changing certain settings and for general
troubleshooting.
How to Manually Adjust the Backlight Brightness or Dim Level
A SkyView display’s backlighting (brightness) is primarily controlled by its ambient light sensor.
If you have more than one SkyView display, each display’s ambient light sensor is incorporated.
You can adjust the brightness / dimming to your preference by SCREEN > DIM to access the DIM
Menu. To decrease or increase the backlight brightness press DEC- or INC+, respectively or
simply rotate the knob labeled DIM – clockwise to brighten, counter-clockwise to dim. To set
the backlight brightness to 100%, press FULL. SkyView will not allow you to dim the display(s) to
a level that would cause it to be illegible for the ambient lighting conditions.
Reference the Display Setup Section of this guide for instructions on specifying the display’s
backlight brightness control method.
How to Enter the Joystick Function Menu
Move a joystick up, down, left, or right to enter its Joystick Function Menu. These menus are
used to specify which bug that joystick adjusts if rotated. For example, joystick 1 could be set to
adjust the heading bug and joystick 2 could be set to adjust the altitude bug.
Figure 14 illustrates the joystick menu.
Figure 14–Joystick Menu
To set the function of a joystick:
16. Move a joystick up, down, left, or right to enter a Joystick Function Menu.
17. Choose the joystick function by moving the joystick up or down.
18. Confirm the highlighted function by moving the joystick left or right.
If the Map Page is onscreen, the joystick closest to the Moving Map is labeled (RNG) and is used
to adjust the map’s range. It cannot be assigned a different function.
How to Enter the Setup Menus
There are two setup menus: the Setup Menu and the In Flight Setup Menu. Simultaneously
pressing and holding buttons 7 and 8 will open one of these menus. If airspeed is zero, the
Setup Menu opens. If airspeed is greater than zero, the In Flight Setup Menu opens.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-7
Basic SkyView Display Operation
You may also access the Setup Menu from the In Flight Setup Menu by using the ENTER FULL
SCREEN SETUP MENU… option.
How to Adjust Time Zone Offset
Enter the Time Zone Offset Page (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > TIME > TIME ZONE OFFSET)
and adjust the time zone accordingly. Note that this is the local offset from Zulu time.
How to Configure Displayed Units
Displayed units can be configured for altitude, distance and speed, temperature, barometer,
pressure, and volume. Displayed units are configured on the Measurement Units Page (SETUP
MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > MEASUREMENT UNITS).
Screens and Menus
This section lists all of the screens, menus, and pages in the SkyView system.
Some menu options are dependent on installed, networked, and/or calibrated
SkyView equipment. For example, if there are no servos present in the SkyView
network, the AUTOPILOT Menu will not be present on the Main Menu. This guide
makes it clear where these dependencies exist in their applicable sections.
Main Menu
This menu is displayed right after the SkyView display boots up similar to Figure 10 and contains
links to the following menus:






3-8
PFD – This menu allows users to turn the G Meter on and off, turn synthetic vision on or off,
select the NAV source, select bearing sources, and toggle bugs on and off.
ENGINE – This menu allows users to control engine-related features such as adjusting the
fuel computer state (if equipped), enabling lean-assist mode, and interacting with VP-X (if
equipped).
AUTOPILOT – This menu allows users to toggle the status of each installed autopilot axis, set
their respective modes, and engage the autopilot in a 180° turn from the current ground
track. This menu is only accessible if the autopilot servos have been properly installed,
networked, calibrated, and tested
XPNDR – This menu allows users to control a Dynon SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder, if
equipped.
MAP – This menu allows users to control the Navigation Mapping Software features of
SkyView. Note that this button only appears when the SV-MAP-270 software has been
purchased and licensed, or when it is in its 30 hour free introductory trial period.
SCREEN – This menu allows users to set the backlight level, toggle the state of the three
information pages (PFD, ENGINE, and MAP), and change the layout of the screen.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation
Message Notification Area
Important alerts are relayed to users via the Message Notification Area. A flashing “Message”,
“Caution”, or “Warning” label above the rightmost button indicates the presence of a message
or alert. Press the rightmost button to bring up the Message Window to read the alert or
message. More information regarding messaging and alerting behavior is in the SkyView Pilot’s
User Guide.
In Flight Setup Menu
This menu contains links that may be useful during flight:





ADAHRS Source Selection…
Flight Angle Pitch Adjust…
AOA Calibration…
Autopilot Setup…
Enter Full Screen Setup Menu…
Note that this menu occupies only half of the screen and that all of the links in the In Flight
Setup Menu are accessible via the Setup Menu.
Setup Menu
This menu contains links to system configuration options:













SYSTEM SOFTWARE
SYSTEM SETUP
LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP
PFD SETUP
EMS SETUP
MAP SETUP
AUTOPILOT SETUP
TRANSPONDER SETUP (DYNON SV-XPNDR-261/262)
TRAFFIC SETUP
VP-X SETUP
ADS-B STATUS
COM RADIO SETUP
HARDWARE CALIBRATION
Note that this menu occupies the entire screen. The menus above have menus of their own. The
information in this section contains information on the purposes of each of the above menus as
well as a list of each menu's respective menus and their functions.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-9
Basic SkyView Display Operation
Pages and wizards that require users to do something have explicit onscreen
instructions. Most actions are simple enough and onscreen instructions are more
than adequate. In these cases, explicit instructions are not contained in this guide.
In cases where onscreen instructions are not present, instructions are included in
this guide.
System Software Menu
You must have a USB flash drive that is recognizable by the display in one of the
USB slots to open this menu. All of the functions under this menu either write to or
read from the flash drive.
Detailed instructions for all of the menus listed below are included in the Firmware
Updates and File Operations Section of this guide.
The Software System Menu contains links to the following wizards:






UPGRADE SYSTEM SOFTWARE... – Use this wizard to update software on your SkyView
system.
LOAD FILES... – Use this wizard to load files such as settings or configuration files or delete
files from the USB flash drive.
EXPORT SETTINGS... – Use this wizard to export the settings on your SkyView system to a
USB flash drive. Note that (as of V6.0) calibration settings are not exported, including servo
calibrations, fuel tank calibrations, and compass calibrations.
EXPORT USER DATA LOGS… – Use this wizard to export user data logs in human-readable
CSV format. See Appendix F: User Data Logs for further information about user data logs.
EXPORT USER WAYPOINTS… – Use this wizard to export all of the User Waypoints that are
currently stored in your SkyView system.
EXPORT DYNON DIAGNOSTIC FILE... – This specialized data log can only be interpreted by
Dynon Avionics Engineers; there is no data in it that can be interpreted by customers.
Dynon Avionics Technical Support may request this log in the course of troubleshooting,
especially for issues related to AP performance. Note that this log is very big – over 500 MB
– and takes minutes to save to a USB flash drive. Unless directed to export this log by Dynon
Avionics, there is no reason to do so. Dynon Avionics Technical Support will provide a link to
directly upload this file to Dynon Avionics (it’s too big to be emailed).
If you have more than one SkyView display in your system, you may be requested to save
the Dynon Diagnostic File from each of your SkyView displays as each display can
sometimes contain different diagnostic data. If you save the Dynon Diagnostic File from
multiple displays onto the same USB flash drive, use the 33-character name field to
distinguish the two files, such as naming one “LEFT” and the other one “RIGHT”.
System Setup Menu
This menu contains links to the following menus and pages:
3-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation









NETWORK SETUP – Enter this menu to configure your SkyView network or to check on
network status (i.e., display important SkyView module information).
SERIAL PORT SETUP – Enter this menu to configure the five general purpose serial ports on
the display.
AUDIO SETUP – Enter this menu to configure the options and volume for SkyView’s audio
output capability.
AIRCRAFT INFORMATION – Enter this page to record important information regarding your
aircraft. Specifically, enter the tail number of your aircraft–it is used to create unique
SkyView configuration files. It is also used for other purposes.
MEASUREMENT UNITS – Enter this page to configure displayed units (e.g., feet or meters).
TIME – Enter this page to set the time zone offset from Zulu/GMT time.
ARINC-429 – Enter this page to set up ARINC-429 devices connected to SV-ARINC-429
modules.
SCREEN LAYOUT SETUP – Enter this page to configure the availability of the PDF Page,
Engine Page, and Map Page on this display and throughout the system (when more than
one display is installed).
DATA LOG SETUP – Enter this page to configure the recording frequency of SkyView’s
internal data logging feature, or to clear recorded data. See the User Data Logs Appendix for
further information about user data logs.
LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP Menu
This menu contains links to the following pages and menus:





INSTALLED DATABASES – This page shows the various databases that are installed on the
display and their respective versions.
DISPLAY HARDWARE INFORMATION – This page contains important hardware status
information such as the serial number of your display and the voltage of the attached
backup battery. Reference the Returning SkyView Components to Service after Repair
Section of this guide for more information about the Display Hardware Information Page.
BRIGHTNESS SETUP – Enter this page to choose between manual, automatic, or external
screen backlight control. Manual screen backlight control is managed by the user in the DIM
Menu with the DEC-, INC+, and FULL buttons. Automatic screen backlight control is
managed by a default dimming profile in the display. A compatible external control signal is
required for external backlight control. Reference the Brightness Setup Section for more
information.
TOP BAR SETUP – Enter this page to configure the top bar on the SkyView display's screen.
GPS FIX STATUS – This page shows fix quality information for the GPS source that is being
used as the active position source for SkyView’s moving map and synthetic vision. Note that
this does not show information about other GPS sources that may be available for HSI and
backup position use.
BATTERY BACKUP (SV-BAT-320) STATUS – This page shows the status of automated tests of
the SV-BAT-320.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-11
Basic SkyView Display Operation

LICENSE – This page shows the status of software products that can be purchased and
licensed to add features to SkyView. This page is also the place where license codes can be
redeemed to activate features on your SkyView System.
PFD SETUP Menu
This menu contains links to the following pages:










ADAHRS SOURCE SELECTION–This page has a list of all configured SkyView ADAHRS modules
and their respective status. Also use it to select which ADAHRS module is the PFD’s primary
source of data.
FLIGHT ANGLE PITCH ADJUST – This page allows you to adjust the displayed pitch of the
plane.
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS – Enter this menu to configure the V-speeds and specify optimal
flight parameters such as best angle of climb speed, best rate of climb speed, and
maneuvering speed.
VERTICAL SPEED SCALE – Enter this page to configure the vertical speed tape's scale.
G METER – Enter this page to configure G values that will cause the G Meter to be
automatically displayed when exceeded; to set the yellow/red cautionary color ranges of
the G meter; and whether or not the max/min recorded Gs are reset at each SkyView bootup.
FLIGHT PATH MARKER – Enter this page to enable/disable display of the flight path marker.
EXTREME PITCH WARNING – Enter this page to enable/disable display of the extreme pitch
warning indicators.
ANGLE OF ATTACK – Enter this page to enable/disable display of the Angle of Attack
indicator.
ALTITUDE BUG ALERTER – Enter this page to configure the altitude alerter, an audible alert
when you are approaching or departing the altitude set in the ALT bug.
o CAPTURE BAND: When the altitude of the aircraft flies within this amount of
feet/meters of the altitude bug (when displayed), SkyView will announce
“approaching altitude” aurally (if audio output is configured)
o DEVIATION BAND: When the altitude of the aircraft climbs above or descends below
the altitude bug by the amount of feet or meters set here, SkyView will announce
“departing altitude” aurally (if audio output is configured).
ALLOW SIX-PACK PANEL – Enter this page to enable / disable the option of displaying the
Six-Pack presentation flight data instead of EFIS presentation. If set to NO, the SIX-PACK and
EFIS buttons do not appear in PFD > MODE menu.
3-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation


SHOW WIDE ANGLE VIEW BUTTON – Enables / disables the appearance of the WIDE button
PFD > MODE menu.
If you enable or disable WIDE view, then set SHOW WIDE ANGLE VIEW BUTTON to NO, the
previous wide setting (enabled or disabled) will persist. Example:
1. SHOW WIDE ANGLE VIEW BUTTON > YES
2. PFD > MODE > WIDE (gray background, indicating wide angle view is enabled)
3. SHOW WIDE ANGLE VIEW BUTTON > NO
Will result in:
 The WIDE button will not appear in the PFD > MODE menu
 Wide angle view will always be displayed in the PFD.
BARO MISMATCH WARNING – Enables / disables a warning message when the current
SkyView BARO setting and nearest valid ADS-B METARS report barometric pressure are
significantly different.
EMS Setup Menu
This menu contains links to the following wizards and menu:




Engine Information – Enter this wizard to record important information regarding the
engine in your aircraft such as engine type and horsepower. The user-entered information
here is used to calculate quantities such as % power and special operating limitations.
Sensor Input Mapping... – Enter this wizard to map engine and environmental sensors to SVEMS-220/221 pins. Reference the EMS Sensor Input Mapping Section of this guide for
instructions on how to navigate and use this menu to map sensors.
Screen Layout Editor – Enter this wizard to configure the placement and style of the
onscreen EMS gauges on EMS pages. Reference the EMS Screen Layout Editor Section of
this guide for instructions on how to use this wizard.
Sensor Setup–Enter this menu to configure the graphical display properties of mapped
sensors. Reference the EMS Sensor Setting Section of this guide for more information
regarding sensor setup.
MAP Setup Menu
This menu contains links to the following wizards and menus:


Terrain Warning Colors – Sets whether red and yellow terrain warning are provided on the
Map Page
Red and Yellow Start – When the above setting is set to “YES”, these settings how far above
or below the aircraft’s current altitude the red and yellow colors persist.
Autopilot Setup Menu
This menu is not accessible until the autopilot servos in the system have been
successfully calibrated and tested. Reference the Autopilot Servo Calibration and
Test Procedures Section of this guide for more information.
This menu contains links to the following menus:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-13
Basic SkyView Display Operation



Roll Axis–Enter this menu to configure autopilot roll axis setup and tuning parameters.
Pitch Axis–Enter this menu to configure autopilot pitch axis setup and tuning parameters.
Disengage Button–Enter this menu to configure disengage button options such as hold to
engage, enable broken line detect, and control wheel steering mode.
Transponder Setup Menu
This menu is not accessible unless a SV-XPNDR-261/262 is setup and configured.
Reference the SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing Section of
this guide for more information.
This menu contains options that are used to set up and configure the SV-XPNDR-261/262
module. Reference the SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing Section of
this guide for more information.
Hardware Calibration Menu
This menu contains links to the following menus:



ADAHRS Calibration–Enter this menu to make altitude adjustments (e.g., baro and altitude
adjust) and access the compass and AOA calibration wizards.
EMS Calibration–Enter this menu for EMS sensor calibration. You will have options to
calibrate fuel tanks and position potentiometers that have been mapped in the Sensor Input
Mapping Wizard. Calibration wizards contain onscreen instructions.
Servo Calibration–Enter this menu for autopilot servo calibration. Reference the Autopilot
Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration Section of this guide for more details.
Note that if an ADAHRS, EMS, or Servos are not present on the SkyView network,
this menu will note the absence by displaying “(EMS NOT DETECTED)” ,“(ADAHRS
NOT DETECTED)”, or “(SERVOS NOT INSTALLED)”
Firmware Updates and File Operations
Dynon Avionics continually provides new functionality and capabilities to your SkyView system
via firmware updates. Use the resources mentioned in the Contact Information Section of this
document to stay current on firmware availability for SkyView.
Firmware updates and file operations are performed using a USB flash drive. A flash drive with
at least 50 Megabytes of storage is required for standard firmware updates. A drive with at
least 4 Gigabytes of storage capacity is required for terrain file updates. Note that a 4 Gigabyte
USB flash drive is included with every SkyView display, and is the recommended USB flash drive
for these operations.
In order to open the System Software Menu, you must have a USB flash drive plugged in to your
SkyView display.
3-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation
Updating the firmware on a SkyView display automatically updates all of the
modules connected on the same SkyView network, except for other SkyView
displays. Each display must be updated individually.
Prior to updating firmware, all SkyView Network devices must be powered on and
online. If all previously configured SkyView Network devices are not detected, a
warning screen will appear. The most common cause for this error that power is off
to the autopilot servos (AP switch not ON). As soon as the offline module(s) resume
communicating with SkyView, the firmware update will automatically proceed.
(SkyView Network devices do not include SV-ADSB-470 and SV-XPNDR-261/262 –
those devices are connected via serial ports).
How to Update Firmware
1. Download the latest SkyView firmware file from http://downloads.dynonavionics.com.
2. Copy the firmware file onto your USB flash drive. The firmware file must be in the root
directory of the drive in order to be recognizable by the display.
3. Insert the USB flash drive into one of the display’s USB sockets.
4. Go to the Upgrade System Software Wizard (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SOFTWARE >
UPGRADE SYSTEM SOFTWARE…) and click the knob to the right one time.
If some SkyView Network modules (or other displays) are not powered on or
connected to the SkyView network, you will see a screen that is similar to Figure 15
below.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-15
Basic SkyView Display Operation
Figure 15 – Some SkyView Network devices not online, cannot update
If you see a screen similar to the one in Figure 15 above, power on or reconnect all SkyView
Network devices. Typically this error is caused by Autopilot servos or SV-COM-C25 radio not
being powered on.
5. Update the firmware on the unit by pressing UPDATE or press CANCEL to return to the
System Software Menu.
6. To aid in troubleshooting, during the firmware update process, your SkyView system’s
previous configuration files are automatically written to the USB flash drive in a
subdirectory (folder) called “settings_archive”:
TAILNUMBER_SNXXXX_FIRMWAREVERSION_SENSORS_SW_UPGRADE.sfg
TAILNUMBER_SNXXXX_FIRMWAREVERSION_SW_UPGRADE.sfg
How to Export System Settings
This operation creates a set of files on the USB flash drive that contain display
settings, equipment settings, and important calibration information. All of the
filenames contain the tail number and the firmware version.
1. Insert the USB flash drive into one of the display’s USB sockets.
2. Go to the Export Settings Wizard (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SOFTWARE > EXPORT
SETTINGS…).
3. Create a file name for the settings file.
4. Save the settings file onto the flash drive by pressing EXPORT or press CANCEL to return
to the System Software Menu.
3-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Basic SkyView Display Operation
How to Load and Delete Files
1. Download file from Error! Hyperlink reference not
valid.http://downloads.dynonavionics.com such as terrain or EMS files or use another
source for the SkyView file.
2. Copy the file onto your USB flash drive. The file must be in the root directory of the drive
in order to be recognizable by the display.
3. Insert the USB flash drive into one of the display’s USB sockets.
4. Go to the Load Files Wizard (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SOFTWARE > LOAD FILES…).
5. Select a file and press:
a. LOAD to load the file onto the system.
b. CANCEL to return to the System Software Menu.
c. REMOVE to delete the file from the USB flash drive.
How to Export Data Logs and Waypoints
EXPORT DATA LOGS
Data logging, and how to export datalogs is discussed in depth in Appendix F: User Data
Logs.
EXPORT USER WAYPOINTS
This option exports all of the User Waypoints that are currently stored in your SkyView
system.
EXPORT DYNON DIAGNOSTIC FILE – This specialized data log can only be interpreted by Dynon
Avionics Engineers; there is no data in it that can be interpreted by customers. Dynon
Avionics Technical Support may request this log in the course of troubleshooting, especially
for issues related to AP performance. Note that this log is very big – over 500 MB – and
takes minutes to save to a USB flash drive. Unless directed to export this log by Dynon
Avionics, there is no reason to do so. Dynon Avionics Technical Support will provide a link to
directly upload this file to Dynon Avionics (it’s too big to be emailed).
If you have more than one SkyView display in your system, you may be requested to save
the Dynon Diagnostic File from each of your SkyView displays as each display can
sometimes contain different diagnostic data. If you save the Dynon Diagnostic File from
multiple displays onto the same USB flash drive, use the 33-character name field to
distinguish the two files, such as naming one “LEFT” and the other one “RIGHT”.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3-17
4. SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
This chapter contains information and diagrams that specifically apply to SkyView display
installation. After reading this section, you should be able to determine how to prepare a panel
for display installation, how to mount a display, how to make all necessary electrical
connections, and also how to configure a display.
Figure 16 is a high-level overview of a suggested installation and configuration procedure for
SkyView displays and their associated components.
Choose a panel
location based on
Location
Requirements
Section
Prepare the
panel (cut
opening and drill
holes)
Install SkyView
Display Harness
(SV-HARNESS-D37)
Connect power
and ground wires
with fuse or
breaker on power
Test display
power (turn on or
use multimeter)
Connect other
SkyView modules
(e.g., ADAHRS and
EMS)
Reference
other chapters
in this guide...
Connect external
serial devices
(e.g., transponder
and GPS)
No
new
firmware
Mount display in
panel
Check for
firmware
update
New
firmware
Download and
install firmware
Update terrain
database?
(outside North
America)
No
Yes
Download and
install terrain
database
Update
aviation
database?
No
Yes
Download and
install aviation
database
Configure display
settings and
SkyView Network
Figure 16–Suggested SkyView Display Installation Procedure
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-1
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Physical Installation
SV-D700 Installation Dimension Quick Overview

Panel Cutout: 6.97” x 5.35” (117.038 mm x 135.890mm)

Bezel Outline: 7.636” x 5.512” (193.954 mm x 140.005 mm)
SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation Dimension Quick Overview

Panel Cutout: 9.68” x 6.90” (245.872mm x 175.260mm)

Bezel Outline: 10.320” x 7.064”(262.128mm x 179.426mm)
For those upgrading from a D100 series product, note that the SV-D700 display has
a slightly larger cutout than those products.
Figure 17 and Figure 18 on the following pages show recommended panel cutouts and
mounting hole patterns for SV-D700 and SV-D1000 displays. Note that the SkyView 7" display
has a smaller cutout size and fewer mounting holes than the SkyView 10" display.
Figure 19 and Figure 20 on the following pages show the mechanical dimensions of the SkyView
displays. Use the dimensions (in inches) found in the appropriate diagram to plan for the space
required by the display.
To mount a SkyView display, cut an appropriately sized rectangular opening in your panel, drill
out the mounting holes, and use the included mounting screws to fasten the display to the
panel.
SkyView displays are shipped with #6-32 hex-drive round head fasteners. Fasteners are 5/8” in
length and require a 5/64” hex drive tool. Dynon recommends fastening the included mounting
screws to nut plates installed behind the panel. If access behind the panel allows, standard #632 lock nuts or nuts with lock washers can be used. Do not rivet the SkyView display to the
aircraft as this will hinder future removal if necessary.
4-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Figure 17–SV-D700 Panel Cutout and Mounting Hole Dimensions - NOT ACTUAL SIZE
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-3
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Figure 18–SV-D1000 Panel Cutout and Mounting Hole Dimensions – NOT ACTUAL SIZE
4-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Figure 19–SV-D700 Dimensions
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-5
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Figure 20–SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Dimensions
4-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Electrical Installation
Use this section in conjunction with the information contained in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections (notably Figure 125 on page 22-8). The wires and wire colors in this
section refer to the wires on the included SkyView Display Harness (SV-HARNESS-D37).
Some wires that are used in SkyView harnesses are identified with secondary color
stripes. Exposing these striped wires to solvents or abrasives can cause the stripe
color to wear off. Handle these wires with care.
Power Input
SkyView displays have a primary power input that is compatible with 12 volt and 24 volt
systems (10 to 30 volts DC). There are two unterminated solid red primary power input wires
(to reduce current loading in each wire—these are not for redundancy and both must be
connected to the same power source) and two unterminated solid black primary ground wires.
Ensure that there is an appropriately rated circuit breaker or replaceable fuse on
the primary power input. Reference the
Power Consumption Section of the System Planning Chapter for more information.
Grounding
Ensure that all external devices that interface with SkyView have a common ground with
SkyView. If a device does not share ground with SkyView, it may not communicate properly.
Airplane Master Contactor / Relay Considerations
If your aircraft is equipped with a master contactor or a relay that is operated by the master
switch, it is imperative that the coil of the contactor or relay is protected by a diode to reduce
the voltage spike seen when the contactor is turned off. Without this diode, the aircraft system
can see spikes above 100V, which can damage Dynon equipment and other avionics.
While some contactors have this diode internally, many do not. Please verify the existence of
this diode before operating your Dynon equipment. Any diode that is rated for more than 1A
and more than 50V is suitable. Vans Aircraft part number ES DIODE MASTER is also a suitable
option.
Backup Battery Connection and Operation Rules
SkyView displays have the option of an external backup battery (SV-BAT-320). The display
harness has a connector that mates with the connector on the backup battery. Simply
connecting the display to the battery using this connector enables backup battery functionality.
In the event of an electrical failure that causes SkyView to run on the SV-BAT-320, the SV-BAT320 supplies power to the SkyView display it is connected to, along with any connected SVADAHRS-200/201, SV-EMS-220/221, SV-ARINC-429, and SV-GPS-250 modules. A fully charged
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-7
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
SV-BAT-320 can keep most SkyView systems operating for at least 60 minutes. The SV-BAT-320
does not supply (backup) power to the following SkyView system devices:






Autopilot servos
Heated AOA/Pitot Probe
SV-ADSB-470
SV-COM-425 / SV-COM-X83
SV-XPNDR-261/262
Any non-Dynon device
SkyView displays are only compatible with Dynon’s SV-BAT-320 backup battery. Do
not connect a lead-acid battery or any other battery to the connection reserved for
the SV-BAT-320 as the charging algorithm is optimized for the SV-BAT-320.
Connecting any other battery may have detrimental consequences. Damage
caused by connecting such a battery will not be repaired under warranty.
See the Homemade Wire Harness Considerations section for important
specifications that must be adhered to for the SV-BAT-320 to charge properly
when used with a non-Dynon harness.
SkyView Network Connectors
The two D9 connectors on the back of a SkyView display are SkyView network connectors. They
have identical pin-outs and are electrically connected inside the display (i.e., they are
completely interchangeable). Installers may use either connector or both connectors in SkyView
installations. Reference Table 73 on page 22-9 for SkyView Network Connector pin-out
information.
Note that these connectors are not serial port connectors.
Network Setup and Status
Once all SkyView modules are connected in a network, either in a bench top test or permanent
installation, turn the display(s) on. You will see the display boot up and the status LEDs on the
modules light up.
A tail number on the Aircraft Information Page (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP >
AIRCRAFT INFORMATION) is required for network configuration.
If you have more than one display in your SkyView system, the tail number only
needs to be set on the display that you initially perform the Network Configuration
on. At network configuration time, all other displays that are set to the default tail
number of DYNON will automatically have their settings and tail number
synchronized with the display the configuration is performed from. After
configuration, all displays’ tail numbers and settings will be synchronized, and
4-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
further setup tasks can be performed from any display.
When you first power up your SkyView display, it will look similar to the screen below. This is
normal – you have not yet performed a SkyView Network Configuration for the SkyView
display(s) to recognize your ADAHRS, EMS, and other SkyView Network modules.
Figure 21–New display, SkyView Network not yet configured
Use the following procedure to configure a SkyView network:
1. Navigate to the CONFIGURE… Page (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP
> CONFIGURE…).
2. Press DETECT. A successful network configuration yields the screen in Figure 22.
3. Press FINISH to close the screen and return to the Network Setup Menu.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-9
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Figure 22–Successful SkyView Network Configuration Screen
If the SkyView network is successfully configured, but firmware versions on
equipment are not synchronized, you will see a screen that is similar to Figure 23.
Figure 23–SkyView Network Configuration with Firmware Update
4-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
If you see a screen similar to the one in Figure 23, simply press the button labeled UPDATE to
update the firmware running on the equipment in the SkyView network.
To check on SkyView network status, enter the NETWORK STATUS… Menu in the Network
Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > NETWORK STATUS…).
The Network Status Page shows all displays, modules, servos, and other Dynon Avionics
products installed on the SkyView network via the D9 SkyView Network connectors. This
includes the following devices: SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T displays, SV-ADAHRS-200/201
modules, SV-EMS-220/221 modules, SV-ARINC-429 modules, SV-COM-C25 and SV-COM-X83
COM radios, SV-AP-PANEL / SV-KNOB-PANEL control panels, and Dynon Autopilot Servos. It
does NOT include any non-Dynon devices or any of the following Dynon devices that connect
via a method other than SkyView Network: SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponders, SV-ADSB-470
ADS-B receiver, SV-GPS-250 GPS receiver, OAT(s), or individual engine sensors.
SkyView Network has redundancy and error detection features which allow it to detect and
annunciate module and SkyView Network wiring faults. In the event that SkyView reports a
problem with an ADAHRS, EMS module, autopilot servo, or a problem with the “standby
network”, this NETWORK STATUS page will provide more information about the nature of the
problem.
Ethernet Connection
SkyView systems containing more than one display should ideally have their Ethernet ports
connected together for best operation. See the SkyView System Construction section in this
manual for further information about Ethernet.
Internal Time Keeping
Zulu/GMT time is initially obtained from a GPS source. Time is displayed as “--:--:--“until a GPS
fix containing time is found. When a display is turned off, a connected SV-BAT-320 enables the
display to keep track of time. Displays that are not connected to a battery must obtain current
time from a GPS source whenever they are turned on.
Serial Devices
Serial communication to non-Dynon devices and interfacing of other devices in general can be
involved and detailed. This installation guide is intended to provide general installation advice
for the most common devices and situations. Dynon’s Documentation Wiki provides additional
technical information at http://wiki.dynonavionics.com.
There are five general purpose RS-232 serial ports available for use with compatible equipment
on a SkyView display. Serial port transmit (TX) and receive (RX) wire sets are twisted together.
Connected serial devices must share a common power ground with the SkyView display(s).
Dynon Avionics devices that use RS-232 serial ports for communication include the SV-GPS-250,
SV-XPNDR-261 and-262, and SV-ADSB-470. Devices from other manufacturers that are
commonly used with SkyView include transponders (with serial port inputs), NAV radios such as
Garmin SL30, COM radios such as Garmin SL40, GPS devices such as the Garmin X96 series,
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-11
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Vertical Power VP-X, and Emergency Location Transmitters (ELTs). Reference the appropriate
sections of this manual for detailed instructions for installing the SV-GPS-250, SV-XPNDR-261
and -262, SV-ADSB-470, and Vertical Power VP-X. Additionally, an external serial device such as
a PC or external serial data logger can be connected and used to record real-time ADAHRS and
EMS data that can be output by SkyView.
Serial port 5 is recommended for the SV-GPS-250 connection. Its wire bundle
includes serial transmit, receive, ground, and power, and its wires are colormatched to the wire colors on the SV-GPS-250.
Transponders with serial altitude input can be directly connected to a display. To interface a
SkyView display to a gray code transponder, the use of a Dynon Encoder Serial-to-Gray Code
Converter Module (Dynon P/N 100362-000) is required. Reference the Encoder Serial-to-Gray
Code Converter Installation and Configuration Section of this guide for more information.
If you have more than one SkyView display, each external serial device’s serial TX wire needs to
be connected to each screen so that it can send information to each display individually.
Information that is received via serial connection is not automatically shared between multiple
SkyView displays in an aircraft. Additionally, if the serial device you are connecting to your
SkyView system can receive information from SkyView, that device’s RX wire must be
connected to all SkyView displays as well. SkyView has special hardware to allow multiple TX
lines to be connected together for redundancy. It is required that all connections to/from a
particular serial device be connected to the same SkyView display serial port on every display in
the SkyView system.
The instructions above specify that both the TX and RX lines from external serial
devices be connected to multiple screens in parallel. SkyView systems that were
installed before SkyView v2.6 may require wiring changes to accommodate this.
Specifically, if your system has multiple SkyView displays and your transponder is
utilizing the serial altitude encoder output, the transponder would have only been
connected to one screen when you configured your SkyView system. As of v2.6,
transponders (and other serial devices) must be connected to all SkyView displays
to work correctly.
It is the installer’s responsibility to determine how to connect external serial devices to the
display using the included wire harness. Installers should reference serial device documentation
for serial port specifications. The basic order for installing an external serial device is as follows.
1. Specify a serial port for the device.
2. Make the serial port electrical connection. If you have more than one SkyView display,
make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
3. Configure the serial port (under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP)
according to the device’s documentation.
4. When serial port configuration is complete, perform a final check by doing the
following:
4-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
a. Power down all displays except #1. Verify all serial port devices are working transponder, GPS, radios, etc.
b. Power down all displays except #2. Verify all serial port devices are working transponder, GPS, radios, etc.
c. Power down all displays except #3. Verify all serial port devices are working transponder, GPS, radios, etc.
A SkyView Display serial port can be configured to communicate with one device
on its TX and a different device on its RX, but when doing so, the TX and RX speeds
must be the same.
Table 9 contains serial port wire functions and wire harness colors.
Serial Port
1
2
3
4
5
Wire Function
TX
RX
TX
RX
TX
RX
TX
RX
TX
RX
SV-GPS-250
Power
SV-GPS-250
Ground
SkyView Display Harness
Wire Colors
Brown with Orange stripe
Brown with Violet stripe
Yellow with Orange stripe
Yellow with Violet stripe
Green with Orange stripe
Green with Violet stripe
Blue with Orange stripe
Blue with Violet stripe
Gray with Orange stripe
Gray with Violet stripe
Solid Orange
Solid Black
Table 9 - SkyView Serial Port Connections
Traffic Devices
SkyView has the ability to receive aircraft traffic information from different devices, including
the SV-XPNDR-261/262, the Zaon XRX (with the ZAON set to “Garmin” output), the Garmin GTX
330 / 330ES transponders, and the Garrecht TRX-1500 (set to TIS output). If a device that can
provide traffic is connected to SkyView and configured (usually as a TIS serial traffic device
under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP), further traffic display options can
be configured in SETUP MENU > TRAFFIC SETUP. The traffic display on both the PFD and MAP
pages can be set to include just Traffic Advisories (TA), all targets, or no targets.
Only one device can provide traffic information to SkyView at any moment. If you
have more than one device connected to SkyView that is capable of providing
traffic (such as, but not limited to, SV-XPNDR-261/262 (TIS), SV-ADSB-470, Zaon
XRX, etc.), the devices provide traffic information with the following priority,
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-13
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
based on the completeness of the traffic portrait they provide:
1. SV-ADSB-470 with full traffic (ADS-B ground station reporting with radar
coverage)
2. TIS transponder from SV-XPNDR-261/262 or Garmin GTX 330 / ES (when in
an active TIS coverage area)
3. FLARM
4. Zaon
5. SV-ADSB-470 with No RADAR (ADS-B reception, but without ground ADS-B
station coverage or radar target inclusion).
Dynon SV-XPNDR-261/262 Transponder
See the SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing section for detailed
instructions on how to set up the serial connection to the SV-XPNDR-261/262.
Note that if you are using a Dynon SV-XPNDR-261/262 Transponder, none of the encoder
options in the below sections should to be set for the Dynon SV-XPNDR-261/262 module to
receive pressure altitude. Instead, when the Transponder is set up as described in the SVXPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing section, it is automatically configured
to receive pressure altitude from SkyView. Alternatively, systems that require the use of an
external altitude encoder can be configured per the following section to have SkyView pass
along an external pressure altitude source.
Dynon SV-ADSB-470
See Section 14 - SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing for detailed instructions
on how to set up the serial connection to the SV-ADSB-470.
Garmin GTX 330ES
To enable ADS-B traffic with a Garmin GTX 330ES, both the serial port transmit and serial port
receive between SkyView and the GTX 330ES must be connected and configured. The GTX
330ES must be fully configured to output ADS-B Out, which requires a TSO’d GPS position.
Contact Garmin for correctly configuring the GTX 330ES ADS-B Out capability. Also see SVADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing for additional configuration.
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN DEVICE
> GARMIN GTX 330ES
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP > SERIAL OUT
DEVICE > ICARUS ALTITUDE 100ft OR ICARUS ALTITUDE 10ft
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION > AIRCRAFT HEX CODE > (set to same
HEX CODE as configured in the Garmin 330 ES) > ACCEPT (button).
4-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
External Serial Altitude Encoder Support
Some locales may require the use of a certified altitude encoder with the Dynon SV-XPNDR261/262 Transponder. SkyView supports external serial altitude encoders that use
Icarus/Garmin format. When one is connected, the SV-XPNDR-261/262 uses the external
altitude encoder data source instead of SkyView’s own ADAHRS-generated pressure altitude.
However, the altitude displayed by SkyView on the PFD page is ALWAYS sourced from SkyView
ADAHRS data.
To have SkyView use an external altitude serial encoder as the pressure altitude source for the
SV-XPNDR-261/262:



Wire a SkyView serial receive line to the respective serial transmit connection from the serial
altitude encoder. If you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all
SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the serial altitude encoder. If
you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Configure this serial port on each display under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT
SETUP. The SERIAL IN device for this serial port should be set to ICARUS/GARMIN ALTITUDE.
Non-Dynon Transponder Serial Altitude Encoder Output
To use SkyView‘s altitude output functionality with your transponder that can receive serial
altitude input:



Wire a SkyView serial transmit line to the respective receive connection on the transponder. If
you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the transponder. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Configure the serial port on each display appropriately. There is an example serial port
configuration on 4-26.
SkyView Altitude Encoder Output Formats
There must be a SkyView ADAHRS installed for the altitude encoder output to
function.
SkyView outputs its altitude measurements in two different formats. You can use either format
on any of the serial ports. These formats are described in Table 10 and Table 11. SkyView will
function properly whether or not this altitude encoder functionality is used.
ICARUS
Used by
Garmin GTX330/ES (Garmin serial port must be set to Icarus input),
Garmin GTX327 (Garmin serial port must be set to Icarus input),
Garmin GTX328 (Garmin serial port must be set to Icarus input),
Icarus,
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-15
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
ICARUS
Trimble
Baud rate
Format
Example message
9600
ALT, space, five altitude bytes, carriage return
ALT 05200[CR]
Table 10–Icarus Format
DYNON CONVERTER
Used by
Baud rate
Format
Example message
Dynon Encoder Serial-to-Parallel Converter,
Garmin AT (formerly UPS Aviation Technologies)
Garmin SL70 (same unit as Garmin AT)
1200
#AL, space, +/-sign, five altitude bytes, T+25, checksum, carriage return
#AL +05200T+25D7[CR]
Table 11–Dynon Serial-to-Gray Code Converter Format
Per ATC/FAA requirements, SkyView’s serial encoder output reports pressure altitude, which,
by definition, is indicated altitude when the baro is set to 29.92. So, when you set SkyView‘s
baro adjustment to 29.92, its indicated altitude will match the altitude that is being reported to
your transponder.
Non-Dynon Transponder Serial Input Installation
SkyView can display the status of the Garmin GTX 327 and Garmin GTX 330 / 330ES
transponders. To use this functionality with SkyView:




Wire a serial receive line to the respective transmit line on the transponder. If you have more
than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the transponder. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Configure the serial port on each display appropriately under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP >
SERIAL PORT SETUP.
Configure the serial port on the transponder appropriately. For a Garmin GTX 327, 330 / ES, the
RS-232 output of the appropriate serial port on the transponder should be set to REMOTE+TIS.
Gray-Code Transponder Installation
To use SkyView’s altitude encoder functionality with your Gray Code transponder:


Follow the installation instructions in the Gray-Code Transponder Installation Section. If you
have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection(s) to all SkyView displays.
Configure the serial port on each display according to the instructions on page 15-14.
4-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Reference the Serial Port Configuration Section of this guide for serial port configuration
information.
Garmin SL30 COM / NAV Radio
In addition to the NAV radio functions of the SL30, SkyView can display COM radio information
from the SL30 on the top bar of the SkyView display(s) and send COM frequencies to the SL30
(TUNE COM).
 Connect SL30 serial RX pin 4 (RxD1) to a SkyView serial TX. If you have more than one
SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
 Connect SL30 serial TX pin 5 (TxD1) to a SkyView serial RX. If you have more than one
SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
 Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the SL30. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
 Configure the serial port on the SL30 appropriately. On the SL30, the Indicator Head Type
should be set to NONE.
On SkyView
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN
DEVICE > GARMIN / APOLLO SL30. This will automatically set the SERIAL IN/OUT BAUD RATE
and SERIAL OUT DEVICE.
 Set SERIAL IN FUNCTION TO NAV 1, 2, 3, or 4. If the SL30 is the only NAV device, select NAV
1.
 Set NAVIGATION SOURCE DISPLAY NAME: (user selectable, 7 characters, suggest SL30). The
name entered here is displayed as the HSI source and the Flight Plan Source (if this device
outputs a flight plan).
 If you wish the SL30 frequency and status to be displayed on the top bar:
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAYED COM > GARMIN / APOLLO SL30 (PORT x)
and
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAY COM IN TOP BAR: YES
Val Avionics NAV 2000
 To work with SkyView, the NAV 2000 must have v1.10 firmware (minimum). The firmware
version is displayed during the NAV 2000 startup.
 Connect NAV 2000 serial RX Pin 4 (Connector P1) to a SkyView serial TX. If you have more
than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
 Connect NAV 2000 serial TX Pin 5 (Connector P1) to a SkyView serial RX. If you have more
than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
 Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the NAV 2000 – Serial
Ground Pin 3 (Connector P1). If you have more than one SkyView display, make the same
connection to all SkyView displays.
 Configure the NAV 2000:
o Enter the config page by pressing and holding both the left and right knobs while the
unit is starting up until the display shows the last used active frequency and the first
config page:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-17
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
 *A108.00 Rs I:xxx (the *x*'s are a placeholder for the resolver setting)
o Rotate the left inner (small) encoder to show *Non* in the section following *Rs I:
o Push and hold both encoder buttons to exit from the configuration pages
On SkyView
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN
DEVICE > VAL AVIONICS NAV 2000. This will automatically set the SERIAL IN/OUT BAUD
RATE and SERIAL OUT DEVICE.
 Set SERIAL IN FUNCTION TO NAV 1, 2, 3, or 4. If the NAV 2000 is the only NAV device, select
NAV 1.
 Set NAVIGATION SOURCE DISPLAY NAME: (user selectable, 7 characters – suggest
NAV2000). The name entered here is displayed as the HSI source and the Flight Plan Source
(if this device outputs a flight plan).
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAYED COM: NONE (If a SkyView compatible COM
radio such as the SV-COM-C25 is installed, refer to those instructions for this setting).
and
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAY COM IN TOP BAR: NO (If a SkyView compatible
COM radio such as the SV-COM-C25 is installed, refer to those instructions for this setting).
Garmin SL40 COM Radio
SkyView can display COM radio information from the SL40 on the SkyView top bar and send
COM frequencies to the SL40 (TUNE COM).






Connect SL40 serial RX pin 10 (RxD1) to a SkyView serial TX. If you have more than one
SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Connect SL40 serial TX pin 3 (TxD1) to one of the SkyView serial RX pins on each display. If
you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView
displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display, and the SL40. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Configure the serial port on the SL40 appropriately.
Configure the serial port: SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL
PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN DEVICE > GARMIN / APOLLO SL40. This will automatically set the
SERIAL IN FUNCTION, SERIAL IN/OUT BAUD RATE, and SERIAL OUT DEVICE.
Set the SL40 status to be displayed on the top bar: SETUP > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAYED
COM > GARMIN / APOLLO SL40 (PORT x)
and
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAY COM IN TOP BAR: YES
Trig TY91 COM Radio
SkyView can display COM radio information from the TY91 on the top bar of the SkyView
display(s) and “push” COM frequencies to the TY91 (TUNE COM).

Connect TY91 RS232 In (TC90 Pin 6) to a SkyView serial TX. If you have more than one
SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
4-18
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration



Connect TY91 RS232 Out (TC90 Pin 5) to a SkyView serial RX. If you have more than one
SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the TY91. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
On the TY91, configure the serial port appropriately (per Trig’s documentation).
On SkyView
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN
DEVICE > TRIG TY91. This will automatically set the SERIAL IN FUNCTION, SERIAL IN/OUT
BAUD RATE, and SERIAL OUT DEVICE.
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > PRIMARY COM > TRIG TY91 (PORT x)
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAY COM IN TOP BAR > YES
Icom IC-A210 COM Radio
The IC-A210 does not transmit status or frequencies via serial port, so IC-A210 information
cannot be displayed on the top bar of the SkyView display(s). SkyView can send COM radio
frequencies to the IC-A210 (TUNE COM)..




Confirm that your A210 is running firmware version 1.53 or newer. This feature will not
work with old firmware. Contact Icom for details on upgrading your radio firmware.
Connect IC-A210 serial RX (Molex Pin 2 / DSUB 15 Pin 10) to a SkyView serial TX. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the IC-A210. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
On the IC-A210, configure the serial port appropriately (per Icom documentation).
On SkyView
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN
DEVICE > ICOM A210. This will automatically set the SERIAL IN FUNCTION, SERIAL IN/OUT
BAUD RATE, and SERIAL OUT DEVICE. (Although there is no IC-A210 serial TX to SkyView
serial RX connection, SERIAL IN DEVICE must be configured as described.)
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > PRIMARY COM > ICOM A210 (PORT x)
and
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAY COM IN TOP BAR > NO
MGL Avionics V6/V10 COM Radio
The V6 and V10 do not transmit status or frequencies via serial port, so V6/V10 information
cannot be displayed on the top bar of the SkyView display(s). SkyView can send COM radio
frequencies to the V6/V10 (TUNE COM).


Connect V6/V10 RS232 DATA1 - IN (DSUB 25 Pin 3) to a SkyView serial TX. If you have more
than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the V6/V10. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-19
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration

On the V6/V10, configure the serial port appropriately (per MGL Avionics’ documentation).
On SkyView
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN
DEVICE > MGL V6/V10. This will automatically set the SERIAL IN FUNCTION, SERIAL IN/OUT
BAUD RATE, and SERIAL OUT DEVICE. (Although there is no V6/V10 serial TX to SkyView
serial RX connection, SERIAL IN DEVICE must be configured as described.)
 SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > PRIMARY COM > MGL V6/V10 (PORT x)
and
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAY COM IN TOP BAR > NO
f.u.n.k.e. Avionics ATR833 8.33 kHz-capable COM Radio
Garmin GTR 225 and Garmin GNC 255 8.33 kHz-capable COM Radio
Trig Avionics TY91 and TY92 8.33 kHz-capable COM Radio11
Support for these radios was added in SkyView v11.0 – no earlier versions of SkyView firmware
support these radios in 8.33 kHz mode. SkyView can display COM radio information from the
ATR833, GTR 225 / GNC 255, and TY91/TY92 on the SkyView top bar and send COM frequencies
to the them (TUNE COM).





Connect the radio’s serial RX to a SkyView serial TX. If you have more than one SkyView
display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Connect the radio’s serial TX to one of the SkyView serial RX pins on each display. If you
have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display, and the radio. If you have
more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Configure the serial port on the radio appropriately.
Configure the serial port: SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL
PORT x SETUP > SERIAL IN DEVICE >
FUNKE ATR833 or
GARMIN GNC 255 A/B or
GARMIN GTR 225 A/B or
TRIG TY9X 25KHz ONLY
TRIG TY9X 8.33/25KHz
This will automatically set the SERIAL IN FUNCTION, SERIAL IN/OUT BAUD RATE, and
SERIAL OUT DEVICE.
Set the radio status to be displayed on the top bar: SETUP > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAYED COM >
(device you chose above) (PORT x)
and
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAY COM IN TOP BAR: YES
11
Full TY91/92 8.33 kHz support depends on a future software update from Trig.
4-20
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Emergency Location Transmitter (ELT)
SkyView can provide a GPS data stream to ELTs that accept GPS data in NMEA format.



Wire a serial transmit (TX) line from one display to the receive (RX) line on the ELT. If you
have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the ELT. If you have more
than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView displays.
Configure the SkyView display serial port:
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP
SERIAL IN DEVICE: (don’t care, does not affect ELT)
SERIAL IN/OUT BAUD RATE: (set to match speed of ELT; typically 4800 or 9600)
SERIAL OUT DEVICE: NMEA OUT (BASIC)
Dynon ADAHRS / EMS / SYSTEM / NMEA (GPS) Data Outputs
To output real-time data to an external serial device, such as a serial data logger or other device
that accepts NMEA or Dynon formats:



Wire a serial transmit line from one display to the receive line on the external serial device.
If you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView
displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the external serial device.
If you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView
displays.
Configure the serial port on the display appropriately under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP
> SERIAL PORT SETUP, SERIAL PORT x SETUP > selecting the desired output data format.
TIS Format Traffic Output
SkyView can be configured to output TIS format traffic information for external display on other
avionics that can receive traffic in TIS format. When this option is selected, only the actual TIS
traffic from a SV-XPNDR-261/262 is included in this serial data stream. This stream does not
include ADS-B, FLARM, Zaon, or other traffic sources that may be available to SkyView.


Wire a serial transmit line from one display to the receive line on the external serial device.
If you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView
displays.
Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the external serial device.
If you have more than one SkyView display, make the same connection to all SkyView
displays.
 Configure the serial port on the display appropriately under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM
SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP, SERIAL PORT x SETUP > TIS OUT (330 FORMAT).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-21
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
USB Usage and Accessibility
It is useful to have the USB socket on the display’s wire harness accessible after
installation for file uploads and downloads.
The USB connector is used during the following operations:



System firmware updates
Configuration file uploads and downloads
Database updates
External Dim Control Connections
DIM INPUT (Pin 25) The backlight level on a SkyView display can be increased or decreased
using a control signal of 0 to 36 volts DC. See External Brightness Management to configure
brightness levels for specific voltages.
DIM OUTPUT (Pin 26) The DIM OUTPUT signal is an approx. 120 Hz (may change in future
firmware revisions) Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) signal directly proportional to the screen
brightness – 100% to 0.02%. This output is designed to directly control the dim level of devices
such as LEDs; a common use is for the back-lighting of switches in a panel so that they dim at
night in conjunction with SkyView’s automatic dim levels.
The DIM OUTPUT signal is an open collector to ground - it acts as a switch to ground, and does
not source any power itself. Pin 26 can sink a maximum current of 120mA and a maximum
voltage of 40V. The DIM OUTPUT signal is not analog and cannot be used to control the dim
level of devices that expect 0-5V, 0-12V, or a resistance as their dimming input.
Do not connect the DIM OUTPUT signal from multiple SkyView screens in parallel. The DIM
OUTPUT signals from each display is not synchronous, and this will lead to inconsistent
behavior.
Audio Output Electrical Connections
Dynon recommends that SkyView’s audio outputs be connected to an unmuted
input on your audio panel or intercom. When connected this way, critical audio
alerts generated by SkyView are not muted by ATC transmissions or other audio
events that could cause SkyView’s audio to be suppressed if it were connected to
a muting input.
SkyView’s audio output cannot be connected in parallel with a radio to a headset.
Doing so will significantly reduce the volume of the radio output, possibly to the
level that it is not usable. An intercom such as the SV-INTERCOM-2S, audio mixer,
or audio panel is required to utilize this output.
4-22
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
If you are converting a Dynon D10/D100 product installation to a SkyView
installation, you should remove the variable resistor that is connected to the
existing audio output wiring: SkyView has software-based volume controls.
The audio outputs on pins 13 and 31 (left and right, respectively) of the display’s D37 connector
can drive audio panel or intercom auxiliary inputs. When interfaced with such devices, they can
generally be used with any input designated as an auxiliary input without any external resistors
or other components needed between the SkyView and the intercom.
Use left and right audio outputs for stereo mode. If the audio panel or intercom only supports
mono input, short the left and right audio outputs together and connect them to the mono
input on the device. To minimize noise, ensure that your SkyView audio ground and intercom or
audio panel ground are directly connected together, even though they nominally share a
common ground via other aircraft wiring (audio ground is pin 30 on the D37).
If there is more than one display on a SkyView network, you MUST connect all displays’ audio
outputs to the same audio panel input to ensure that audio is always heard. Electrically short
the respective left and right outputs together for stereo mode (i.e., left-to-left and right-toright) or connect all audio outputs together for mono mode. The same rule applies for audio
grounds.
To minimize the possibility of audio “humming”, a 16 AWG wire may optionally be connected
between the ground point for the intercom/audio panel/radio(s) and SkyView display case(s).
To attach the wire to the SkyView display case, a 4-40 x 3/16” long screw may be screwed into
the threaded boss above the USB ports on the back of the SkyView display.
Audio output volume will be controlled via the interface on a SkyView display, so no external
hardware components are required. The audio output from SkyView has a maximum output of
10V p-p with 50 ohms of source impedance.
SkyView systems with more than one display normally only output audio alerts from one
display to minimize audio distortion. In a SkyView system that has more than one display and
dual SV-EMS-220s/221s to monitor dual engines, EMS audio alerts are enabled from two
displays. At moments when two displays are outputting EMS audio alerts, there may be minor
“doubling” of audio alerts heard in the audio system.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-23
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
SkyView Audio Output Settings
Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > AUDIO SETUP to configure audio output settings. Most
of the items in this menu control whether the audio output for a particular alert or alert
category is played or not. The settings that can be adjusted here that are not voice alert toggles
are:



VOLUME CONTROL / TEST – Sets the volume level. While in this menu, sound is played
continuously so that proper audio connectivity and volume levels can be confirmed.
o In this menu only, audio is only outputted from the actual display that is in the setup
menu. This allows one to troubleshoot the physical audio connections. In actual
operation, only one of the displays transmits audio at a time. Which display happens
to be transmitting is automatically managed by SkyView. Since all displays’ audio
outputs are connected together (and to the intercom or audio panel), this is
transparent in actual use.
BOOT SOUND – When set to ON, the system will say “Dynon SkyView” when it first starts
up.
ANGLE OF ATTACK – This sets a pulsing, progressive tone that increases in frequency, similar
in nature to a conventional reed type aircraft stall warning sound to a reed-type stall
warning sound, although it is much more predictable in its progression. It can be set to start
its pulsing tones at either the border of the yellow/green marks on the AOA bars, the
middle of the yellow, or the yellow/red border. The pulsing tones start at the level selected
and get progressively quicker and closer together until a solid tone is played at critical AOA
(in the red.)
o INHIBIT AOA BELOW AIRSPEED – Allows you to set an airspeed below which no AOA
tones are played. This helps prevent nuisance alarms while on the ground and
taxiing, especially in tail draggers.
Contact Inputs
Contact Input #1 – (Optional) External LEVEL Button. See the Autopilot section for detailed
explanation.
Contact Input #2, #3, #4 are currently not supported. A future firmware update may enable this
functionality. Do not connect anything to these pins at this time.
Reserved Connections for Future Use
Do not connect anything to unspecified D37 connector pins (directly or using the display
harness). These are reserved for future use.
Display Setup
You can access important information about a SkyView display as well as configure serial ports,
characterize your display backlight behavior and specify other display-specific settings.
4-24
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
How to Access Display Hardware Information
Enter the Display Hardware Information Page (SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > DISPLAY
HARDWARE INFORMATION) to access important display hardware information. This menu
contains status information only—nothing on it is configurable. Reference the Operation
Section of this guide for more information about this menu.
Serial Port Configuration
Reference serial device documentation for serial communication specifications.
SkyView serial ports are configured in the Serial Port Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM
SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP). SkyView serial ports have four parameters that must be defined:




Input Device
Input Function
Baud Rate
Output Device
Note that sometimes a parameter will be defined as NONE on the screen. For
example, when a serial port is configured as only an output, the input device and
input function will both be set to NONE.
Input Device
Set the input device to the data format the SkyView display should expect from an input device.
The configurable options list contains equipment by brand and model and also generic data
formats such as NMEA and aviation. NMEA is the standard format for most GPS units (including
the SV-GPS-250). Aviation is used by some Garmin and Bendix/King panel mount equipment. If
your specific equipment is listed by brand and model, we recommend you configure SkyView to
use this option instead of a generic data format.
If you have any ARINC-429 devices, these are configured separately. See the SV-ARINC-429
Installation and Configuration Section of this guide for more information.
Input Function
SkyView has several options for input functions: NONE, GPS, NAV, or POS. Set the device’s input
function to NONE if it does not have an input function.


GPS devices provide GPS position and navigational information. These devices are generally
"moving maps" that depict airports, airspaces, etc., and can generate flight plans. They
provide source data for the moving map, HSI, autopilot, synthetic vision, and the clock in
the Top Bar. An example GPS device is a Garmin X96.
NAV devices provide radio-based navigational information from a VOR or ILS. They provide
source data for the HSI and autopilot. SkyView currently supports only the Garmin SL30 NAV
Radio.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-25
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration

POS devices provide only positional information. These are generally simple GPS receivers
which cannot do flight planning. They provide source data for the moving map, synthetic
vision, and the clock in the Top Bar. Note that a POS device does not provide any data for
the HSI and will not appear in the HSI NAVSRC rotation. An example POS device is the Dynon
SV-GPS-250.
Input Function Considerations and Priorities
Dynon’s Moving Map Page uses POS and GPS sources for its data. Regardless of the number of
data sources in your system, this page prioritizes these sources and fails over to them as
follows:
POS 1 GPS 1GPS 2GPS 3GPS 4POS 2POS 3POS 4
For example, if your system has one SV-GPS-250 configured as POS 1 and a Garmin 396
configured as GPS 1, the Moving Map will always use the SV-GPS-250 as its primary data source.
If the SV-GPS-250 fails or you configure its input function to NONE, the Moving Map Page will
use the Garmin 396 (or other GPS source) configured as GPS 1 as its primary data source.
The SkyView HSI uses GPS and NAV sources for its overlays and the user must choose the
source during operation.
SkyView’s internal Navigation Mapping Software can generate navigation
information which can be displayed on the HSI. The Navigation Mapping Software
requires GPS position information, which is sourced from the active (highest
priority in the above list) POS or GPS source. Regardless of what source is being
used for position information, the navigation provided by the Navigation Mapping
Software is always the SKYVIEW source on the HSI.
Baud Rate
Set this to match the baud rate of the serial device that is connected to the serial port. SkyView
supports the following baud rates: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200.
Note that if you use a serial port for a split function (e.g., GPS in and altitude encoder out), the
input and output devices must use the same baud rate.
Output Device
Set output device to the data format the serial device should expect from the SkyView display
(e.g., ICARUS (10ft)).
Example SkyView Serial Port Configuration for Icarus-Compatible Transponder
This example assumes that an Icarus format compatible transponder has been installed on
serial port 1.
1. Enter the Serial Port 1 Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT
SETUP > SERIAL PORT 1 SETUP).
2. Set serial 1 input device to NONE (SERIAL 1 IN DEVICE: NONE).
3. Set serial 1 in function to NONE (SERIAL 1 IN FUNCTION: NONE).
4-26
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
4. Set serial 1 baud rate to 9600 (SERIAL 1 IN/OUT BAUD RATE: 9600)
5. Set serial 1 output device to ICARUS (100ft) or ICARUS (10ft) (SERIAL 1 OUT DEVICE:
ICARUS (100ft) or ICARUS (10ft).
6. Press BACK or EXIT to save the settings.
Brightness Setup
Enter the Brightness Setup Page (SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > BRIGHTNESS SETUP)
to characterize the display’s backlight behavior. The backlight level can be adjusted manually by
the user, automatically by the display based on ambient light conditions, or by an external
control signal while on the Brightness Setup Page and in normal flight. Regardless of the
specified control method, users always have the option of manually adjusting the backlight level
in the Dim Menu.
Automatic Brightness Management
To set the backlight level so that it automatically adjusts, set BRIGHTNESS SOURCE to INTERNAL
(ZERO OFFSET) or INTERNAL (LAST) depending on whether you want the brightness setting to
reset when SkyView is started, or you want the bright setting from SkyView’s last use to be
used when SkyView is started. When this option is selected, dimming is normally controlled
automatically via ambient light detection, but it can also be controlled manually by using the
DIM Menu. Dynon has created a default dimming profile that should work well in most aircraft.
If you find that this profile does not work well in your installation, it can be customized to suit
your preferences using the tools on the BRIGHTNESS SETUP Menu. This menu displays several
parameters, which are listed and briefly explained below.





LOCAL BRIGHTNESS SENSOR – This is an integer value ranging from 0 to 999 that represents
the amount of light sensed by the display’s integrated light sensor. Use this value to
characterize the ambient light levels in your installation during characterization.
BRIGHTNESS TARGET – This is a percentage ranging from 0% to 100% that represents the
calculated target backlight level based on the sensed ambient light level and the percent
brightness sensor value map. The actual brightness never drops below 20% when the
Brightness Setup Page is displayed, even though the target value may be below 20%.
xx% Brightness Sensor Value – There are four percent brightness sensor values: 25%, 50%,
75% and 100%. These values are correlated to a user-specified brightness sensor value,
which are to the right of the percent value. These percentages along with the minimum
brightness sensor value (explained below) form the calibration points for the backlight
management profile. When the current brightness sensor value matches one of these
points, the target backlight level is adjusted to its matching percentage. When the current
brightness sensor value is in between these points, the display interpolates between the
points and calculates an appropriate target backlight level. These values must be set by the
user.
MINIMUM BRIGHTNESS SENSOR VALUE – This is an integer value ranging from 0 to 999 that
represents the smallest amount of light that is expected to be sensed by the integrated light
sensor. This must be set by the user.
RESET TO DYNON DEFAULTS – (If needed) Use this option to start over.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-27
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
Press the ACCEPT button to save any changes you make.
External Brightness Management
To set the backlight level so that it is controlled by an external variable voltage input (0-30V
DC), set BRIGHTNESS SOURCE to EXTERNAL. When this option is selected, dimming is controlled
automatically via an external signal. If backlight control is set to external, you must configure
the brightness settings on the BRIGHTNESS SETUP Menu. This menu displays several
parameters, which are listed and briefly explained below.




EXTERNAL BRIGHTNESS VOLTAGE – This is the voltage level of the external control signal.
Use this value to characterize the ambient light levels in your installation during
characterization.
BRIGHTNESS TARGET – This is a percentage ranging from 0% to 100% that represents the
calculated target backlight level based on the sensed ambient light level and the percent
brightness voltage map. Note that this is a calculated value and is not set by the user. The
actual brightness never drops below 20% when the Brightness Setup Page is displayed, even
though the target value may be below 20%.
xx% Brightness Voltage – There are four percent brightness values: 25%, 50%, 75% and
100%. These percentages are correlated to a brightness voltage, which are to the right of
the percent value. These percentages along with the minimum brightness voltage
(explained below) form the calibration points for the backlight management profile. When
the current brightness voltage matches one of these points, the target backlight level is
adjusted to that percentage. When the current brightness voltage is in between these
points, the display interpolates between the points and calculates an appropriate target
backlight level. These voltages must be set by the user.
MINIMUM BRIGHTNESS VOLTAGE – This is a voltage that represents the external control
signal’s minimum voltage level. This must be set by the user.
Press the ACCEPT button to save any changes you make.
Top Bar Setup
The top bar is the strip across the top of the screen. It displays textual information such as the
clock, autopilot status, transponder, and COM radio status.
Enter the Top Bar Setup Page to configure the top bar (SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP >
TOP BAR SETUP).
Aircraft Information
Use the Aircraft Information Page (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION)
to record important information about your aircraft.
The tail number must be present for SkyView network configuration and operation.
If you have more than one display in your SkyView system, the tail number only
needs to be set on the display that you initially perform the Network Configuration
4-28
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration
on. At network configuration time, all other displays that are set to the default tail
number of DYNON will automatically have their settings and tail number
synchronized with the display the configuration is performed from. After
configuration, all displays’ tail numbers and settings will be synchronized, and
further setup tasks can be performed from any display.
Screen Layout Setup
As of SkyView software 5.0, you can use Screen Layout Setup page (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM
SETUP > SCREEN LAYOUT SETUP) to customize and restrict the ways that the PFD Page, Engine
Page, and Map Page are displayed on your SkyView display(s). This feature can be used in a
variety of ways:
 You can prohibit and restrict the use of certain menu items in the SCREEN menu. This can
allow you to:
o Enforce the relative layout of the PFD/Engine/Map pages on each display, for a
consistent cockpit environment
o Restrict the ability to remove Pages from a display. This can be used, for example, to
force the PFD Page and the Engine Page always be displayed on a display or in the
system.
 In multi-display systems, you can specify a reversion mode that automatically changes the
screen configuration to a specific layout when only one display remains powered on. For
example, if you normally have your left display showing PFD, and your right display showing
Engine and Map, you could configure reversion mode to show all three pages automatically
on the remaining single display should the other fail.
Menu items and settings available in the SCREEN LAYOUT SETUP menu include:


General Rules – Settings under this menu control behavior of items contained under the
SCREEN menu. This applies to all displays in the system, no matter which display you change
these settings from.
o Show Layout Button: Determines whether the SCREEN > LAYOUT button is available
for use. The SCREEN > LAYOUT button allows the pilot to dynamically rearrange the
order of the PFD/ENGINE/MAP pages on a display.
o Show Swap Button: Determines whether the SCREEN > SWAP button is available for
use. The SCREEN > SWAP button allows the pilot to swap the entire contents and
page layouts of displays in a two-display SkyView System.
This Display – Normal Operation: The options under this menu apply only to the display that
you are currently working with, and only when the system is operating normally (when the
display is not in reversion mode or swapped)
o PFD Page, Engine Page, Map Page: For each of these entries, you can control
whether each page is:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
4-29
SV-D700 / SV-D1000 / SV-D1000T Installation and Configuration


Required: The relevant page is always shown on this display. This is always
shown on this display. The relevant page button under the SCREEN menu is
not available.
 Allowed (Save State): This display remembers whether the relevant page was
being shown across power cycles. The relevant SCREEN button turns that
page on and off on this display.
 Allowed (Not Shown at Boot): The relevant page is never on at boot. The
relevant page button under the SCREEN menu turns that page on and off on
this display.
 Allowed (Shown at Boot): The relevant page is always on at boot. The
relevant page button under the SCREEN menu turns that page on and off on
this display.
 NOT ALLOWED: The relevant page cannot be shown on this display. The
relevant SCREEN button is not available.
Reversion Mode Configuration – When only one display is powered on in a multiple display
configuration, the layout picked here is forcibly displayed. This behavior applies equally
whether all but one display in your system has failed or if you turn on one SkyView display
before all others (as some customers do to see engine instruments before engine start).
This setting applies to all displays in the system, no matter which display you change this
settings from.
o Disabled: Reversion Mode is disabled. The layout that was set on any display
remains the same whether or not it is the only display powered on in a multi-display
system.
 PFD 40% / EMS / MAP 40%
 PFD 50% / MAP 50%
 PFD 50% / EMS 50%
 PFD 80% / EMS 20%
 PFD 100%
Touch Setup
SkyView SV-1000T has settings that are specific to the touch interface: SETUP MENU > LOCAL
DISPLAY SETUP > TOUCH SETUP. This menu will not appear on units other than an SV-D1000T.
> TOUCH ENABLED – YES/NO – Enables / disables touch features on a SV-D1000T. When set to
NO, an SV-D1000T behaves exactly as an SV-D1000.
> SHOW TOUCHES – YES/NO – Enables / disables a small circle to appear on the touch screen
showing where the touch screen is sensing finger(s). SHOW TOUCHES is primarily used for
diagnostics / troubleshooting and is not normally enabled.
> KEYBOARD LAYOUT – A-Z | QWERTY – Selects the keyboard layout of the onscreen keyboard
that appears when alphanumeric character input is required (such as creating flight plans).
> HARDWARE STATUS, EVENT COUNTER, POINT #1, POINT #2, and TOUCH TEST… are used for
diagnostics / troubleshooting.
4-30
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5. SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
The SkyView ADAHRS module uses MEMS sensor technology to accurately measure inertial,
magnetic, and air data. To ensure accuracy in its readings, it is very important that you install
the module correctly and perform the specified calibration steps. This chapter guides you
through that process.
Dynon sells a primary ADAHRS model (SV-ADAHRS-200) and a backup model (SV-ADAHRS-201).
Throughout the guide, these models are collectively referred to as “SV-ADAHRS-200/201.” The
SV-ADAHRS-200 and SV-ADAHRS-201 are identical in functionality.
Read and understand the System Planning Chapter before installing the ADAHRS.
If you have more than one ADAHRS in your SkyView system, all ADAHRS
calibrations are applied to all ADAHRS simultaneously. In other words, you
generally only need to go these steps once per system, provided all ADAHRS are
calibrated, installed and are connected via SkyView Network. However, if an
additional SV-ADAHRS-200/201 is installed and configured at a time after the
original installation and calibrations in this chapter have been performed, all setup
and calibration steps in this section of the SkyView Installation manual should be
performed as if the ADAHRS is being installed for the first time.
Figure 24 is a high-level overview of a suggested and installation and configuration procedure
for the SV-ADAHRS-200/201:
Choose a
location based on
Location
Requirements
Section
Reference
Accessory
Installation and
Configuration
Chapter
Install ADAHRS
module with
electrical and
pneumatic
connections
Prepare the
location
Install SkyView
network cabling
Install AOA/Pitot
probe
Install static port
(not covered in
this guide)
Install pneumatic
plumbing
Install OAT probe
and wiring
Configure
SkyView Network*
Configure
ADAHRS-related
settings on
SkyView display*
Perform magnetic
calibration
Perform AOA
calibration
*Assumes SV-D700 or SV-D1000 is properly installed and working.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5-1
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
Figure 24–Suggested SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation Procedure
Physical Installation
As previously mentioned in the System Planning Section, there are no module-tomodule proximity requirements when installing multiple SV-ADAHRS-200/201
modules in an aircraft. For example, one SV-ADAHRS-200/201 may be installed on
top of another SV-ADAHRS-200/201 module. Other installation location
requirements still apply.
The diagram below shows the important mounting dimensions of the ADAHRS module with
electronic and pneumatic connections. Note that the figure applies to both the SV-ADAHRS-200
and SV-ADAHRS-201 modules.
OAT Connector
Figure 25–SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Mounting Dimensions with Electronic and Pneumatic Connections
Additional mounting location, orientation, and other installation requirements are described in
the System Planning section earlier in this manual. Please review this section when physically
installing your with SV-ADAHRS-200/201 module(s).
5-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
An SV-ADAHRS-200/201 should be mounted within one degree of parallel to all three aircraft
axes, with the pneumatic fittings facing toward the front of the aircraft.
To ensure that the Slip/Skid Ball will be displayed as centered during flight, the SVADAHRS-200/201 must be installed to 0° (absolute level). There is no adjustment in
SkyView to electronically level the SV-ADAHRS-200/201. If, after installation, the
Slip/Skid Ball is not centered, you will need to shim the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 to be
0° (absolute level). During installation, it may be necessary to use an electronic
level as a “spirit” or “bubble” level may not be able to display an accurate enough
degree of level.
The module’s mounting tabs must be on the bottom. The label must be on the top. Figure 25
shows the correct orientation of the ADAHRS as it would appear if you were above the aircraft,
looking down at it. The module will not operate properly if it is rotated or inverted in any other
orientation.
Dynon does not provide mounting hardware with SV-ADAHRS-200/201. The mounting tabs on
each side of the module have holes sized for #10 fasteners, but it is up to the installer to decide
how the ADAHRS will be secured to the aircraft.
We recommend that installers use button-head style non-ferrous (brass recommended)
fasteners in this location. Follow recommended torque practices when tightening the mounting
hardware. Do not rivet the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 to the aircraft as this will hinder future removal
if necessary.
Do not use a magnetic driver when installing the ADAHRS. Doing so has the
potential to affect the factory magnetic calibration.
SkyView Network Connection
Connect the ADAHRS module to the SkyView network using the hardware mentioned in the
SkyView System Construction Section or using equivalent hardware.
If you have to install a connector on the end of a network cable, insert all pins into the D9
connector. Refer to Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections for details on connector pinouts and wire colors.
Remember to configure the network as described in the Network Setup and Status
section after connecting all modules to a display.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5-3
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
Pneumatic Ports
The AOA, pitot, and static ports on the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 are equipped with 1/8” NPT
Female fittings. To attach your pitot and static lines to the module, you must use standard 1/8”
NPT male fittings at the end of each of the lines.
SkyView’s attitude calculation requires airspeed from pitot and static. A GPS
source can be used as a backup if the pitot and/or static source fails, but should
not be the primary source.
Do not use ferrous pneumatic fittings.
To install, simply connect your static and pitot sources to the SV-ADAHRS-200/201. If you are
performing a retrofit installation, consider “teeing” off of existing lines using a tee fitting.
Reference the sticker on top of the respective module for pneumatic port identification.
Use a wrench to secure the mating pressure line fittings to the corresponding locations on the
SV-ADAHRS-200/201. Do not over-tighten.
If you purchased Dynon’s AOA/Pitot Probe, note that it has pitot and AOA ports, but no static
port. You will need to provide your own source of static pressure for the SV-ADAHRS-200/201.
Magnetic Heading Calibration
Dynon calibrates every ADAHRS during manufacture, however a separate
calibration is required to accurately measure magnetic heading in an aircraft
installation. The calibration procedure in this section simultaneously calibrates
every SV-ADAHRS-200/201 in the SkyView network.
Magnetic heading calibration requires pointing the aircraft in four directions and acquiring data
at each direction. The aircraft’s configuration and major systems should be in a state that
resembles flight conditions during calibration (i.e., the canopy should be closed, the aircraft’s
pitch attitude matches SkyView’s attitude depiction, the engine should be running, and all
electronic devices should be on). An accurate method of aligning the aircraft with magnetic
North, East, South, and West, such as an airport’s compass rose, is required.
Tail wheel equipped aircraft can be calibrated in their normal nose up ground
attitude as long as the SkyView attitude display shows the correct corresponding
nose up attitude.
A working GPS receiver with a view of the sky to acquire GPS data must be
connected to the SkyView system in order to calibrate magnetic heading. SkyView
uses GPS-derived position information to calculate magnetic intensity, declination,
and variation.
5-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
It is important to calibrate magnetic heading in an area that has been verified to
be magnetically neutral. The presence of steel reinforcement (rebar), electrical
power lines under the tarmac, or other natural deposits of ferrous metals can
result in an inaccurate compass calibration. Airport compass roses are usually
verified to be magnetically neutral and thus are often a good location for
performing a compass calibration.
For more information on this issue see FAA Notice Number: NOTC4031:
https://www.faasafety.gov/files/notices/2012/Aug/CAUTION_TLP_031612_Rev10.pdf.
Use the following procedure to calibrate the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 compass:
1. Turn on the SkyView system and allow it to warm up for a minimum of 5 minutes.
2. Move the aircraft into position so that it is convenient to orient it in the four cardinal
directions.
3. Enter the Setup Menu on the SkyView display and go to the Compass Calibration Wizard
(SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > ADAHRS CALIBRATION > COMPASS
CALIBRATION). Note - GPS data on the Compass Calibration Page must be green. If it is
red, GPS data is not valid.
4. Orient the aircraft to North, South, East, or West.
5. When the aircraft is stable at the chosen orientation, push the button indicating the
direction the aircraft is oriented in. Example – when the aircraft is pointed North, push
the NORTH button.
6. Wait for data collection to reach 100%.
7. Rotate to the next cardinal direction and repeat steps 4, 5, and 6 for any remaining
headings.
8. If there is a SV-ADAHRS-200 and SV-ADAHRS-201 installed, the Compass Calibration is
performed simultaneously. If the Compass Calibration fails on only one of the units, a
message will appear:
CALIBRATION FAILED – S/N xxxx
9. CALIBRATION COMPLETE appears when calibration is complete. Press FINISH to return
to menu navigation mode.
SV-OAT-340 Location and Installation
The SV-OAT-340 is designed specifically to work with the SV-ADAHRS-200/201.
For full redundancy, a second ADAHRS module requires its own OAT probe.
Probe Location
The SV-OAT-340 is an outside air temperature probe. In order for it work properly, it must be
able to measure air temperature accurately. Avoid exposing the probe to sources of heat that
would interfere with outside air temperature readings such as:

Direct sunlight
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5-5
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration



Engine heat and exhaust
Aircraft interior (back side of probe)
Heated air from the cabin exiting from an open window or cabin air exhaust port
The installation area should have space for a nut and wires on the back side of the probe. It is
acceptable to extend or reduce the wire length if necessary. Reduce the wire length by cutting
out the desired length from the middle of the wires and splicing together the remaining ends.
If there is a backup ADAHRS in the SkyView system, it is acceptable to install a backup OAT
probe a few inches away from the primary probe. Consider running primary and backup OAT
probe wiring together. Tape probe wire pairs together to avoid confusion later.
Installation
The following tools and materials are required for SV-OAT-340 installation:




SV-OAT-340
SV-ADAHRS-200/201
Drill with 3/8” drill bit
9/16” wrench
Do not insert the pins on the ends of the OAT probe wires into the included
connector housing until you are done running probe wiring through the aircraft.
The SV-OAT-340 connector is small and easily lost. One technique to avoid losing
this connector is to temporarily tape it to the top of the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 until
it’s time to insert the wires into the connector.
The following procedures apply to the both the primary and backup probes.
On the outside of the fuselage:
1. Drill a 3/8” hole at the installation location.
2. Feed the wires of the probe through the hole.
3. Feed the body of the probe through the hole.
On the inside of the fuselage (consider getting assistance for some of the steps below because
it may be difficult to be simultaneously on the inside and outside of the fuselage):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
5-6
Feed the nylon washer over the cable.
Feed the nylon nut over the cable.
Feed the nylon washer over the body of the probe.
Hand-thread the nylon nut onto the threaded body of the probe. At this point, the nylon
washer should be sandwiched between the nylon nut and the inside of the fuselage.
Carefully tighten the nut using the 9/16” wrench.
Route and secure the probe wires to the location of the ADAHRS module. Keep wires
away from radios, ignition, and other noisy electronics.
Carefully insert the pins on the wires into the connector housing. Pins are not polarized
and lock into place when inserted correctly.
Connect the probe to the ADAHRS module.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
If the OAT probe is installed correctly, there should be an outside air temperature reading on
the PFD.
Adjusting OAT Offset
SkyView provides the ability to adjust the displayed OAT +/- 20F (11.1C). This adjustment is
applied across the OAT’s entire temperature range. This adjustment can be made under SETUP
MENU >HARDWARE CALIBRATION > ADAHRS CALIBRATION > OAT OFFSET.
Dynon D10/D100 Series OAT Probes
If your aircraft already has a Dynon Avionics OAT installed from an older Dynon Avionics
product, and you do not want to reinstall the SV-OAT-340 in its place (difficult access, etc.), it is
possible to use the older OAT with SkyView. Cut off as much wire as needed from the SV-OAT340 - you will use the White w/Black wires with pins pre-crimped, and the connector.


If your plane has a Dynon Avionics 100433-000 OAT installed (typically connected to the 37pin EMS connector, two White w/Black Stripe wires), simply connect either White w/Black
Stripe wire on the installed OAT with one of the wires from the SV-OAT-340. The OAT is not
polarity-sensitive.
If your plane has a Dynon Avionics 100433-001 OAT installed (typically connected to the
EDC-D10A remote compass, shielded cable with Blue, Red, and Yellow wires):
o Tape, heat shrink, or otherwise isolate the shield - it will not be used.
o Tape, heat shrink, or otherwise isolate the Red wire - it will not be used.
o Connect the Blue wire to either White w/Black Stripe wire (not polarity sensitive)
o Connect the Yellow wire to the other White w/Black Strip wire (not polarity
sensitive) from the SV-OAT-340.
PFD-Related Settings
Once the physical ADAHRS installation is complete, it may be necessary to configure PFDrelated ADAHRS settings for the SkyView system. All ADAHRS settings are automatically shared
between displays in multi-display systems.
Measurement Units
Set altitude, distance and speed, temperature, barometer, and pressure measurement units as
detailed in the How to Configure Displayed Units Section of this guide.
ADAHRS Source Selection and Configuration
SkyView systems support multiple SV-ADAHRS-200/201 modules for redundancy and manage
failure scenarios by automatically switching to backup modules should an ADAHRS completely
fail.
Additionally, in the event that multiple ADAHRS disagree, the display will annunciate this with
an on-screen alert that calls out which parameter(s) are not the same on all ADAHRS. The
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5-7
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
following parameters determine which ADAHRS is nominally preferred to be used. ADAHS can
also be manually disabled and enabled from this menu.
Enter the ADAHRS Source Selection Page under PFD SETUP > ADAHRS SOURCE SELECTION.
ADAHRS Status
The ADAHRS labeled ACTIVE is the one displayed on the PFD.
An ADAHRS labeled STANDBY will be used for cross-checking, but will not be displayed on the
PFD in normal operating conditions.
PRIMARY / ALTERNATE ADAHRS Selection
The ADAHRS labeled PRIMARY is the one that will be preferentially chosen by SkyView as the
active ADAHRS that is displayed on the PFD.
An ADAHRS labeled ALTERNATE is one that is available to be used in the event of a failure or
problem with the primary ADAHRS. However, it normally won’t be chosen for display on the
PFD unless the primary ADAHRS has failed or has manually been disabled.
To change which ADAHRS is the PRIMARY ADAHRS, highlight an ALTERNATE ADAHRS and press
the PRIMARY button to elevate it to PRIMARY status.
To disable an ADAHRS until SkyView is next powered up, simply highlight it with the joystick and
press the DISABLE button.
To see the same comparison screen that is presented when a cross-check error occurs, press
the COMPARE button at the bottom of the display.
Press BACK to exit the ADAHRS Source Selection Page or press EXIT to return to the Main Menu.
Either of these actions will save the ADAHRS source settings.
The SkyView system automatically switches to an alternate ADAHRS in the case of a
failure.
Airspeed Limitations
Use the values on this page to set IAS tape colors. Set V-speed (e.g., stall speed in landing
configuration) thresholds on the Airspeed Limitations Page (SETUP MENU > PFD SETUP >
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS). If your aircraft limitations are expressed in TAS rather than IAS, set
Vne EXPRESSED AS: TAS.
If you do set Vne EXPRESSED AS: TAS, this will affect the Autopilot Pitch Axis MAXIMUM
AIRSPEED.
5-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
The values on this page are default values that act as placeholders. You must adjust these
values to work with your aircraft for any colors to show up on the IAS tape and also to be able to
calibrate the autopilot servos.
Vertical Speed Scale
Set the vertical speed scale on the Vertical Speed Scale Page (SETUP MENU > PFD SETUP >
VERTICAL SPEED SCALE).
G Meter
Go to this page (SETUP MENU > PFD SETUP > G METER) to configure the G meter.
The pop-up thresholds are G values that, when exceeded, will cause the G meter to display
automatically. The G meter replaces the HSI when it is displayed. In addition to popping up
automatically, the G meter can be manually toggled on and off using the PFD > G METER
button. If you do not want the G meter to ever be displayed automatically, set the positive popup threshold value very high and the negative pop-up threshold value very low.
You can also set yellow and red cautionary ranges of the G meter here, and whether or not the
max/min recorded Gs are reset at each SkyView boot-up.
Synthetic Vision License
SkyView displays can be purchased with or without a license pre-installed that allows Synthetic
Vision to be shown. In order to display Synthetic Vision, each SkyView display must be
individually licensed to display it.
To check whether a display is licensed to display Synthetic Vision, go to SETUP MENU > LOCAL
DISPLAY SETUP > LICENSE, and look at the status of the SYNTHETIC VISION line. If it is licensed,
Synthetic Vision will be displayed as long as SkyView has a valid GPS position signal and has the
appropriate high resolution terrain database installed for the region of the world that you are
flying in. See the Terrain Data section of this manual for information about obtaining and
loading terrain data to SkyView (high resolution terrain data is available for free from Dynon
Avionics.)
To enable Synthetic Vision on displays that do not have it pre-installed, a license that allows a
single display to display Synthetic Vision can be purchased in one of two ways:
1. Call Dynon Avionics directly at 425-402-0433 with your SkyView display model (SV-D100
or SV-D700) and serial number (as displayed on the case sticker, or in SETUP MENU >
LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > DISPLAY HARDWARE INFORMATION). A License Code can be
purchased for the particular display you wish to enable Synthetic Vision on. This six
character License Code is then entered in SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP >
LICENSE > LICENSE CODE.
2. A SkyView Synthetic Vision Certificate may be purchased from Dynon Avionics or any
authorized Dynon Avionics retailer. This certificate can be redeemed for a license code
that can be entered in SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > LICENSE > LICENSE CODE
to enable Synthetic Vision. To redeem a certificate simply follow the instructions on the
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5-9
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
certificate itself. Similar to the above, you will need to redeem your certificate by
visiting http://license.dynonavionics.com with your SkyView display model and serial
number ready. Alternatively, you can call Dynon Avionics directly at 425-402-0433 to
redeem a certificate.
Other ADAHRS Calibrations
AOA/Pitot Probe Calibration
If the Dynon AOA/Pitot probe is installed, familiarize yourself with the AOA calibration
procedure before flight by reading through the instructions in the AOA Calibration Wizard
(SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > ADAHRS CALIBRATION > AOA CALIBRATION).
Once you are flying straight and level at a safe altitude for stalls, go into the AOA Calibration
Wizard (IN FLIGHT SETUP MENU > AOA CALIBRATION…) and follow the onscreen instructions to
calibrate angle of attack while in flight.
More information about the physical installation of the AOA/Pitot probe can be found in the
Angle of Attack Pitot Probe Installation and Configuration section of this manual.
Altitude Adjust
There is a single point altitude adjustment, located in SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION
> ADAHRS CALIBRATION > ALTITUDE ADJUST that adjusts SkyView’s barometric altimeter. This
adjustment affects both the displayed altitude and the encoded altitude that is sent to other
devices. It should only be adjusted if altitude is found to be incorrect (by comparing it against a
known source or field elevation, AFTER the BARO setting has been set to correctly to known
atmospheric conditions) after SkyView has fully warmed up.
Zero Pressure Airspeed Calibration
This calibration routine samples pitot and static pressures in a windless environment to allow
SkyView to provide the best indicated airspeed readings that are possible at very low airspeeds.
It is not a required calibration step, but performing this calibration may improve airspeed
accuracy at very low indicated airspeeds. It is important that this calibration is done in an
absolutely windless environment, such as a closed hangar. Additionally, before performing this
calibration, cover both the pitot and static ports with a sock or cloth to minimize airflow
WITHOUT putting any air pressure on the pitot or static ports.
Performing Pitot-Static Checks
Background
Dynon ADAHRS units use airspeed in the calculation of attitude (or GPS ground speed when
airspeed is unavailable). The internal rate sensors are monitored and calibrated in flight using
feedback from the accelerometers and from airspeed to achieve a highly accurate attitude
solution.
5-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
When a pitot or static test is performed the ADAHRS is being exposed to dynamics that are
impossible to achieve in a real aircraft flight environment, namely, large airspeed changes
without the accompanying accelerations and rotations. This false condition will cause a wellcalibrated unit to incorrectly adjust its calibration. Furthermore, when a unit is in a test
situation a change in applied pitot or static pressure will cause the attitude to pitch up or down.
This is expected.
Performing the following Dynon-prescribed pitot and static test procedure to a Dynon ADAHRS
will prevent problems with the unit’s performance in flight.
Pitot/Static Test Instructions
Basic Principles



Ensure SkyView is warmed up during each test reading.
SkyView should be powered off when changing pressures.
Keep aircraft still (do not move) when pressure is applied.
Steps
1. The aircraft itself should be temperature stable. For example, if the aircraft is moved
from outside in the sun to a hangar for testing, tests should not be started until the
airplane has stabilized at the hangar temperature.
2. Turn SkyView on and let it warm up until the altitude reading is stabilized. This period
should be at least 5 minutes, but may take longer depending on environmental
conditions.
3. Turn SkyView off.
4. While SkyView is off, apply the pressure required by your test to pitot and/or static port
via your test equipment.
5. Turn on SkyView (external or internal battery power is acceptable). Keep aircraft still
while SkyView is powered on. Do not adjust the pitot or static pressures being applied to
the ADAHRS while it is powered on.
6. Verify airspeed and/or altitude reading.
7. Turn SkyView off (using button 1 is a good option for this operation).
8. Repeat steps 4-7 for each required pressure point in the test.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
5-11
6. SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup
Starting with SkyView software version 3.0, the SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software is
available for purchase for $500. The Navigation Mapping Software replaces the free trial of the
map that was previously available.
In place of the unlimited free trial period that existed prior to version 3.0, all SkyView systems
have a 30 flight hour free trial of the Navigation Mapping Software that allows you to try it out
before you purchase it. After the 30 flight hour free trial period expires, the MAP menu and all
navigation and mapping features will not be available until a Navigation Mapping Software
license is activated.
License Information
The SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software license is activated by purchasing a license code
from Dynon Avionics and entering it into your SkyView system. Only one Navigation Mapping
Software license is needed in a SkyView system, no matter how many displays are attached.
That license is applied to only one display, but that display stores the license information for
the entire system. In normal use, license information is shared with all displays connected via
SkyView Network to allow the Navigation Mapping Software to be operated on any display in
the system.
Checking License Status
To check whether a SkyView system is licensed to use the Navigation Mapping Software, go to
SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > LICENSE, and look at the status of the MAP line.
Possible license statuses include:




LICENSED (THIS DISPLAY): The SkyView system is licensed to use the Navigation Mapping
Software. This display stores the license information and allows displays in an aircraft to
also use the Navigation Mapping Software.
LICENSED - CONNECTED DISPLAY ONLINE: The SkyView system is licensed to use the
Navigation Mapping Software. This display is currently connected to a licensed display.
LICENSED DISPLAY OFFLINE - XX HOURS REMAIN The SkyView system is licensed to use the
Navigation Mapping Software. However, the display that actually stores the license
information is not currently connected. When this happens, the Navigation Mapping
Software will continue to operate for 30 flight hours beyond when it last saw the licensed
display in the aircraft. Once the licensed display is seen again, this timer is cleared.
NO LICENSE: No display in the SkyView system is licensed to use the Navigation Mapping
Software.
Features Overview
Once licensed, the following features are enabled as long as SkyView has a valid GPS position
signal, the appropriate high resolution terrain database installed for the region of the world
that you are flying in, and aviation database installed.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
6-1
SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup

Use of MAP menu and features, including:
o Display of airport, airspace, obstacles, traffic, and other aviation data that is
available (capabilities depend on available databases and other installed
equipment).
o Display of procedure charts, airport diagrams, en-route charts (sectionals), and other
layers that can be overlaid on the map.
o Display of basemap features, including roads, city names, railroads, rivers, and
political boundaries.
o All Navigation Mapping features available via the MAP menu.
o Display of obstacles and runways on Synthetic Vision (if Synthetic Vision is licensed).
o All future updates to the SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software product.
Purchasing and Installing a Navigation Mapping Software License
A license can be purchased and applied to your system in one of two ways:
1. Call Dynon Avionics directly at 425-402-0433 with your SkyView display model (SV-D100 or
SV-D700) and serial number (as displayed on the case sticker, or in SETUP MENU > LOCAL
DISPLAY SETUP > DISPLAY HARDWARE INFORMATION). An SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping
Software License Code can be purchased for the entire aircraft you wish to enable the
Navigation Mapping Software on. This six character License Code is then entered in SETUP
MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > LICENSE > LICENSE CODE. If you have more than one
display in the aircraft, choose one to install it onto and provide information for only that
display. Once any display is licensed, all connected displays in the Aircraft can use the
Navigation Mapping Software.
2. An SV-MAP-270 SkyView Navigation Mapping Software Certificate may be purchased from
Dynon Avionics or any authorized Dynon Avionics retailer. This certificate can be redeemed
for a license code that can be entered in SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > LICENSE >
LICENSE CODE. To redeem a certificate simply follow the instructions on the certificate
itself. Similar to the above, you will need to redeem your certificate by visiting
http://license.dynonavionics.com with your SkyView display model and serial number
ready. Alternatively, you can call Dynon Avionics directly at 425-402-0433 to redeem a
certificate.
Databases
SkyView utilizes a variety of databases to display information on the moving map and present
options for navigation. These include:



6-2
Terrain data: A high resolution terrain database data is used to display the topographic
map. Available worldwide for free from Dynon Avionics.
Aviation data: Airports, nav aids, airspace, airport information, etc. Available for free for US
customers from Dynon. Jeppesen and PocketFMS data available for all other customers
worldwide.
Obstacles data: Available for free for US customers from Dynon. Jeppesen and PocketFMS
data available for all other customers worldwide.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup

Basemap and Cultural Data: Database is available for free for all customers from Dynon
worldwide.
Viewing Information about Installed Databases
The Installed Databases Page (SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > INSTALLED DATABASES)
allows users to see the databases installed on their equipment as well as their respective
versions and expiration dates. The sections below outline the various databases that are
installed in SkyView.
When viewing INSTALLED DATABASES, the sections
PROCEDURE CHARTS AND AIRPORT DIAGRAMS
FLIGHT GUIDE AIRPORT DIAGRAMS
ENROUTE CHARTS
can only display information about these databases if the USB flash drive (with the
PocketFMS / Seattle Avionics chart data) is plugged in. When the USB flash drive
with this data is not plugged in, these sections are blank.
Terrain Data
SkyView uses high resolution terrain data to display the base topographic map on the MAP
page, as well as to display Synthetic Vision on the PFD page. SV-D1000s and SV-D700s ship
preloaded with terrain data for North America (includes the continental United States, part of
Alaska, most of Canada, Mexico, part of Central America, and the West Indies). Dynon offers
downloadable high resolution terrain data files for other regions of the world on its website at
http://www.dynonavionics.com/docs/terrain.html.
To update the terrain data in a SkyView display, download the appropriate file onto a USB flash
drive (a 4 GB drive is included with every SkyView display) and then reference the How to Load
and Delete Files Section of this guide for instructions on how to import the file onto a SkyView
display. Because the terrain databases are large, only one can be installed in a SkyView display
at a time. A large USB flash drive can hold multiple terrain databases for different regions of the
world. However, each region’s coverage area is chosen to cover most pilots’ needs without
having to ever switch between regions. Loading a new high resolution terrain database will
automatically delete the one previously installed on your SkyView display.
If SkyView detects that it is in an area outside of the boundaries of the High Resolution Terrain
Database currently installed on SkyView, a Caution message will be displayed:
NO HI-RES TERRAIN
This occurs most often outside North America as SkyView is (typically) shipped from the factory
with a High Resolution Terrain Database for North America. To correct this issue, install the
High Resolution Terrain Database for your region.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
6-3
SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup
If you have difficulty downloading the very large regional high-resolution terrain
databases using a web browser, particularly using a slow Internet connection,
alternatively, you may use an “FTP” client, such as FileZilla, available at
https://filezilla-project.org.
Host: dynonavionics.com
Username: anonymous
Password: (blank)
Aviation/Obstacle Databases
Aviation and obstacle databases are used to display airports, runways, nav aids, airspace,
obstacles, and other aviation data on the moving map. It also makes allows SkyView to provide
detailed information about aviation features. SkyView can also provide navigation to these
aviation features.
US Customers – Obtaining Free Dynon Aviation and Obstacle Data
Aviation and Obstacle data is available free-of-charge for US customers. Go to
http://downloads.dynonavionics.com to download these databases to a USB flash drive.
Reference the Loading Databases section of this guide below for instructions on how to import
the file onto a SkyView display. Aviation data is updated every 28 days. Obstacle data is
updated every 56 days.
Worldwide Customers - PocketFMS AeroData Subscriptions with Obstacles and Visual
Reporting Points
AeroData is professionally maintained and updated for SkyView every 28 days, and is available
as a yearly subscription including obstacles for €119. Coverage encompasses Europe, North
America (including Canada), Australia, and New Zealand. It includes Aviation data (including
visual reporting points) and obstacle data.
To order and download PocketFMS AeroData, visit their website at
http://www.pocketfms.com/dynon/
Worldwide Customers - Jeppesen NavData® and Obstacle Data Services
Aviation and Obstacle for customers outside the US is available from Jeppesen. To purchase
Jeppesen data:


6-4
Visit http://www.JeppDirect.com/viewavionics for data subscription information from
Jeppesen for your SkyView display.
To order service, please call Jeppesen at:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup

U.S. & Canada
United Kingdom
Europe (except UK),
Middle East, Africa
and Asia
Toll-Free:
1-866-498-0213
Toll-Free:
0 (800) 085 5377
Toll-Free:
0 800 5377 3736
Direct:
1-303-328-4030
Direct:
+44 129 384 2400
Direct:
+49 6102 5070
Australia
Direct:
+61 261 202 999
Reference the Loading Databases section below of this guide for instructions on how to
import the file onto a SkyView display.
Additional technical support from Jeppesen can be found online at
http://www.jeppesen.com/support/technical-support.jsp.
Charts and Airport Diagrams
SkyView’s charting capabilities allow pilots to quickly find and display the procedures they need
during flight, all while showing the aircraft’s position and track right on the chart itself. With the
touch of a button, SkyView automatically loads the available airport diagram while on the
ground.
US Customers – Obtaining Geo-referenced Charts and Airport Diagrams, Geo-referenced US
sectionals, and IFR HI and LO Charts
SkyView v7.0 added support of Seattle Avionics geo-referenced charts and airport diagrams,
including over 5,000 FlightGuide diagrams and all approach plates and procedures. SkyView
v10.0 added support of Seattle Avionics geo-referenced US sectionals and IFR HI and LO charts.
Subscriptions for all Seattle Avionics data listed above for SkyView customers are $99/year. To
order and download Seattle Avionics’ Dynon SkyView ChartData, contact Seattle Avionics – 425806-0249 or see http://www.seattleavionics.com/ChartData/Default.aspx?TargetDevice=Dynon
European Customers – Obtaining Europe Charts and Airport Diagrams
PocketFMS’ Frequent Flyer membership includes AeroData, charts (including Pooleys in the
UK), airport diagrams, visual approach, landing, and area charts, costs €150 per year. This is
only €31 more than the existing SkyView AeroData-only subscription (which remains available).
To become a PocketFMS Member (Frequent Flyer membership), see
http://www.pocketfms.com/dynon/.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
6-5
SV-MAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup
Base map and Cultural Data
Base map and Cultural data is available free-of-charge for all customers for customers
worldwide. This database contains roads, city names, railroads, rivers, and political boundaries.
Like the terrain database, it is partitioned into different regions. Download the basemap
database for your region from the Dynon website.
Go to http://downloads.dynonavionics.com to download the above databases to a USB flash
drive. Reference the Loading Databases section below of this guide for instructions on how to
import the file onto a SkyView display.
Loading Databases
1. Download database file(s) from http://downloads.dynonavionics.com, Jeppesen, or
PocketFMS.
a. If you’ve downloaded data from the Dynon website or PocketFMS: Copy the file
onto your USB flash drive. The file must be in the root directory of the drive in
order to be recognizable by the display
b. If you’ve purchased data from Jeppesen: It is important that the Jeppesen JSUM
program is used to place the Jeppesen data on the USB flash drive that will be
used to load the data onto SkyView. If you manually copy Jeppesen data onto a
USB flash drive, it will not load onto your SkyView system.
2. Insert the USB flash drive into one of the display’s USB sockets.
3. Go to the Load Files Wizard (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SOFTWARE > LOAD FILES…).
4. Select a file and press:
a. LOAD to load the file onto the system.
5. Exit Setup
6. In SkyView systems that have more than one display, databases are automatically
synchronized to other connected displays provided that those displays are connected
via Ethernet. If they are, and you have the MAP page up on other displays, you may see
a SYNCHRONIZING DATABASES message appear as this process occurs, followed by a
display reboot. If you do not have your displays connected via Ethernet, simply load the
database to each screen individually.
Removing Databases
SkyView automatically removes old databases when new ones are installed. Databases can also
be removed manually by going to SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > INSTALLED
DATABASES. Highlight the database you wish to remove, and then press the REMOVE button.
Aviation Data updates are published periodically by Dynon, PocketFMS, and
Jeppesen. It is the user’s responsibility stay current with these updates and keep
their equipment up to date.
6-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7. SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
This chapter contains information and diagrams that specifically apply to the installation of the
SV-EMS-220/221 Engine Monitoring module and compatible transducers and sensors. After
reading this chapter, you should be able to determine how to prepare an installation location,
how to mount the module and its transducers and sensors, how to make all necessary electrical
and transducer and sensor connections, and also how to configure the SkyView system for the
installation’s engine parameter sensing.
Dynon Avionics offers two engine monitor modules for SkyView. The SV-EMS-221 is only for use
with the Rotax 912 iS and MW Fly (Metalwork) AEROPOWER engines. Conversely, the SV-EMS220 cannot be used with the Rotax 912 iS or the AEROPOWER engines.
On the SV-EMS-221, pins 27, 28, 36, and 37 are used for communication with the Rotax 912 iS
and AEROPOWER engines and related systems. On the SV-EMS-220, pins 27, 28, 36, and 37 are
used for optional CHT/EGT inputs. Except for the different functions of Pins 27, 28, 36, and 37,
the SV-EMS-220 and SV-EMS-221 are electrically and operationally identical.
The Rotax 912 iS and SV-EMS-221 combination has a unique and somewhat simplified
configuration compared to other engines – see the Rotax 912 iS example section below for
further details.
Support of the SV-EMS-221 with MW Fly (Metalwork) AEROPOWER engines is solely provided
by MW Fly and their partner airplane manufacturers and dealers.
SkyView can fully monitor CHT and EGT of all cylinders in a 9-cylinder radial engine if dual SVEMS-220/221s are installed (up to 28 total CHTs/EGTs). Dual engines can be fully monitored by
installing dual SV-EMS-220/221s. Note that for dual engine monitoring, at least two SkyView
displays are required; each engine’s data can only be displayed on a specific (user-specified)
SkyView display (typically, the Left Engine is displayed on the left display and the Right Engine is
displayed on the right display).
Note that Dynon provides preconfigured sensor mapping and settings files as well as premade
engine sensor connection wire harnesses. These resources support many popular four and sixcylinder engine installations. Reference the Example Engine Sensor and Transducer Installations
Section for examples.
Figure 26 is a high-level overview of a suggested installation, configuration, and calibration
procedure for the SV-EMS-220/221 and its associated wiring, sensors, and transducers.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-1
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Plan sensor and
transducer
installation
Choose a
location based on
Location
Requirements
Section
Understand
presupported
engine
installation
Obtain wire
harnesses,
sensors,
transducers, etc.
Prepare the
location
Install SkyView
network cabling
Install engine
sensors and
transducers
Install
EMS-specific wire
harnesses
Install EMS
module with
electrical
connections
Configure
SkyView Network*
Check for and install
EMS sensor definition
and configuration file
updates
Configure
EMS-related
settings on
SkyView display
Perform
EMS-related
calibrations
Research Dynon
presupported
engine
installations
Engine
presupported?
No
Yes
*Assumes SV-D700 or SV-D1000 is properly installed and working.
Figure 26–Suggested SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration Procedure
7-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Physical Installation
The diagram below shows the mounting dimensions of the EMS module with electronic
connections.
Figure 27–SV-EMS-220/221 Mounting Dimensions with Electronic Connections
Dynon does not include mounting hardware for use with the SV-EMS-220/221. The mounting
tabs on each side of the module have holes sized for #10 fasteners, but it is up to the installer
to decide how the EMS will be secured to the aircraft. Use of ferrous fasteners in this location is
acceptable as the EMS is not adversely affected by small magnetic fields. Dynon recommends
button head style AN hardware as spacing between the holes in the tabs and the body of the
enclosure will limit what style tool can be used to tighten certain fasteners. If you will be
installing dual SV-EMS-220/221s, it is acceptable to stack the two units. Follow recommended
torque practices when tightening the mounting hardware. Do not rivet the SV-EMS-220/221 to
the aircraft as this will hinder future removal if necessary.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-3
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
SkyView Network Connection
Connect the EMS module to the SkyView network using the hardware mentioned in the
SkyView System Construction Section or using equivalent hardware.
If you have to install a connector on the end of a network cable, insert all pins into the D9
connector. Reference Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections for details on connector
pin-outs and wire colors.
Remember to configure the network after connecting all modules to a display.
SkyView EMS Sensor Definition and Configuration Files
The SkyView EMS utilizes a file to define sensor behavior and a file to map those sensors to pins
on the SV-EMS-220/221 and configure the sensors’ onscreen visual representations or widgets.
The sensor definition file is preloaded onto all SkyView displays during manufacture and may
need to be updated. The sensor mapping and configuration file is not preloaded onto displays
and must be downloaded and installed by the user. Reference the EMS Sensor Definitions,
Mapping, and Settings Section for more information.
Engine Sensor and Transducer Planning
In order to save installers time, Dynon provides preconfigured sensor mapping and
settings files as well as premade engine sensor connection wire harnesses. These
resources support many popular four and six-cylinder engine installations.
Reference the Example Engine Sensor and Transducer Installations Section for
examples.
Sensor mapping and settings files map SV-EMS-220/221 pins to engine
transducers and sensors and also configure onscreen engine gauges with
appropriate graphical settings. Reference Dynon’s website at
http://downloads.dynonavionics.com for more information.
The SV-EMS-220/221 is compatible with a wide range of sensors and transducers. Reference
Table 64 on page 21-3 for a list of engine sensors and transducers that are known to be
compatible with SkyView. Use the tools in this section as well as the worksheet on page 23-1
when planning sensor and transducer installation.
SV-EMS-220/221 Wire Harnesses
Engine and environmental sensors and transducers are connected to the SV-EMS-220/221 via
two connectors on the module: one male 37-pin D-sub connector (D37) and one female 25-pin
D-sub connector (D25). Dynon offers premade wire harnesses which break out the pins on
these connectors and it is highly recommended that installers use these wire harnesses. Table
12 lists these wire harnesses and their respective connections to the SV-EMS-220/221.
7-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Dynon Part Number
100399-000
100399-001
100399-002
100399-004
Description
EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness
EMS EGT/CHT 4-cylinder 25-pin
Thermocouple Wire Harness
EMS EGT/CHT 6-cylinder 25-pin
Thermocouple Wire Harness
EMS EGT 2-cylinder 25-pin
Thermocouple Wire Harness
Mates with…
SV-EMS-220/221 Male D37
SV-EMS-220/221 Female D25
SV-EMS-220/221 Female D25
SV-EMS-220/221 Female D25
Table 12–EMS Wire Harnesses
A typical SV-EMS-220 installation will utilize one EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness and one of
thermocouple wire harness. A typical SV-EMS-221 installation does not utilize a thermocouple
harness. Choose a thermocouple wire harness based on the number of EGTs and/or CHTs that
need to be monitored.
The EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness includes a 9-pin connector that is wired to
pins 11 (Orange wire), 12 (Yellow wire), and 30 (Black wire). This connector is
used for other Dynon products, but is not used in SkyView installations. Thus,
the 9-pin connector should be removed to use these wires for connecting
sensors to the SV-EMS-220. Remove the connector by cutting the three wires
close to the 9-pin connector.
The EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness (Dynon P/N 100399-000) may be wired
with blue and green wires on pins 36 and 37, respectively. If you are going to use
pins 36 and 37 for a thermocouple input such as a CHT or EGT (this is not
possible on the SV-EMS-221 that is used with the Rotax 912 iS, as these wires are
reserved for CAN communications), the blue and green wires should be removed
and replaced with the appropriate type of thermocouple wire for thermocouple
functionality on pins 36 and 37. If you are not going to use these pins for a
thermocouple input, the blue and green wires do not need to be removed.
All of the ground wires on the SV-EMS-220/221 D37 are interchangeable, and can
be used for any sensor that requires grounding. Additionally, one of these wires
needs to be grounded to the aircraft locally to provide a good ground reference
for the engine sensors. We suggest using the black ground wire connected to D37
pin 3 for this purpose.
Sensor and Transducer Compatibility Key
This section is primarily intended for users with installations that are not
supported in or significantly deviate from the preconfigured installation resources
available from Dynon. Reference Example Engine Sensor and Transducer
Installations Section for installations which have downloadable preconfigured
installation resources.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-5
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
This section explains how to use Table 13–Sensor and Transducer Compatibility Level Key.
There are three compatibility designations: A, B, and C. These designations are explained in the
following paragraphs.
Sensor and transducer compatibility level A denotes that an SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin labeled
as “A” in Table 14 can be configured to support the vast majority of sensors and transducers
used in aircraft installations, which are primarily resistive in nature. Sensors and transducers
include contacts, fuel level, fluid pressure, fluid temperature, temperature, and position
potentiometers. For example, SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 4 can be configured to read a resistive
oil temperature sensor.
Sensor and transducer compatibility level B denotes that an SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin labeled as
“B” in Table 14 can be configured to support every sensor and transducer listed for “A” while
also being compatible with 4 to 20 mA constant current source output sensors that are
supported (currently only the Rotax P/N 956413 Honeywell and Rotax P/N 456180 oil pressure
sensors).
Sensor and transducer compatibility level C denotes that an SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin labeled as
“C” in Table 14 can be configured to support every transducer and sensor listed for “A” while
also being compatible with senders that employ active voltage output hardware including
Dynon’s Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter.
If an SV-EMS-220/221 pin’s sensor config space is blank in Table 14, that means that pin has
fixed functionality. This functionality is described under the Function column in the table.
Sensor and Transducer
Compatibility Level
A
B
C
7-6
Example sensors and transducers
Contacts
Fuel Level (resistive)
0-150 PSI Fluid Pressure (100411-002)
1/8”-27 NPT Fluid Temperature (100409-000)
5/8”-18 NPT Fluid Temp (100409-001)
0-30 PSI Fluid Pressure (100411-000)
0-80 PSI Fluid Pressure (100411-001)
Jabiru Oil Temperature
Jabiru Oil Pressure
Dynon 2-Wire OAT Probe (100433-003)
Dynon 2-wire Carburetor Temperature (100468-000)
Rotax CHT or Oil Temperature (801-10-1)
Flap/Trim Position
Everything in A, plus can be connected to a 4 to 20 mA current source
sender (e.g., Rotax P/N 956413 Honeywell and Rotax P/N 456180 oil
pressure sensors)
Everything in A, plus Dynon’s Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter and
other senders with active voltage output hardware. Type C inputs can
measure 0-5V DC, but can accept up to 15V DC without damaging the
input (any voltage above 5V is seen as 5V, however).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Table 13–Sensor and Transducer Compatibility Level Key
Future firmware updates may expand the scope of the compatibility levels listed in Table 13.
The tables on the following pages specify the sensor and transducer types that are supported
by each pin on the male D37 and female D25 SV-EMS-220/221 connectors and the wire harness
wire colors. Note that the only purpose of the 25-pin SV-EMS-220/221 wire harness is for
thermocouple connections. This guide generally refers to the different variations of this as the
thermocouple harness. Each connector’s table is followed by a pin insertion view (rear)
diagram.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 37-pin
Harness Wire
Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black
White/Red
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Voltmeter 1 (0 to 30 volts DC)
Voltmeter 2 (0 to 30 volts DC)
Ground
General Purpose Input 1
Ground
General Purpose Input 11
General Purpose Input 12
Enhanced General Purpose Input 4
General Purpose Input 5
General Purpose Input 6
General Purpose Input 7
General Purpose Input 8
Ground
Fuel Flow Input 1
Auxiliary 12 volt DC Output
Ground
Ground
Auxiliary 5 volt DC Output
Fuel Flow Input 2 (Return)
General Purpose Input 9
General Purpose Input 10
Enhanced General Purpose Input 2
Enhanced General Purpose Input 3
Amps +
Amps -
26
Green/Red
Manifold Pressure Input
Pin
Function
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Sensor Config
A
B
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
Amps Shunt
Amps Shunt
Manifold Pressure
(100434-000)
7-7
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
EMS 37-pin
Harness Wire
Color
Function
27
Open
General Purpose TC Input 1+ (SV-EMS-220 only)
28
Open
General Purpose TC Input 1- (SV-EMS-220 only)
29
Yellow/Green
Warning Light
30
31
32
33
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Ground
Enhanced General Purpose Input 13
Standard RPM Input Left
Standard RPM Input Right
34
Blue
Low Voltage RPM Input Left
35
Green
Low Voltage RPM Input Right
36
Blue or Unwired
General Purpose TC Input 2+ (SV-EMS-220 only)
37
Green or Unwired
General Purpose TC Input 2- (SV-EMS-220 only)
Sensor Config
Thermocouple (SVEMS-220 only)
Thermocouple (SVEMS-220 only)
Optional External
Alarm Light
C
Do not connect to
magneto
Do not connect to
magneto
Thermocouple (SVEMS-220 only)
Thermocouple (SVEMS-220 only)
Table 14–SV-EMS-220/221 Male D37 Pin-to-Sensor Compatibility
Figure 28– SV-EMS-220 37-pin Main Sensor Harness Female D37 Pin Insertion View (Rear)
7-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Rotax 912
Harness
4-cyl Harness
Pin
(except 912 iS) (100399-001)
(100399-004)
1
2
3
4
5

6
7

8

9


10


11

12
13


14
15
16
17

18
19

20

21


22


23

24
25


6-cyl Harness
(100399-002)
Wire
Color
Do not connect

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

White

Yellow

White

Yellow

White

Yellow

White

Yellow

White

Yellow

White

Yellow
Function
Sensor Config
CHT 6
EGT 6
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
CHT 6
EGT 6
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
J thermocouple
K thermocouple
Table 15–SV-EMS-220/221 Female D25 Pin-to-Sensor Compatibility
The Rotax harness only has EGTs 1 and 2 wired, as the EMS measures the Rotax-supplied
resistive CHTs through its GP inputs. The four-cylinder harness only has EGTs 1 through 4 and
CHTs 1 through 4 wired. On the supplied harness, each pair of wires is encased in brown
insulation and labeled with corresponding cylinder number. Inside the outer insulations, each
wire in the pair has the color listed in Table 15 and Figure 29.
If you make a custom thermocouple harness, note that all differential
thermocouple inputs on the D25 and the D37 (SV-EMS-220 only) connectors are
compatible with both J and K type thermocouples. Note that you will need to
configure SkyView to support any installations that are not already supported in
the preconfigured downloadable resources.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-9
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Figure 29 is a pin insertion view (rear) of the male D25 on the Thermocouple Wire Harness.
Figure 29– Thermocouple Wire Harness Male D25 Pin Insertion View (Rear)
Sensors Powered by the SV-EMS-220/221
Some sensors use a 5V (pin 18; white/red wire) or 12V (pin 15; red wire) power supply provided
by the SV-EMS-220/221 module. These wires are designed to handle a limited amount of
current. The typical Lycoming/Continental/Rotax/Jabiru installations as described in the rest of
this chapter are designed to not exceed these current limitations. However, more complex and
installations that differ significantly from these standard installations should be designed to not
exceed the following current limitations:
7-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
EMS
Module
Output
Pin
Output
Current
Limit
Wire Color
12V
15
80mA
Red
5V
18
300mA
White/Red
Current Draw of Sensors that Use This Output
FloScan Fuel Flow Sensor (100403-001): 50mA
EI Fuel Flow Sensor (100403-003): 15mA
UMA Differential Fuel Pressure: 10mA
Rotax Honeywell Oil Pressure Sensor: 20mA
Rotax Oil Pressure Sensor P/N 456180: 20mA
Dynon Capacitance to Voltage Converter: 25mA
Kavlico pressure sensors: 5mA
3rd party trim and flaps position: 5mA
Manifold pressure sensor (100434-000): 10mA
Table 16- EMS Module Current Draw Limits for 5/12V Lines
Example Engine Sensor and Transducer Installations
This section contains example engine sensor and transducer installations for popular engines.
Each engine subsection listed on the following pages contains tables for each SV-EMS-220/221
connector and suggests a way to connect that engine’s required sensors to the EMS module.
These tables are based on the downloadable mapping and settings files available from Dynon’s
support forums and may need to be modified based on your particular installation.
Example Lycoming/Continental 4-cylinder Carbureted (SV-EMS-220)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Ground
Elevator position potentiometer
Ground
Oil pressure (100411-002 or 101693-000)
Oil temperature (100409-000)
Fuel pressure (100411-000 or 101690-000)
Heated pitot status (contact input)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003)
Ground
Ground
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-11
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 volt) /
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Not connected
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Flaps position potentiometer
Carburetor temperature (100468-000)
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Manifold Pressure (100434-000)
Not connected
Not connected
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
RPM Left (standard)
RPM Right (standard)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Table 17–Example Lycoming/Continental 4-cylinder Carbureted 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
7-12
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Open
Open
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CHT 4 (J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
EGT 4 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000)
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
N/A
N/A
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Open
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
N/A
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
Table 18–Example Lycoming/Continental 4-cylinder Carbureted 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-13
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Lycoming/Continental 4-cylinder Fuel Injected (SV-EMS-220)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Pin
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Ground
Elevator position potentiometer
Ground
Oil pressure (100411-002 or 101693-000)
Oil temperature (100409-000)
Fuel pressure (100411-001 or 101716-000)
Heated pitot status (contact input)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003)
Ground
Ground
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 volt) /
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Not connected
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Flaps position potentiometer
Not connected
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Manifold Pressure (100434-000)
Not connected
Not connected
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
RPM Left (standard)
RPM Right (standard)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Table 19–Example Lycoming/Continental 4-cylinder Fuel Injected 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
7-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Open
Open
Open
Open
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CHT 4 (J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
EGT 4 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000)
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
Table 20–Example Lycoming/Continental 4-cylinder Fuel Injected 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-15
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Lycoming/Continental 6-cylinder Carbureted (SV-EMS-220)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Pin
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Ground
Elevator position potentiometer
Ground
Oil pressure (100411-002 or 101693-000)
Oil temperature (100409-000)
Fuel pressure (100411-000 or 101690-000)
Heated pitot status (contact input)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003)
Ground
Ground
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 volt) /
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Not connected
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Flaps position potentiometer
Carburetor temperature (100468-000)
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Manifold Pressure (100434-000)
Not connected
Not connected
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
RPM Left (standard)
RPM Right (standard)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Table 21–Example Lycoming/Continental 6-cylinder Carbureted 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
7-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
CHT 6 (J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
EGT 6 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000)
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
CHT 6
EGT 6
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
Table 22–Example Lycoming/Continental 6-cylinder Carbureted 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-17
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Lycoming/Continental 6-cylinder Fuel Injected (SV-EMS-220)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Pin
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Ground
Elevator position potentiometer
Ground
Oil pressure (100411-002 or 101693-000)
Oil temperature (100409-000)
Fuel pressure (100411-001 or 101716-000)
Heated pitot status (contact input)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003)
Ground
Ground
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 volt) /
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Not connected
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Flaps position potentiometer
Not connected
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Manifold Pressure (100434-000)
Not connected
Not connected
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
RPM Left (standard)
RPM Right (standard)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Table 23–Example Lycoming/Continental 6-cylinder Fuel Injected 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
7-18
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
CHT 6 (J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
EGT 6 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000)
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
CHT 6
EGT 6
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
Table 24–Example Lycoming/Continental 6-cylinder Fuel Injected 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-19
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Jabiru 2200 (SV-EMS-220)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black
White/Red
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Ground
Elevator position potentiometer
Ground
Jabiru oil pressure
Jabiru oil temperature
Fuel pressure (100411-000 or 101690-000)
Heated pitot status (contact input)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003)
Ground
Ground
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Not connected
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Flaps position potentiometer
Not connected
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
RPM Left (standard)
RPM Right (standard)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Table 25–Example Jabiru 2200 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
7-20
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Open
Open
Open
Open
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CHT 4 (J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
EGT 4 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000)
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
Table 26–Example Jabiru 2200 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-21
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Jabiru 3300 (SV-EMS-220)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black
White/Red
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Ground
Elevator position potentiometer
Ground
Jabiru oil pressure
Jabiru oil temperature
Fuel pressure (100411-000 or 101690-000)
Heated pitot status (contact input)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003)
Ground
Ground
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Not connected
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Flaps position potentiometer
Not connected
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
RPM Left (standard)
RPM Right (standard)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Table 27–Example Jabiru 3300 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
7-22
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
CHT 6 (J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
EGT 6 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000)
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
CHT 6
EGT 6
CHT 5
EGT 5
CHT 4
EGT 4
CHT 3
EGT 3
CHT 2
EGT 2
CHT 1
EGT 1
Table 28–Example Jabiru 3300 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-23
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Rotax 912 (carbureted) (SV-EMS-220)
1
2
3
4
5
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
6
White/Yellow
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
15
Red
16
17
Black
Black
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Pin
7-24
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Ground
Rotax CHT or oil (801-10-1)
Ground
Rotax oil pressure (Honeywell or Rotax P/N
456180)
Rotax CHT or oil (801-10-1)
Fuel pressure (100411-000 or 101690-000)
Heated pitot status (contact input)
Not connected
Not connected
Flaps position potentiometer
Ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003) / Oil pressure
(Honeywell and Rotax P/N 456180 only)
sensor power
Ground
Ground
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 volt) /
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Not connected
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Rotax CHT or oil (801-10-1)
Elevator position potentiometer
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Manifold Pressure (100434-000)
Not connected
Not connected
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
RPM
Not Connected
Not connected
Not connected
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
36
37
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Not connected
Not connected
Table 29–Example Rotax 912 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Open
Open
Open
Open
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
EGT 2 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000*)
N/A
EGT 1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
EGT 2
N/A
EGT 1
Table 30–Example Rotax 912 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-25
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Rotax 912 iS (SV-EMS-221)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
15
Red
16
17
Black
Black
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
27
Open
28
Open
29
30
31
32
33
34
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Pin
7-26
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Available ground
Not connected
Available ground
Not connected
Not connected
Fuel pressure (101716-000)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Flaps position potentiometer
Available ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003) / Oil pressure
(Honeywell and Rotax P/N 456180 only)
sensor power
Available ground
Available ground
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 volt) /
Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Return fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Not connected
Elevator position potentiometer
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Not connected
RPM Signal to Rotax 912 iS Prop Controller
(optional)
NOTE: Must be grounded to common ground
with Prop Controller
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not Connected
Not connected
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
35
36
37
EMS 37-pin Harness
Wire Color
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Not connected
CAN High from 912 iS ECU
CAN Low from 912 iS ECU
The 912 iS ECU provides the following information to SkyView via a computerized CAN bus
interface:










Engine RPM (tachometer)
Oil Temperature
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
Lane A Bus Voltage
Lane B Bus Voltage
EGT 1-4
Manifold Pressure
Fuel Flow
Engine Time
Additionally, the SV-EMS-221 provides an RPM out signal that can be sent to the aircraft's
propeller controller (if so equipped). The RPM out signal is nominally at 0 volts and steps to 12
volts for 0.1 milliseconds. The RPM out signal pulses once per engine revolution. The installer
must verify compatibility between the RPM out signal and the RPM input requirements of the
aircraft's propeller controller. The following diagram details all of the connections that need to
be made between the Rotax 912 iS and the SV-EMS-221, as well as the optional RPM signal
output to a propeller controller:
Figure 30 - SV-EMS-221 / Rotax 912 iS Connections
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-27
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Other connections, including fuel pressure, amps, volts, trim/flaps, and fuel quantity sensors
are made in the usual way between the individual sensors and the SV-EMS-221 directly.
Additional Rotax 912 iS Installation Instructions
When installing the 912 iS and setting it up to work with SkyView, please observe the following:

The engine type under SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > ENGINE INFORMATION > ENGINE TYPE
must be set to ROTAX 912 iS (SV-EMS-221 Only) for 912 iS-specific indications to display
properly.
 While the 912 iS ECU does report fuel flow information, Rotax makes no claims about its
accuracy. To allow the 912 iS ECU’s fuel flow parameter to be used by SkyView for both fuel
flow indications and fuel computer computations, simply make sure that pins C37P14 and
C37P19 under SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR INPUT MAPPING are set to UNUSED. If,
instead, you opt to use physical fuel flow senders, set these pins to fuel flow sensors in the
usual way and the physical sender will automatically override the Rotax 912 iS ECU’s fuel
flow reports.
 If you have not installed physical fuel flow sensors, the fuel flow information from 912 iS
ECU used by the SkyView Fuel Computer can be adjusted if necessary: SETUP MENU >
HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION > FUEL FLOW CALIBRATION > PUL/GAL (C37
P14) > (value). The default value is 68000. Higher numbers will reduce reported fuel flow,
lower numbers will increase reported fuel flow. For example, if the reported fuel flow is
10% low (determined by careful records of fuel fills and fuel used), set the value of C37 P14
to 61818 (68000 – 10%). Changing this value will not alter the displayed fuel flow; it will only
alter the fuel used calculated by the SkyView Fuel Computer.
 The latest EMS sensor definitions file must be downloaded from the SkyView Downloads
page at http://www.dynonavionics.com/docs/support_software_SkyView.html and loaded
onto each display.
 See the EMS Engine Setups area at
http://www.dynonavionics.com/docs/support_software_SkyView.html to download a file
that sets up 912 iS-specific pin mappings. It also positions 912 iS-specific widgets on the
EMS pages (such as ECU Lane A/B voltage, which must be monitored per Rotax).
 The Kavlico 50 PSI fuel pressure sensor (Dynon P/N 101716-000) is the ONLY sensor that can
be used to monitor fuel pressure when SkyView is used to monitor a 912 iS. Additionally,
when using the required 50 PSI Kavlico sensor for measuring fuel pressure, “KAV 50 PSI
DIFFERENTIAL (101716-000)” sensor must be selected for fuel pressure sensor selection
under SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR INPUT MAPPING instead of the KAVLICO 50PSI
FLUID PRESS selection that is used for other configurations. If you use the EMS Engine Setup
for the 912 iS that is available from the link above, this selection and setup is already
correctly performed for you.
Fuel pressure on the 912 iS is measured with respect to the air box pressure. Therefore,
SkyView must have valid Manifold Pressure (from the EMS-connected MAP sensor) and
barometric pressure (from a SkyView ADAHRS) to be able to display the correct fuel pressure.
7-28
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example 9-cylinder Radial (Using Dual SV-EMS-220s,
100399-000, 100399-001, 100399-002 Harnesses)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
PRIMARY EMS MODULE with100399-000 Harness
EMS 37-pin Harness
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
Wire Color
applicable)
Red
Battery Voltage (Voltmeter Input)
Yellow or Unwired
Not Connected
Black
Ground
Violet/Blue
Elevator Position Potentiometer
Black
Ground
White/Yellow
150 PSI Oil Pressure (101693-000)
White/Brown
Oil Temperature (100409-000)
15 PSI Fuel Pressure (101690-000) or
Brown
50 PSI Fuel Pressure (101716-000)
Brown/Blue
Heated Pitot Status (Contact Input)
Brown/Yellow
Not Connected
Orange
Not Connected
Yellow
Not Connected
Black
Ground
Yellow
Fuel Flow (100403-003)
Red
Fuel Flow Power (100403-003)
Black
Ground
Black
Ground
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 Volt) and
White/Red
Kavlico Pressure Sensors (+5 Volt)
White/Black
Not Connected
Orange/Brown
Fuel Level Left (Resistive)
Orange/Blue
Fuel Level Right (Resistive)
Purple/Yellow
Flaps position Potentiometer
Purple/Green
Not Connected
Orange/Green
Ammeter Shunt + (100412-000)
Orange/Violet
Ammeter Shunt – (100412-000)
Green/Red
Manifold Pressure (100434-000)
Open
Not Connected
Open
Not Connected
Yellow/Green
Optional External Alarm Light
Black
Not Connected
White/Orange
Not Connected
White/Green
RPM Left (Standard)
White/Blue
RPM Right (Standard)
Blue
Not connected
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-29
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
35
36
37
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Not Connected
Not Connected
Not Connected
Table 31–Example 9-cylinder Radial Primary SV-EMS-220 37-pin Connector Sensor Map
PRIMARY EMS MODULE with 100399-002 Harness
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
Pin
Harness Wire Color
applicable)
1
Open
N/A
2
Red
CHT 6 (J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
3
Red
EGT 6 (K-type thermocouple, 100405-000*)
4
Red
CHT 5
5
Red
EGT 5
6
Red
CHT 4
7
Red
EGT 4
8
Red
CHT 3
9
Red
EGT 3
10
Red
CHT 2
11
Red
EGT 2
12
Red
CHT 1
13
Red
EGT 1
14
White
CHT 6
15
Yellow
EGT 6
16
White
CHT 5
17
Yellow
EGT 5
18
White
CHT 4
19
Yellow
EGT 4
20
White
CHT 3
21
Yellow
EGT 3
22
White
CHT 2
23
Yellow
EGT 2
24
White
CHT 1
25
Yellow
EGT 1
Table 32– Example 9-cylinder Radial Primary SV-EMS-220 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
SECONDARY EMS MODULE with 100399-001 Harness
EMS 25-pin Thermocouple
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
Pin
Harness Wire Color
applicable)
1
Open
N/A
2
Red
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
7-30
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
3
4
5
6
7
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
8
Red
9
Red
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Red
Red
Red
Red
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
Not Connected (Harness label CHT 4)
Not Connected (Harness label EGT 4)
CHT 9 (Harness label CHT 3)
(J-type thermocouple, 100404-000*)
EGT 9 (Harness label EGT 3)
(K-type thermocouple, 100405-000*)
CHT 8 (Harness label CHT 2)
EGT 8 (Harness label EGT 2)
CHT 7 (Harness label CHT 1)
EGT 7 (Harness label EGT 1)
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
Harness does not have a wire in this pin
Not Connected (Harness label CHT 4)
Not Connected (Harness label EGT 4)
CHT 9 (Harness label CHT 3)
EGT 9 (Harness label EGT 3)
CHT 8 (Harness label CHT 2)
EGT 8 (Harness label EGT 2)
CHT 7 (Harness label CHT 1)
EGT 7 (Harness label EGT 1)
Table 33– Example 9-cylinder Radial Primary SV-EMS-220 25-pin Connector Sensor Map
* Note that J-type and K-type thermocouples apply to all CHTs or EGTs, respectively. They are
not repeated in the table for brevity’s sake.
In Table 32 above, the Primary SV-EMS-220 uses a 100399-002 6-cylinder CHT/EGT harness;
these are connected to Cylinders 1-6.
In Table 33 above, the Secondary SV-EMS-220 uses a 100399-001 4-cylinder CHT/EGT harness;
cables marked Cylinders 1-3 are connected to Cylinders 7-9, respectively.
To configure dual EMS’ to support additional thermocouples (CHTs / EGTs), go to
SV-EMS-220, SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > DUAL EMS SETUP:
> DUAL ENGINE MODE: NO
> PRIMARY EMS MODULE: (select a S/N)
On the SV-EMS-220 selected as primary, all pins on the 37-pin and 25-pin connectors are
enabled. On the secondary SV-EMS-220, only the thermocouple (CHT/EGT) inputs on the 37-pin
and the 25-pin connectors are enabled.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-31
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Dual Engine Support using two SV-EMS-220/221s and two SkyView Displays
SkyView can monitor dual engines by displaying engine data for each engine on separate
SkyView displays. Engine #1 is assigned to one SV-EMS-220/221 module and one SkyView
display. Engine #2 is assigned to the other SV-EMS-220/221 module, and another SkyView
display. Thus, two SV-EMS-220/221s, and at least two SkyView displays are required. To set up
dual engine monitoring, go to:
SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > DUAL EMS SETUP:
> DUAL ENGINE MODE: YES
> ENGINE #1 EMS: (select S/N of the appropriate SV-EMS-220/221)
> ENGINE #2 EMS: (select S/N of the appropriate SV-EMS-220/221)
> SPLIT FUEL COMPUTER: YES/NO. Set to YES if you want the fuel computer(s) to display
information based only on the engine assigned to the individual display(s). Set to NO if you
want the fuel computer(s) to display information based on both engines. One would normally
choose YES if the Engine #1 and Engine #2 fuel systems are completely isolated and NO if the
Engine #1 and Engine #2 fuel system are fed by a common fuel system.
For dual Rotax 912 iS with dual SV-EMS-221s that do not have individual fuel flow sensors
installed (using only CAN BUS fuel flow), set SPLIT FUEL COMPUTER to YES; setting SPLIT FUEL
COMPUTER to NO will not display correct, combined fuel computer information.
On the SkyView display that will display Engine #1 data, go to:
SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > ENGINE TO DISPLAY > EMS #1 > ACCEPT (
On the SkyView display that will display Engine #2 data, go to:
SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > ENGINE TO DISPLAY > EMS #2 > ACCEPT (
In a dual engine configuration, streamed EMS data (serial TX – DYNON EMS) is not
supported.
After setting up dual engine support above, changes made to engine configuration or EMS page
layout affect only that display, and the configuration of the SV-EMS-220/221 associated with it.
For example, changing a setting, or widget layout, for Engine #1, will not cause changes to
settings or layout for Engine #2.
If, after setting up dual engine support per the above instructions, if DUAL ENGINE
SUPPORT is later changed to NO, engine timer values (such as HOBBS) displayed on
the individual EMS screens will be reset. One SkyView display’s timers will
overwrite timers on all other displays.
Engine Sensor and Transducer Installation
This section explains the steps required to install and connect all sensors and transducers
supplied by Dynon Avionics. Additionally, connection instructions are given for some sensors
and transducers that Dynon Avionics does not sell, like the tachometer, fuel level, flaps, trim,
and contacts.
7-32
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
All sensors and transducers must be properly defined, mapped, and configured as
described in the EMS Sensor Definitions, Mapping, and Settings Section of this
guide.
Remember to configure the measurement units for your Engine Page as described
in the How to Configure Displayed Units Section.
Engine Sensor Accuracy and Grounding
It is vitally important that all engine sensors, your Dynon SkyView display, your SV-EMS220/221 module, and electrical system all share the same ground, and that there is virtually no
measurable voltage between these grounds.
Large currents flow between your alternator and the rest of your aircraft. The ground for these
currents is shared with your sensors. Because of the large currents involved, resistance in
grounds that cannot be seen with a simple multimeter can still lead to significant voltage
offsets. This can lead to errors in sensor readings.
These large currents exist in other places in the aircraft as well, such as between the battery
ground cable and its connection to the airframe, and along the grounding points for the
avionics bus. It is important that all of these ground paths be appropriately sized for the loads
involved, and that the connections be clean, solid, and devoid of contamination.
In particular, be sure to connect a ground wire between your engine block or avionics ground
block and any of the SV-EMS-220/221’s ground pins.
Please note that running a ground wire from the EMS to the engine block may not entirely solve
grounding issue, as this adds just a small wire in parallel with another much larger wire, and the
load will get transferred to this smaller wire, which itself is resistive due to its small size, and
thus no real effect will be seen.
Though dealing with grounding issues can be time consuming and frustrating, errors that are
seen on your Dynon Engine Monitor are caused by points in the aircraft where there is
insufficient grounding. This can lead to weak starting, hot wires, and corrosion. Fixing the
Engine Monitor readings by having a good ground will also lead to a healthier aircraft electrical
system overall.
Tools and Equipment Required
The following list contains commonly used tools and equipment, however some of the tools or
equipment listed below may not apply to your installation.




Wire strippers
22 AWG wire
D-sub pin crimper
Faston/ring terminal crimp tool
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-33
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration





o Available from http://www.bandcspecialty.com – (316) 283-8000 – part number
RCT-1
Weather Pack crimp tool (common slip joint pliers will also work)
o Available from http://www.whiteproducts.com/tools.shtml
#2 Phillips screwdriver
Flathead screwdriver
¼” ID tubes, any necessary adapters, and clamps for routing manifold pressure to the
sensor.
Drill and 1/8” bit
Voltmeter Inputs
Pins 1 and/or Pin 2 of the EMS D37 connector can be used to monitor voltage in your electrical
system (or any other DC voltage source) from 10-30V DC. Connect either of the pins to a point
in your electrical system that you wish to monitor.
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Probes
Wire length of CHT/EGT harnesses supplied by Dynon is not critical. It is acceptable
to cut the thermocouple (brown) wire of the CHT/EGT harness to shorten the
appropriate length for your installation. It is recommended to not cut the
“armored” portion of the cable near the probe end of the CHT or EGT probes.
The EGT wire may be extended provided that:
1) Type K thermocouple is used for the extension wire. (this is different than CHT
wire)
2) There is no temperature change across the connection between the junction
that is created. For example, do not create a junction across the firewall.
If either of the above guidelines are not followed, your EGT readings will be
incorrect.
Correct placement of EGT probes on the exhaust manifold - per the engine manufacturer’s
guidance - is critical to obtaining accurate readings. Placement differs between engine types
and even specific models. All thermocouple harnesses supplied by Dynon have each function
(e.g., CHT1, EGT1) labeled on each thermocouple pair.
Consult the specific engine’s manual for proper EGT locations.
Rotax 912 (except 912 iS)
For carbureted Rotax 912 engines, only two of the four cylinders are typically monitored for
EGT. Unlike the CHT probes which are mounted on diagonal cylinders, the EGT probes should
be mounted on the two rear cylinders’ exhaust manifolds. It is critical that the EGT probes be
mounted to parallel cylinders’ exhaust manifolds for proper temperature comparison.
7-34
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Rotax 914
The 914 uses threaded EGT probes that screw into bosses provided on the 914-specific exhaust
manifold. Two probes that should work are the Westach 712-4D6K and UMA 2B30. These
sensors are not available from Dynon Avionics.
Most Other Engines
Once you have determined the appropriate EGT locations for your engine, drill 1/8” diameter
holes at the specified positions in the exhaust manifold. Usually, this spot is 2 to 8 inches
(50mm to 200 mm) from the cylinder. This spot should be on a straight portion of the exhaust
manifold, as this provides a better fit for the hose clamps. For best results, mount all probes the
same distance from each cylinder.


Make sure the hole is placed to ensure that the probe does not interfere with the cowl or
spark plug. Also, when making holes, keep in mind that the probe could inhibit the ability to
perform routine maintenance if placed incorrectly.
Place probe in exhaust manifold, and secure it by tightening the clamp with a flathead
screwdriver. Make sure the clamp is tight and provides a secure fit, but do not over-tighten
such that visible stress is put on the pipe.
Now, plug each thermocouple wire into its corresponding wire on the thermocouple harness.
Ensure that you match the wire color pairs on the harness to those on the thermocouple. All
thermocouple harnesses supplied by Dynon have each function (e.g., CHT1, EGT1) labeled on
each thermocouple pair.
A loose probe could allow exhaust to leak. This can lead to carbon monoxide
poisoning in the cabin and/or a potential fire. Have a knowledgeable mechanic
inspect the installation.
The probe can come loose during flight, and could potentially come in contact
with rotating engine parts or the propeller. We suggest a safety wire to keep the
probe in place.
Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Probes
Wire length of CHT/EGT harnesses supplied by Dynon is not critical. It is acceptable
to cut the thermocouple (brown) wire of the CHT/EGT harness to shorten the
appropriate length for your installation. It is recommended to not cut the
“armored” portion of the cable near the probe end of the CHT or EGT probes.
CHT wire may be extended as well, provided that:
1) Type J thermocouple is used for the extension wire. (this is different than EGT
wire)
2) There is no temperature change across the connection between the junction
that is created. For example, do not create a junction across the firewall.
If either of the above guidelines are not followed, your CHT readings will be
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-35
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
incorrect.
Dynon Avionics sells and supports a variety of CHT probes. All thermocouple harnesses supplied
by Dynon have each function (e.g., CHT1, EGT1) labeled on each thermocouple pair.
Lycoming/Continental
Dynon Avionics sells bayonet style CHT probes (used in Lycoming and Continental engines).
With each probe we sell, a bayonet adapter is included. Your specific engine manual should
describe where to mount these bayonet adapters, but normally, there is a threaded hole (CHT
well) near the bottom of the cylinder close to the lower spark plug. Screw the bayonet adapter
into this hole. Screw the locking collar up or down the spring surrounding the probe such that
the tip of the probe is pressed against the bottom of the CHT well when the collar is attached to
the adapter. Insert the CHT probe into the well and lock the collar to the adapter. Now, plug
each thermocouple wire into its corresponding wire on the thermocouple harness. Ensure that
you match the wire color pairs on the harness to those on the thermocouples.
Rotax 912 (except 912 iS) and Rotax 914
Rotax 912 and Rotax 914 engines use 2 resistive CHT probes that are included with the engine.
These probes are preinstalled, but you need to route the connections from them to the SVEMS-220. See the Rotax CHT Sensors Section for information on making the physical connection
to the sensor.
Jabiru
Jabiru engines require a 12 mm ring-terminal CHT probe for each cylinder. First, slide the
compression washer off the spark plug. Slide the 12 mm ring-terminal probe onto the plug.
Now, slide the spark plug compression washer back onto the spark plug. Reinstall the spark plug
into the spark plug hole. Please refer to the documentation that came with your engine for
more information. Now, plug each thermocouple wire into its corresponding wire on the
thermocouple harness. Ensure that you match the wire color pairs on the harness to those on
the thermocouples.
Tachometer
Tachometer pulses/revolution are set in the Engine Information Wizard – SETUP
MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION > TACHOMETER
CALIBRATION.
Dynon Avionics does not sell a tachometer transducer.
Depending upon existing equipment and engine type, you have a few options for connecting
the tachometer inputs on the SV-EMS-220/221. The following table revisits the SV-EMS220/221 pins that are compatible with RPM sources.
Pin
32
33
7-36
Wire Color
White/Green
White/Blue
Function
Standard RPM Input Left (10+ volts)
Standard RPM Input Right (10+ volts)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Pin
34
35
Wire Color
Blue
Green
Function
Low Voltage RPM Input Left (< 12 volts)
Low Voltage RPM Input Right (< 12 volts)
Table 34–SV-EMS-220/221 RPM Inputs
See the relevant subsections below for your particular method. You may connect different
types of signals to the two different RPM inputs (e.g., p-lead to Standard RPM Left and a 12 volt
transducer to Standard RPM Right).
SkyView will display RPM from either the RPM Input Left or the RPM Input Right, whichever is
noticed by the SV-EMS-220 first. If the first RPM signal is lost (such as when one ignition source
fails, or during a routine mag check), then SkyView will display RPM from the remaining RPM
signal. If your engine only provides one RPM signal, connect it to one of the two RPM Input Left
pins.
Pin 32 and 34 are both LEFT RPM input. Use one, or the other, but not both.
Pin 33 and 35 are both RIGHT RPM input. Use one, or the other, but not both.
Tachometer transducer
If you have a dedicated tachometer transducer (usually with a 12 volt output), you may simply
connect its output to the Standard RPM Left input on the SV-EMS-220/221. Ensure that you
follow all recommendations given in the manual for your individual tachometer transducer.
P-lead pickoff (Lycoming and Continental)
If you do not have a dedicated tachometer
pickoff, you must follow the instructions
below.
Use the two included 30 kΩ resistors (color
bands: orange, black, brown, red, brown;
connect in either direction) to attach left
and right P-leads to the standard RPM Left
and RPM Right inputs on the SV-EMS220/221. Connect them as shown in Figure
Figure 31–Magneto Pick Off
31. It is important to connect each resistor as
close as possible to the spot where you tap
into the P-lead. This minimizes the length of cable carrying high voltage spikes. Six-cylinder
Lycoming engines sometimes need more inline resistance to prevent false readings by the SVEMS-220/221. If you supply your own resistors, they need not be exactly 30 kΩ. Additionally,
both 1/4W and 1/2W resistors are acceptable to use.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-37
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
If, after setting the PULS/REV R and L values as described in the Engine
Information Section, you see unstable RPM, you may need to increase the series
resistance. We recommend increasing the resistance in increments of
approximately 30 kΩ – approx. 30 kΩ, approx. 60 kΩ, approx. 90 kΩ, approx. 120
kΩ, and approx. 150 kΩ. Try each value in sequence. A higher resistance value is
not “better”, as too high a resistance can reduce the amplitude of the RPM signal
to the point where you may see no, or low, RPM.
Trigger Coil (Rotax 912, except 912 iS)
The Rotax 912 engines have a 5th trigger coil for the purposes of electrically monitoring rev
counts. This trigger coil outputs to a two-wire harness. Connect either of the two wires to
ground; connect the other white wire to SV-EMS-220 Pin 32 (Standard RPM Left Input). If you
observe erratic tachometer readings or momentary “spikes” in the display - particularly at
higher RPM – install a 60K resistor inline (in series) between the trigger coil and SV-EMS-220 Pin
32, White/Green wire). Set Pulses / Revolution (PPR) to 1: SETUP MENU > HARDWARE
CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION > TACHOMETER CALIBRATION > PUL/REV (C37 P32/34)
Rotax 914
The Rotax 914 uses a Turbo Control Unit (TCU), which provides an RPM output < 10V.
Connect Pin 13 of the TCU to SV-EMS-220 Pin 34 (Low Voltage RPM Left Input).
Connect Pin 26 of the TCU to any of Pins 3, 5, 13, 16, 17, or 30 (Ground).
Do not install a resistor in the wires between the TCU and the SV-EMS-220.
Set Pulses / Revolution (PPR) to SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION
> TACHOMETER CALIBRATION > PUL/REV (C37 P32/34)
Alternator Wire (Jabiru)
The most common tachometer pickoff location for Jabiru 2200 and 3300 engines is one of the
alternator wires. Connect one of the two white alternator wires through a 1 amp fuse to SVEMS-220 Pin 32 (Standard RPM Left Input). Set Pulses / Revolution (PPR):
Jabiru 22000A – 5
Jabiru 3300 w/3-phase alternator – 4
Jabiru 3300 w/single-phase – 6
SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION > TACHOMETER CALIBRATION >
PUL/REV (C37 P32/34)
Other Ignition Systems
The SV-EMS-220/221’s Standard Voltage RPM inputs can read frequency-based RPM signals,
provided the peak voltages goes at least 5.1 volts above ground, and crosses back down below
2.0V relative to ground. If the peak voltage exceeds 50 volts, use the included 30 kΩ resistors as
described in the P-lead pickoff (Lycoming and Continental) Section above.
7-38
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
For signals that have a peak voltage of 12V or lower —such as Light Speed ignition outputs—
use the low voltage RPM inputs. These inputs require that the peak voltage goes at least 2.1
volts above ground, and crosses back down below 0.8V relative to ground to be counted as a
pulse.
For signals that have a peak voltage of 10-12V, either the Standard or Low Voltage RPM inputs
can be used.
Like the other methods above, you must know the number of pulses per revolution for your
RPM transducer.
Manifold Pressure Sensor
The Dynon Avionics Manifold Pressure Sensor (P/N 100434-000) is an integral assembly
consisting of three pins, a rubber seal, and a connector housing. Strip 3/16” insulation off the
ends of the three wires listed at right. Slide the three rubber seals onto the three wires and the
pins onto the ends of the wires. Crimp the 3 included pins onto the ends of the wires, ensuring
that the long tabs that cradle the rubber seal wrap around the seal (see picture at right for
example). For more details on preparing and crimping the Weather Pack pins, see
http://www.whiteproducts.net/faqs.shtml.
Pin
Weather
Pack Pin
Color
18
C
White/red
26
B
Green/red
17
A
Black
Function
+5 volt
Auxiliary
Manifold
pressure
Ground
Table 35–Manifold Pressure Sensor Pins
Note that you may need access to the SV-EMS-220/221’s +5 volt auxiliary supply for other
sensor installations, so make allowances for breaking out the connection to other areas. Route
the three wires to the location where you would like to mount the manifold pressure sensor.
Plug the crimped pins into the included Weatherpack connector. Now, mount the manifold
pressure sensor in a secure fashion using the mounting holes on either side of the sensor.
The pressure port on the manifold pressure sensor requires 1/4” inner diameter tubing for a
secure fit. You may need to use adapters to convert down to smaller inner diameter tubing for
your specific engine. We recommend that you use pipe clamps at every transition point,
including at the sensor itself.
C
B
A
C
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Figure 32–Connection diagram for
sensor with all black wires only
Figure 34–Detail view of properly
crimped pin.
B
A
7-39
Figure
33–Pin insertion
(rear) view of supplied
connector.
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Oil Pressure Sensor
The oil pressure sensor may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS220/221’s D37, however, we recommend that it be connected to pin 6 on this connector.
The SV-EMS-220/221 supports several oil pressure sensor installations. The Dynon-supplied
sensor and the Rotax and Jabiru pre-installed sensors are the most common.
Kavlico Brand Dynon-Supplied Brand Oil Pressure Sensor (101693-000)
Mount the oil pressure sensor securely using an Adel clamp or other method such as using a
transducer mounting block on the firewall. Dynon does not recommend mounting the sensor
directly to the engine to minimize the chance of mechanical failure of the transducer due to
engine vibration. Unlike Dynon’s older oil pressure sensor, the Kavlico pressure sensor has a
dedicated ground wire, eliminating the need to use the sensor case as ground.
Connect the red wire to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 18 (white/red). This connection may be
shared with other sensors, depending on your installation.
Connect the green wire to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 general purpose input of your choosing
(nominally pin 6)
Connect the black wire to Ground. Any the black ground
wires on the SV-EMS-220/221 D37 harness are suitable for
this purpose.
Legacy Dynon Oil Pressure Sensor (100411-002)
First, mount the oil pressure sensor to a fixed location using
an Adel clamp (see Figure 36) or other secure method. The
oil pressure sensor must not be installed directly to the
1/8-27 NPT
engine due to potential vibration problems. Dynon Avionics’
0-150 PSI
sensor is supplied with a 1/8” NPT pipe thread fitting. An
adapter might be necessary for some engines. Please see the manual supplied by the engine’s
manufacturer. You must use appropriate pipe fitting
Figure 35–Example Oil Pressure
adapters and ensure that the case of the sender has a
Sensor
connection to ground. This is critical for functionality.
Crimp a standard #8 ring terminal onto general purpose
input wire chosen for oil pressure. Unscrew the stud cap
from the threaded stud. Place the ring terminal on the stud
and secure the cap down sandwiching the ring terminal.
Due to vibration issues, never connect the
sensor directly to the engine.
Figure 36–Adel Clamps
Use an Adel clamp similar to the
above to secure the pressure sensor
7-40
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
If you use Teflon tape or other seal, ensure the
sensor casing still maintains a good connection
to ground.
Rotax 912, Rotax 914, and Jabiru Oil Pressure
If you are installing on a Rotax or Jabiru engine, your engine comes with a pre-installed oil
pressure sensor.
Prior to mid-2008, Rotax provided an oil pressure sensor with 2 tabs for electrical connection. If
you are using this sensor, connect one of the tabs to a general purpose input pin and connect
the other tab to ground (an SV-EMS-220/221 ground is appropriate).
In mid-2008, Rotax switched to a new type of oil pressure sensor made by Honeywell (Rotax
P/N 956413) with an integrated cable. Connect the red wire of the newer sensor to SV-EMS220/221 D37 pin 15 (+12 volt Auxiliary), the white wire to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 6, and the
black wire (if present) to ground. Select the correct sensor type as described in the EMS Sensor
Definitions, Mapping, and Settings Section.
Rotax Sensor Connector Pin
Rotax Connector Wire Color
SV-EMS-220 Connection
N/A
White
Pin 6 (White/Yellow wire)
N/A
Red
Pin 15 (Red wire, can be
shared)
N/A
Black (if present)
Pins 3, 13, 16, 17, or 30 (Black
wire, can be shared)
In late 2012, Rotax further switched to a new oil pressure sensor (Rotax P/N 456180). It is
functionally identical to the previous Honeywell (Rotax P/N 956413) sensor, and connects in the
same fashion as it. However, the connector and wiring for the sensor that Rotax includes with
the engine may require some assembly. See the diagram below for the pinout of the connector.
Connect the wire connected to sensor pin B of the sensor to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 15 (+12
volt Auxiliary), the wire connected to sensor pin C to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 6. Sensor pin A
need not be connected at all. Select the correct sensor type as described in the EMS Sensor
Definitions, Mapping, and Settings Section.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-41
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Figure 37 - Rotax Oil Pressure P/N 456180 pinout
Both views are the sensor’s connector (not the cable connector).
Rotax Sensor Connector Pin
Rotax Connector Wire Color
SV-EMS-220 Connection
A
N/A (do not connect)
N/A (do not connect)
B
(Customer provided,
suggested color is Red)
Pin 15 (Red wire, can be
shared)
C
(Customer provided,
suggested color is White)
Pin 6 (White/Yellow wire)
Note: If you are converting a Dynon D10/D100 product installation to a SkyView installation,
you should remove any resistor that is connected to the existing oil pressure sensor. It is not
needed when used with SkyView.
Rotax oil pressure sensor P/N 956413 is only compatible with SV-EMS-220/221
D37 pin 6. It will not work with any other pin.
Oil Temperature Sensor
While a Dynon Avionics oil temperature sensor may be connected to any general purpose input
pin on the SV-EMS-220/221’s D37, we recommend that it be connected to pin 7 on this
connector.
The oil temperature sensor needs to be installed according to the directions of the engine
manufacturer. Dynon Avionics sells oil temperature sensors with both 5/8-18 UNF (Dynon P/N
100409-001) and 1/8-27 NPT (Dynon P/N 100409-000) threads. Ensure that you have the right
sensor for your engine.
Dynon P/N 100409-001 5/8-18 UNF Oil Temperature Sensor
is furnished with an AN900-10 Crush Washer (Dynon P/N
102189-000).
1/8-27 NPT
7-42
UNF Guide - Revision R
SkyView System5/8-18
Installation
Figure 38–Dynon Avionics Oil
Temperature Sensors
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
When tightening the 100409-001 5/8-18
UNF Oil Temperature Sensor into place,
the Crush Washer must be centered.
Failure to do so may result in an improper
seal.
Another option for sealing the sensor to the engine case is Earl's Stat-O-Seal Sealing Washer #
178010 installed between the sensor and the engine case.
Tighten the sensor according to your engine manufacturer’s recommendations.
Route the wire from a general purpose input pin on the EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness to
where the oil temperature sensor is mounted. When routing the wires, make sure that they are
secured, so they will not shift position due to vibration. Strip ¼” of insulation off the end of the
wire. Crimp a #10 ring terminal onto the end of the wire, ensuring that a good connection is
made between the wire and the connector. Unscrew the nut from the stud on the oil
temperature sensor. Slip the ring terminal onto the stud and secure the nut over it.
Some oil temperature sensors that SkyView supports (but are not sold by Dynon), such as the
GRT FT-LC-01, have two wires. To connect this style of sensor, connect one wire to a Ground pin
on the SV-EMS-220/221 – any of Pins 3, 13, 16, 17, or 30. Sharing of an SV-EMS-220 Ground pin
/ wire is acceptable. Connect the other wire to the chosen general purpose input.
Rotax 914
Rotax supplies the oil temp sensor – P/N 801-10-1.
Fuel Pressure Sensor
The fuel pressure sensor may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS220/221’s D37, however, we recommend it be connected to pin 8 on this connector.
Kavlico Brand Dynon-Supplied Brand Fuel Pressure Sensors (101690-000, 101716-000,
101715-000)
Mount the fuel pressure sensor securely using an Adel clamp or other method such as using a
transducer mounting block on the firewall. Dynon does not recommend mounting the sensor
directly to the engine to minimize the chance of mechanical failure of the transducer due to
engine vibration. Unlike Dynon’s older fuel pressure sensor, the Kavlico pressure sensor has a
dedicated ground wire, eliminating the need to use the sensor case as ground.
The fuel pressure sensor port has a 1/8-27 NPT pipe thread fitting; you may need adapters to
connect to the pressure port on your engine. Locate the correct fuel pressure port for your
engine. This port must have a pressure fitting with a restrictor hole in it. This restrictor hole
ensures that, in the event of a sensor failure, fuel leakage rate is minimized, allowing time for
an emergency landing.
Connect the red wire to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 18 (white/red). This connection may be
shared with other sensors, depending on your installation.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-43
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Connect the green wire to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 general purpose input of your choosing
(nominally pin 8)
Connect the black wire to Ground. Any the black ground wires on the SV-EMS-220/221 D37
harness are suitable for this purpose.
Legacy Dynon Fuel Pressure Sensors (100411-000 and 100411-001)
Dynon Avionics no longer supplies these sensors except for plug-compatible replacement. For
new installations, Dynon Avionics recommends
the Kavlico pressure sensors (above).
First, mount the fuel pressure sensor to a fixed
location using an Adel clamp or other secure
method such as using a transducer mounting
block on the firewall. The fuel pressure sensor
must not be installed directly to the engine due
1/8-27 NPT
0-30 PSI
1/8-27 NPT
0-80 PSI
to potential vibration problems. Next, connect
Figure 39–Example Fuel Pressure Sensors
the fuel sensor to the engine using appropriate
hoses and fittings. Its pressure port has a 1/8-27
NPT pipe thread fitting; you may need adapters to connect to the pressure port on your engine.
Locate the correct fuel pressure port for your engine. This port must have a pressure fitting
with a restrictor hole in it. This restrictor hole ensures that, in the event of a sensor failure, fuel
leakage rate is minimized, allowing time for an emergency landing.
Carbureted engines – Use the 0-30 PSI sensor (Dynon P/N 100411-000). Crimp a standard ¼”
female Faston onto one of the ground wires coming from the EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness
or another ground source such as a local engine ground. Crimp another ¼” female Faston onto
a general purpose input pin wire. Push the two Fastons onto the two terminals on the fuel
pressure sensor. Polarity is not important. If you are converting from a GRT EIS system, you
must disconnect the external resistor pull-up from the fuel pressure output. This will make the
sensor output equivalent to the sensor supplied by Dynon Avionics.
Injected engines – Use the 0-80 PSI sensor (Dynon P/N 100411-001). Crimp a standard #8 ring
terminal onto the SV-EMS-220/221 general purpose input wire of your choice. Unscrew the
stud cap from the threaded stud. Place the ring terminal on the stud and secure the cap down
sandwiching the ring terminal. If the connection between the sensor and your engine is nonmetallic, you must connect the sensor case to ground through other means. The best way to
accomplish this is by sandwiching a ground-connected ring terminal between the sensor and
the mating fitting.
Due to vibration issues, never connect the sensor directly to the engine.
7-44
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
For Dynon Avionics P/N 100411-000 and P/N 100411-001 pressure sensors, if
Teflon tape or other sealant is used, ensure the sensor casing still maintains a
good connection to ground.
Rotax 914 Differential Fuel Pressure Sensor
The fuel pressure sensors that Dynon Avionics sells are not suitable for use with
the Rotax 914 engine, as Rotax specifies that fuel pressure on the 914 engine be
measured with respect to the air box pressure. All fuel pressure sensors sold by
Dynon Avionics are only capable of measuring fuel pressure against ambient air
pressure.
The UMA N1EU07D sensor is a differential pressure sensor which measures fuel pressure with
respect to air box pressure as required by the 914 engine. One UMA N1EU07D sensor is
installed on 914 engines, but that sensor is dedicated to the 914 ECU, and the output of the
sensor cannot be shared between the ECU and SkyView. To display a 914 engine’s fuel pressure
on SkyView, a second UMA N1EU07D sensor must be purchased and installed. This sensor is not
supplied by Dynon Avionics.
Install the differential fuel pressure sender in an area convenient to the connections on the
engine. The mounting threads are 5/8-18. Connect side of sender marked with a “W” to the fuel
line close to the carburetors. Use 1/8-27 pipe thread fitting. Connect the other side of sender to
the air box. This can be done by inserting a “T” in the carb vent lines that go to the air box. Use
a 1/8-27 pipe thread, barbed insert into the sender. Make sure all fittings on the air box lines
are tight using spring clamps or tie wraps.
UMA N1EU07D Wiring:
Wire Color
Red
Black
White
Function
SV-EMS-220 D37 Pin Connector
(Dynon Harness Color)
Notes
Pin 15 (Red)
This pin may be
shared with other
sensors
Pin 3, 13, 16, 17, or 30 (Black)
This pin may be
shared with other
sensors
Power (12V)
Ground
Sensor output
Pin 8 (Brown), or
Pin 22 (Violet/Yellow), or
Pin 23 (Violet/Green), or
Pin 31 (White/Orange)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-45
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Configure the pin you chose: (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR INPUT MAPPING > C37 P8 /
P22 / P23 / P31: Rotax 914 Diff Fuel Press
Fuel Flow Sensor
The approximate pulses/gallon setting for the FloScan 201B (i.e., cast metal case
legacy Dynon sensor) is 28,000 to 31,000. The approximate pulses/gallon for the
Electronics International FT-60 (i.e., the red cube) is 68,000. You must configure the
fuel flow sensor using this numerical value in the Sensor Setup Menu (SETUP MENU
> HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION > FUEL FLOW CALIBRATION).
More information on this topic is discussed in the Fuel Computer Configuration
section of this chapter.
FloScan 201B sensor only: make note of the numbers on the tag (pulses / gallon)
attached to the fuel flow sensor.
Dynon Avionics supplies the
Electronics International FT-60
(Dynon P/N 100403-003) fuel flow
transducer. Dynon no longer
supplies the FloScan 201B, but
SkyView is compatible with this
sensor.
The SV-EMS-220/221 supports
differential fuel flow sensor
installations in Rotax 912 and 914
installations as illustrated in Figure
40.
Table 36 revisits which SV-EMS220/221 pins are compatible with
fuel flow sources.
Pin
Fuel Flow
Sensor
Wire
Color
Dynon
Harness
Wire Color
Function
3, 13,
16, 17,
or 30
Black
Black
Ground
14
Yellow or
White
15
Red
19
Yellow or
White
Fuel Flow Input 1
(From fuel tank)
+12 volt Auxiliary
(may be shared
Red
with other
sensors)
Fuel Flow Input 2
for optional 2nd
White/Black
transducer
(Return to fuel
tank)
Yellow
Table 36–SV-EMS-220/221 Fuel Flow Connections
General Placement Recommendations
 Do not install the Fuel Flow Transducer, hoses and fittings near exhaust system or
turbocharger. Excessive heat can damage fuel system components.
 Do not install 90 degree fittings (elbows) on the input or output of the Fuel Flow
Transducer. Doing so will cause turbulence in the fuel flow which causes inaccurate fuel
flow data.
7-46
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration




Install the Fuel Flow Transducer with the three wires pointed UP.
Install a fuel filter UPSTREAM of the fuel flow sensor to screen out debris.
For best measuring performance, the fuel should travel uphill by one to two inches (25-50
mm) after leaving the fuel flow sender.
Placement of the fuel flow sender relative to other items in the fuel system like fuel pumps
is left to the builder. It is common to place the sender downstream of any auxiliary electric
boost pumps but upstream of the engine driven fuel pump.
Due to vibration issues, never connect the sensor directly to the engine.
Do not use Teflon tape when screwing in any of the fittings.
EI “Red Cube” Installation
The Electronics International “Red Cube” FT-60 flow transducer has ¼” female NPT ports. Do
not exceed a torque of 300 inch-lbs. (.112 Nm) when installing fittings into the transducer. The
Red Cube FT-60 should NOT be installed with its wires pointing DOWN (the best situation is
with the wires pointing UP). The fuel line on the outlet port should not drop down after exiting
the transducer. This configuration can trap bubbles in the transducer, causing jumpy readings.
The inlet port, outlet port, and flow direction are marked on the top of the FT-60.
Rotax Placement Recommendations
If installing on a Rotax 912, review Figure 40 for recommendations specific to these engines.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-47
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
912 (ULS) Installation
Restrictor for 912 (ULS)
From
Fuel
Tank
Fuel Flow
Transducer
To Carburetors
Fuel Flow
Transducer
Output Signal
To
Fuel
Tank
SV-EMS-220
912 (ULS) or 914 Installation
To Carburetors
From
Fuel
Tank
Fuel Flow
Transducer
Fuel Flow
Transducer
Restrictor for 912 (ULS)
or Regulator for 914
Fuel Flow
Transducer
Output Signal #1
To
Fuel
Tank
Fuel Flow
Transducer
Output Signal #2
SV-EMS-220
Figure 40–Rotax Fuel Flow Sensors (Single-ended Measurement on Top and Differential Measurement on
Bottom)
In the differential fuel flow configuration in the lower portion of Figure 40, the first fuel flow
transducer measures the fuel flow from the fuel tank. The second fuel flow transducer
measures the unused fuel flow that returns to the fuel tank. The SV-EMS-220/221 takes data
from both transducers and calculates net instantaneous burn rate.
Fuel Level Sensor
Dynon Avionics does not sell fuel level sensors.
The SV-EMS-220/221 supports both resistive type sensors as well as capacitive sensors which
output a voltage (e.g., Princeton). If you have a capacitive sensor which does not output a
voltage on its own, you may be able to use Dynon’s Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter. Read the
relevant section below for the type that you are installing.
After installation, fuel level sensors must be calibrated. Your SkyView display
utilizes onscreen wizards that help you do this. Go to the EMS Calibration Menu to
access these wizards (SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS
CALIBRATION).
7-48
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Once a capacitive fuel level sensing system is calibrated for a certain type fuel, only
that fuel should be used and the aircraft should be placarded for such. For example,
ethanol has a dielectric constant much different than 100LL or Auto Fuel. If
calibrated for 100LL, then by using Auto 10% Ethanol in the tanks the indications
could off by 50%.
It is important to understand that fuel level measurements are subject to the
physical limitations of the sensor. Depending on your fuel tank and sensor
geometry, there may be some immeasurable fuel at one or both ends of the fuel
level sensors’ range. SkyView’s fuel calibration process is designed with this in
mind, and always takes the conservative approach to ensure that it does not report
erroneous fuel readings that might indicate that there is more fuel on board than
there actually is. The end result is that you may experience fuel readings at “full”
that are numerically less than the physical capacity of the tanks, and in this case
you may also see no apparent change in fuel level readings when the sensor is
maxed out on the full side. Similarly, on the empty side, you may see a zero
quantity indication before the tank is truly empty if the sensor has reached the
bottom of its travel or measuring capability when the tank still in fact has fuel in it.
Resistive fuel level sensor
You may connect as many resistive fuel level sensors to the SV-EMS-220/221 as open general
purpose inputs will allow. We recommend that pins 20 and 21 of the SV-EMS-220/221 D37 are
used before other general purpose inputs.
Capacitive fuel level sensor
Capacitive fuel level sensors are only supported on pins 8, 22, 23, and 31 on the SV-EMS220/221 D37. Capacitive sensors must output a variable voltage within the ranges of 0-5 volts
DC.
First, supply the sensor with power according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If the sensor
manufacturer requires a sensor calibration, perform that calibration first. Be sure to configure
the firmware to recognize the capacitive fuel level sensor on the enhanced general purpose
inputs.
If you are installing Dynon’s Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter (most commonly used with the
capacitive plates in some RVs), please read the
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-49
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter installation instructions.
Note that SkyView displays are typically preconfigured to use resistive probes. Using capacitive
sensors instead of resistive probes requires that you change EMS settings in a few places. First,
change the pins used for fuel quantity via the SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > PIN SENSOR INPUT
MAPPING… menu. Then, delete the default fuel quantity widgets from each screen layout
under SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SCREEN LAYOUT EDITOR. Finally, add the new fuel quantity
widget(s) that will be available for the capacitive probes.
Ammeter Shunt
The ammeter shunt should be mounted so that the
metal part of the shunt cannot touch any part of the
aircraft. The ammeter shunt can be installed in your
electrical system in one of three locations as shown in
Figure 42.
Pin
24
25
Color
Orange/green
Orange/purple
Function
amps high
amps low
Table 37–Amps Pins
If you have a Vertical Power VP-X system in your
aircraft, use either position A or position B. Position C is not useful in a VP-X installation
because the VP-X measures aircraft loads directly.
 Position A–Ammeter indicates current flow into or
out of your battery. In this position, it will show
both positive and negative currents (i.e., -60 amps
to +60 amps).
 Position B–Ammeter indicates only the positive
currents flowing from the alternator to both the
battery and aircraft loads. (0A-60A)
Figure 41–Amps Shunt
 Position C–Ammeter indicates the current flowing only into the aircraft loads. (0A-60A)
Note that the ammeter shunt is not designed for the high current required by the
starter and must not be installed in the electrical path between the battery and
starter.
The Ammeter Shunt packaging may be marked 40mV/40A. However, Dynon rates
the shunt for up to 60A loads.
7-50
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Figure 42–Recommended Amps Shunt Locations (simplified electrical diagram)
Use two ¼” ring terminals sized appropriately for the high-current wire gauge you will be
routing to and from the ammeter shunt. Cut the wire where you would like to install the
ammeter shunt. Strip the wire and crimp on the ring terminals. Using a Phillips screwdriver,
remove the two large screws (one on either end of the shunt), slip the ring terminals on, and
screw them back into the base.
We highly recommend that you fuse both the connections between the shunt and the SkyView
as shown in Figure 43 below. There are two methods for accomplishing this. You may simply
connect two 1 amp fuses in-line between the shunt and the SkyView. Or, you may use butt
splices to connect 1” to 2” (25mm to 50mm) sections of 26 AWG wire between the shunt and
each of the Amps leads connecting to the SkyView. These fusible links are a simple and costeffective way to protect against short-circuits (fusible links in LSA installations may not be
ASTM-compliant).
Figure 43- Amps Shunt Fuse / Wire Connection Diagram
Next, crimp the two supplied #8 ring terminals onto the wires using the fusing method chosen
above. Connect the other ends of the fuses to the Amps High and Amps Low leads (pins 24 and
25) on the EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness. Unscrew the two smaller screws on the ammeter
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-51
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
shunt. Slide the ring terminals onto them and screw them back into the base. Connect the
“Amps High” lead to the side of the shunt marked by “H” in Figure 42; connect the “Amps Low”
lead to the side marked by “L”.
If you find that the current reading on the SkyView is the opposite polarity of what you want,
swap the two signal inputs (Amps High and Amps Low) to obtain the desired result.
It is extremely important that you secure all loose wires and ensure that exposed
terminals cannot touch or short out to other objects in the plane. All metal on the
shunt is at the same voltage as–and carries the same risks as–the positive terminal
on the battery. Improperly installing the ammeter shunt can result in high current
flow, electrical system failure, or fire.
GRT CS-01 Hall Effect Current Sensor
Dynon does not supply this sensor. It is available from GRT Avionics, and can be used as an
alternative to the Dynon-supplied amps shunt for measuring current
Note: The GRT CS-01 sensor does not connect to Pin 24/25 (Amps Shunt +/- Input). If you are
converting from a Dynon EMS, you will have to change your wiring per the instructions below).
Route the main power cable through the CS-01 "donut". Connect the three CS-01 Wires to the
SV-EMS-220/221 37-pin connector:
Function
CS-01 Wire
Color
Ground
Black
Power
Signal
Blue
Green
Dynon SV-EMS220/221 pin
Any of 3, 5, 13, 16, 17,
30
18 (+5V)
Any of 8, 22, 23, 31
Dynon Harness Wire
Color
Black
White/Red
Varies
Figure 44 - GRT CS-01 EMS Connections
The CS-01 has some special considerations during setup. Configure the CS-01 using the
following instructions:
 Go to SETUP MENU >EMS SETUP > SENSOR INPUT MAPPING. Choose one of Pins 8, 22, 23,
or 31, as is physically connected above.
 For the “FUNCTION” column selection, choose “AMP”
 For the “SENSOR” column selection, choose one of the AMMETER HALL EFF (offset value)
(GRT CS-01), where offset value is chosen per the following:
7-52
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration

o Because each individual CS-01 varies somewhat, configuring the CS-01 typically
requires an amps "offset" value to be utilized. SkyView provides 17 different offsets
via different choices in the SENSOR column. These contain offsets that range from "8" (offset of -8A) through "+8" (offset of +8A). If you wish the CS-01 value on your
SkyView EMS to display most accurately at zero current, choose the offset that
displays "0A" when zero current is flowing through system. This can be done by
turning off all avionics power and operating SkyView on its backup battery. If you
wish the current to display most accurately at normal current draw, choose
whichever of the 17 offset values provides the most accurate current reading. (This
will require some experimentation.)
Set the name column to “AMPS” (default) or create a custom name.
Carburetor Temperature Sensor
The carburetor temperature sensor may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the
SV-EMS-220/221’s D37, however, we recommend that it be connected to pin 23 on this
connector.
Install the carburetor temperature sensor in the venturi area at the point where ice first begins
to form. This is located after the main nozzle, before the throttle valve. You must remove the
plug in the carburetor housing below the throttle valve. On four-cylinder engines which use the
Marvel Schebler MA-3 carburetors, this plug is located on the forward side. On six-cylinder
engines using the MA-4 carburetor, the plug is located on the rear. If your carburetor is not
drilled and tapped for the plug, you must remove the carburetor from the engine and drill out
the lead plug in the appropriate spot. Tap the hole with a ¼-28 tap. Remove all chips and burrs
before reinstalling.
Route either of the two wires to an electrical ground on the SV-EMS-22X D37 connector. Route
the other wire to the general purpose input of your choice.
Note: If you are converting a Dynon D10/D100 product installation to a SkyView installation,
you should remove any resistor that is connected to the existing carburetor temperature
sensor. It is not needed when used with SkyView.
Rotax CHT Sensors
The Rotax CHT sensors may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS220/221’s D37, however, we recommend that they be connected to pins 4 and 22 for left and
right signals, respectively.
Crimp bare ¼” female Faston terminals (6.3x0.8 according to DIN 46247) onto the ends of two
general purpose input wires on the EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness. Locate the left-side CHT
sensor screwed into the bottom side cylinder head 2; slide the Faston connected to one of the
general purpose inputs onto it. Locate the left-side CHT sensor screwed into the bottom side of
cylinder head 3; slide the Faston connected to the other general purpose input onto it.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-53
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Note: If you are converting a Dynon D10/D100 product installation to a SkyView installation,
you should remove any resistor that is connected to the Rotax CHTs. They are not needed when
used with SkyView.
Trim and Flaps Position Potentiometers
Position potentiometers may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS220/221’s D37 and must be calibrated according to the instructions found in the EMS Sensor
Calibration Section. The number of position potentiometers in any installation is limited by the
number of unused general purpose input pins on the SV-EMS-220/221’s D37 connector. The
tables in the Example Engine Sensor and Transducer Installations Section contain
recommended input pins for position potentiometers.
Dynon Avionics does not sell trim or flaps position sensors. These are normally included with, or
added onto, their respective servos.
Most flap and trim sensors are potentiometers (variable resistors) which require power and
ground inputs, and supply an output that is a function of position. These potentiometers come
in a variety of resistance ranges, but are typically 1 kΩ, 5 kΩ, 10 kΩ, and 20 kΩ. All of these
values will work properly with the SkyView, as there is a calibration required. Connect the +5
volt Auxiliary pin from the SV-EMS-220/221’s D37 to the +5 volt input on your trim/flap position
sensor. Note that you may need access to the SV-EMS-220/221’s +5 volt auxiliary supply for
other sensor installations, so make allowances for breaking out the connection to other areas.
Connect the ground input on the sensor to a ground common to the SV-EMS-220/221’s signal
ground. Connect the output of the sensor to the desired general purpose input. For physical
installation, refer to the instructions that came with your position sensor.
If you are using the output from a Ray Allen servo or sensor, connect per the chart below. Note
that you may need access to the SV-EMS-220/221’s +5 volt auxiliary supply for other sensor
installations, so make allowances for breaking out the connection to other areas.
Ray Allen Trim
Motor Wire
Function
Color
Dynon SV-EMS220/221 pin
Dynon Harness Wire
Color
Black
Ground
White / Blue
Any of 3, 5, 13, 16, 17,
30
Power
White /
Orange
18 (+5V)
Signal
White / Green
Any of 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 20, 21, 22, 23,
31
White/Red
Varies
Figure 45 – Ray Allen Servo (Position Potentiometer)
7-54
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Trim and flaps position potentiometers must be calibrated. Your SkyView display
utilizes onscreen wizards that help you do this. Go to the EMS Calibration Menu to
access these wizards (SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS
CALIBRATION).
The take-off position will be shown as a green line on the trim widget. If you do
not want this marking on your trim widget, press NONE during the take-off
position portion of the trim calibration.
Coolant Pressure Sensor
The coolant pressure sensor may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS220/221’s D37.
Kavlico Brand Dynon-Supplied Brand Fluid Pressure Sensors (101716-000)
Mount the pressure sensor to a fixed location using an Adel clamp or other secure method such
as using a transducer mounting block on the firewall. Unlike Dynon’s older fluid pressure
sensors, the Kavlico sensor has a dedicated ground wire, eliminating the need to use the sensor
case as ground. Next, connect the sensor to the coolant line using appropriate hoses and
fittings. Its pressure port has a 1/8-27 NPT pipe thread fitting; you may need adapters to
connect to the pressure port on your engine. Locate (or drill and tap) the pressure port along
the coolant line. This port must have a pressure fitting with a restrictor hole in it. This restrictor
hole ensures that, in the event of a sensor failure, coolant leakage rate is minimized, allowing
time for an emergency landing.
Connect the red wire to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 18 (white/red). This connection may be
shared with other sensors, depending on your installation.
Connect the green wire to SV-EMS-220/221 D37 general purpose input of your choosing.
Connect the black wire to Ground. Any the black ground wires on the SV-EMS-220/221 D37
harness are suitable for this purpose.
Legacy Dynon-Supplied Coolant Pressure Sensor (100411-000)
The Dynon-supplied coolant pressure sensor is a 0-30 psi sensor (Dynon P/N 100411-000). First,
mount the pressure sensor to a fixed location using an Adel clamp or other secure method. The
pressure sensor must not be installed directly to the engine due to potential vibration
problems. Next, connect the sensor to the coolant line using appropriate hoses and fittings. Its
pressure port has a 1/8-27 NPT pipe thread fitting; you may need adapters to connect to the
pressure port on your engine. Locate (or drill and tap) the pressure port along the coolant line.
This port must have a pressure fitting with a restrictor hole in it. This restrictor hole ensures
that, in the event of a sensor failure, coolant leakage rate is minimized, allowing time for an
emergency landing.
Crimp a standard ¼” female Faston onto one of the grounds coming from the SV-EMS220/221’s EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness. Crimp another ¼” female Faston onto the wire that
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-55
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
corresponds to the desired general purpose input. Push the two Fastons onto the two terminals
on the fuel pressure sensor. Polarity is not important.
Note: If you are converting a Dynon D10/D100 product installation to a SkyView installation,
you should remove any resistor that is connected to the existing coolant pressure sensor. It is
not needed when used with SkyView.
Due to vibration issues, never connect the sensor directly to the engine.
If you use Teflon tape or other seal, ensure the sensor casing still maintains a good
connection to ground.
Coolant Temperature Sensor
The coolant temperature sensor may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the SVEMS-220/221’s D37.
The coolant temperature sensor needs to be installed according to the directions of your
engine’s manufacturer. Dynon Avionics sells temperature sensors with both 5/8-18 UNF (Dynon
P/N 100409-001) and 1/8-27 NPT (Dynon P/N 100409-000) threads; these are the same as
those used by the oil temperature inputs. If neither of these threads matches those in your
coolant line, you will need to use adapters or drill/tap your own. Using a crush washer between
the sensor and the mating line, screw the sensor into the fitting. Do not over tighten.
Route the wire from the desired general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS-220/221’s EMS 37pin Main Sensor Harness to where the coolant temperature sensor is mounted. When routing
the wires, make sure that they are secured, so they will not shift position due to vibration. Strip
¼” of insulation off the end of the wire. Crimp a #10 ring terminal onto the end of the wire.
Ensure that a good connection is made between the wire and the connector. Unscrew the nut
from the stud on the coolant temperature sensor. Slip the ring terminal onto the stud and
secure the nut over it.
Note: If you are converting a Dynon D10/D100 product installation to a SkyView installation,
you should remove any resistor that is connected to the existing coolant pressure sensor. It is
not needed when used with SkyView.
Rotax Pre-installed Coolant Temperature Sensor: Wire the coolant temperature sensor in the
same way as shown above for the Dynon-supplied sensor.
General Purpose Temperature Sensor
Any temperature sensor provided by Dynon may be utilized as a general purpose temperature
sensor on any general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS-220/221’s D37.
For example, you may connect an SV-OAT-340 probe and configure it as a general purpose
thermometer (e.g., for cabin temperature). Connect one of the wires to the input pin, and the
other wire to any available EMS GROUND.
7-56
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Rotax 914 Air Box Temperature
Rotax supplies one Skykit Air Box temperature sensor on the 914 for connection to the 914
Turbo Control Unit (TCU). If you wish to monitor Air Box temperature on SkyView, install a
second Skykit Air Box temperature sensor and connect it to any general purpose input pin on
the SV-EMS-220/221 D37 connector. Connect one of the wires to the input pin, and the other
wire to any available ground on the SV-EMS-220/221 D37 connector. Configure the general
purpose input pin you select as SKYKITS AIRBOX TEMP.
Contacts
Contacts may be connected to any general purpose input pin on the SV-EMS-220/221’s D37. The
number of contacts in your SkyView system is only limited to the number of unused general
purpose input pins on the connector.
Dynon Avionics does not sell contacts or switches.
Contacts are used for a variety of purposes, such as monitoring canopy closure. The EMS
firmware reads the voltage state of general purpose inputs. To configure them as contacts, use
two voltage ranges in your sensor setup. Set one to 0-2V, and the other from 2-5V. SkyView will
then report whether each input is open (no connection to ground, which is the 2-5V state) or
closed (connection to ground, which is the 0-2V state). You must ensure that when closed, the
contact connects to a ground common to the SkyView system. The voltage on the general
purpose inputs must not exceed 15 volts.
Contacts Used For Retractable / Amphibious Landing Gear and Related Alerts
The simplest method to monitor landing gear state is to use a contact as there are only two
states to monitor and it is mechanically and electrically easiest to install. To enable audio alerts
related to landing gear status, the contact used for monitoring the status of landing gear must
be named GEAR:
SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR INPUT MAPPING > C37 Pxx >
> FUNCTION: CONTACT
> SENSOR: CONTACT
> NAME: GEAR
To configure the GEAR contact alert for retractable landing gear:

Install the GEAR contact that when the landing gear is up, the state of the contact is UP and
when the landing gear is down, the state of the contact is DOWN.

SETUP MENU > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION:
> LANDING GEAR TYPE: RETRACT
> LANDING GEAR CHECK SPEED: (set as appropriate for your plane)
> LANDING GEAR OVERSPEED: (set as appropriate for your plane)
To configure the GEAR contact alert for amphibious landing gear:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-57
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration

Install the GEAR contact that when the amphibious landing gear is configured for landing on
water, the state of the contact is WATR and when the amphibious landing gear is configured
for landing on land, the state of the contact is LAND.

SETUP MENU > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION:
> LANDING GEAR TYPE: AMPHIB
> LANDING GEAR CHECK SPEED: (set as appropriate for your plane)
> LANDING GEAR OVERSPEED: (set as appropriate for your plane)

SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > AUDIO SETUP > LANDING GEAR > VOICE
General Purpose Thermocouple
You may configure the SV-EMS-220 to monitor two J or K type thermocouples in addition to the
twelve thermocouples available on the SV-EMS-220’s D25 connector. Note that the SV-EMS-221
uses these four pins for Rotax 912 is communication, and, therefore, these pins are not
available for thermocouple use on the SV-EMS-221. Dynon Avionics does not supply a specific
general purpose thermocouple probe for this purpose. However, our standard EGT and CHT
probes will work, as will any other J or K type thermocouple.
The following table revisits which SV-EMS-220 pins are compatible with general purpose
thermocouples.
Pin
27
28
36
37
Wire Color
Not supplied
Not supplied
Blue
Green
Function
General Purpose TC Input 1+
General Purpose TC Input 1General Purpose TC Input 2+
General Purpose TC Input 2-
Table 38–SV-EMS-220 D37 General Purpose Thermocouple Pins
If you use the second general purpose thermocouple input on pins 36 and 37, it is
necessary to remove the blue and green wires from these pins on the EMS 37-pin
Main Sensor Harness.
Dynon Avionics sells both J and K type thermocouple wire which may be used to connect the
desired thermocouple to the SkyView. Ensure you order the correct wire type for the
thermocouple you intend to use. Crimp a female D-sub pin on the end of each wire, and plug
them into the SV-EMS-220’s EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness D37. Polarity is important, so
ensure that you are routing the positive side (yellow for K-type; white for J-type) of the
thermocouple to pin 27 or pin 36 on the 37-pin harness, and the negative side to pin 28 or pin
37.
7-58
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
External EMS Warning Light
SV-EMS-220/221 D37 pin 29 can be wired and configured as an External Alarm Light
To wire EMS D37 pin 29 as an External Alarm Light, you may connect any standard LED or
incandescent lamp (1.5 watts maximum), used during EMS-related “red” warning alarm
conditions. Ensure that the LED or lamp is designed for the voltage of your system. Mount it to
your panel according to its recommendations. Connect one of the lamp’s leads to your plane’s
power. Connect the other lead to pin 29 on the SV-EMS-220/221 37-pin wiring harness. During
an alarm condition, this pin is connected to ground, causing current to flow through the lamp.
Aircraft Spruce P/N 17-410 is an example of a light that will work for this application. An LED
and resistor in series will also suffice. If you use an LED as the indicator, you must choose a
resistor that delivers the appropriate current to the LED, and can accommodate the power
required for its current and voltage drop. Also note that the power and ground connections on
LEDs are not reversible.
Engine Information
Use the Engine Information Wizard (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > ENGINE INFORMATION) to
specify the engine type, horsepower rating, redline and cruise RPM, the RPM pulse
configuration, and tach and Hobbs time (if installation is in a non-zero time engine).
The Inhibit Engine Alerts at Boot option: When set to YES, all engine alerts, both audio and
visual, will occurs until after the first engine start, or 5 minutes, whichever comes first. This
option can help inhibit nuisance alarms before the engine is started. When set to NO, engine
alerts are always active.
If you have an engine type that is in the list, please choose the appropriate engine. This will
allow the system to perform some calculations that are specific to that engine, such as % power
(Lycoming / Continental only) and special operating limitations (Rotax only). If your engine is
not listed, choose "Other."
Horsepower is used to do some of the % power calculations (Lycoming/Continental engines
only) and the auto Rich-of-Peak and Lean-of-Peak detection. Set it to the engine manufacturer's
rated HP for initial usage. You may need to adjust this number in order to get all calculations
working correctly.
If you are getting an auto Lean-of-Peak indication that is coming on too early, before the engine
actually peaks while leaning, lower this number. It is not meant to be a measure of actual
horsepower produced, as engines that are more efficient will act as if they are lower
horsepower in the calculation. This will be particularly true if you are running a higher
compression ratio than the stock charts are based upon.
Cruise RPM is used when calculating tach time. Tach time is a measure of engine time
normalized to a cruise RPM. If you spend one hour at your cruise RPM, tach time will increment
one hour. If you spend 1 hour at 1/2 your cruise RPM, tach time will only increase by 1/2 hour.
Tach time is defined as TIME x (CURRENT RPM / CRUISE RPM).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-59
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Hobbs time is a simple timer that runs whenever the oil pressure is above 15 PSI or the engine
is above 0 RPM.
If you have connected an External Alarm Light to SV-EMS-220/221 pin 29, the Alarm Light
setting determines how the light behaves after alarm acknowledgement. It can be set to either
SOLIID AFTER ACK, which leaves the light lit continuously after acknowledgement (until the
alarm condition ceases) or OFF AFTER ACK, which turns the light off after an alarm has been
acknowledged.
Rotax 912 Behavior
Setting ENGINE TYPE to ROTAX 912 pre-configures some engine settings for a Rotax 912 engine.
SkyView will automatically configure and dynamically change the oil temperature and
tachometer scales and alert thresholds in accordance with Rotax’s recommended ranges,
described in detail below. When this mode is selected, EMS SETUP > SENSOR SETUP > OIL
TEMPERATURE AND TACHOMETER settings are unavailable.
Tachometer for Rotax 912:
When OIL TEMP < 120ºF, the TACHOMETER displays these ranges:



0-1400 and 4000-6000 RPM in RED
1400-1800 and 2500-4000 RPM in YELLOW
1800-2500 RPM in GREEN
When OIL TEMP > 120ºF, the TACHOMETER displays different ranges:



0-1400 and 5800-6000 RPM in RED
1400-1800 and 5500-5800 RPM in YELLOW
1800-5500 RPM in GREEN
At 0 RPM, tachometer alerting is inhibited. When RPM advances above 0, the tachometer alert
is inhibited for 10 seconds to avoid nuisance alarms as the engine starts.
The alarm type for the tachometer is the “self-clearing” type.
Oil Temperature Gauge for Rotax 912:
When OIL TEMP < 190ºF, the OIL TEMP gauge displays these ranges:




100-120 and 230-266º F in YELLOW
120-190º F in GREEN if OIL TEMP has been above 190º F “more recently” than OIL TEMP was
below 120º F; otherwise 120-190º F is displayed in BLACK OUTLINED IN WHITE
190-230º F in GREEN
266-280º F in RED.
When OIL TEMP is > 190º F, the OIL TEMP gauge will display different ranges:



100-120 and 230-266º F in YELLOW
120-230º F in GREEN
266-280º F in RED
7-60
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
The alarm type for oil temperature is the “self-clearing” type.
EMS Sensor Definitions, Mapping, and Settings
All sensors must be defined, mapped to SV-EMS-220/221 pins, and have their
settings configured. This section describes how sensors are defined, mapped, and
set in SkyView.
EMS Sensor Definitions
All EMS sensor installations require a SkyView Sensor Definitions file. This file provides
characterizations of all sensors that SkyView supports, and is occasionally updated to add
additional supported sensors and correct issues with existing sensors. The most current version
of the SkyView Sensor Definitions file is preloaded onto each display prior to shipment. The
most current version of the SkyView Sensor Definitions file can be downloaded from
http://downloads.dynonavionics.com.
If you have more than one SkyView display, and the SkyView Sensor Definitions file on each
display is different from one another, a warning message will be displayed:
EMS SFG FILE MISMATCH.
If you need to update the SkyView Sensor Definitions file, download the file and use the
instructions found in the How to Load and Delete Files Section.
The SkyView Sensor Definitions file has a .sfg file extension. This file is not
automatically shared between displays. It must be loaded onto each display in the
system.
EMS Sensor Input Mapping
In order to save installers time, Dynon provides preconfigured sensor mapping and
settings files which support popular four and six-cylinder engine installations. All of
the installations mentioned in the Example Engine Sensor and Transducer
Installations Section have preconfigured mapping and settings files that are
available for download at http://downloads.dynonavionics.com.
Settings for SV-EMS-220/221 pin mapping, ranges, widget graphical properties,
etc. are automatically shared between multiple SkyView displays.
If your engine installation is listed in the Example Engine Sensor and Transducer Installations
Section, we recommend you install one of the sensor mapping and settings files onto the
SkyView display using the instruction found the How to Load and Delete Files Section. Then
update or modify the sensor map and settings based on your installation.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-61
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Note that it is critical that you should check every setting before operating your engine with
them as these files are only a starting point. While efforts were made to set up temperature,
pressure, and other ranges to reasonable starting points, Dynon makes no claim that they are
correct for your engine, as slightly different engines may have different limits.
Use this section as a guide when you review and update the sensor map and settings that were
sourced from the preconfigured file. Also use this section if you are creating a sensor map and
settings from scratch.
EMS Sensor Mapping Explanation
The SkyView system must be configured to map SV-EMS-220/221 pin numbers to physical
sensors. This section contains an explanation of what it means to define a sensor for mapping
purposes and also contains instructions on how to map sensors mentioned in this chapter to
pins on the SV-EMS-220/221. Mapping can be accomplished using two methods: you can use a
premade file as mentioned above or you can manually map engine sensors to EMS module pins.
All sensors and transducers are mapped in the Sensor Input Mapping Wizard. As mentioned
earlier, some pins are compatible with a variety of sensors, while other pins have fixed
functionality. A sensor is defined in the Sensor Input Mapping Wizard by the following
parameters:




Pin #–the pin or set of pins the sensor is connected to
Function–the phenomenon the sensor measures (e.g., pressure and temperature)
Sensor–the physical part used, for example 0-80 PSI Fluid Pressure (100411-001)
Name–a six character field that names the sensor for use by the pilot in flight.
Loading a premade sensor mapping file onto SkyView can save installation time.
These files define sensors with the four parameters mentioned.
Table 39 shows an example oil pressure sensor map on pin 6 of the SV-EMS-220/221 D37
connector.
PIN #
C37 P6
FUNCTION
PRESSURE
SENSOR
0-150 PSI FLUID PRESSURE (100411-002)
NAME
OIL
Table 39–Example Sensor Map
Manual Sensor Mapping
Appendix D: SV-EMS-220/221 Sensor Input Mapping Worksheet is a useful tool
during sensor mapping. This section is intended for use only if the premade sensor
mapping file does not contain the sensor definitions needed for your installation.
Go to the Sensor Input Mapping Wizard (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR INPUT
MAPPING…) and use the following procedure to manually map a sensor or transducer:
7-62
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
1. Scroll through the different parameters using a combination of joystick turns and
movements in the up, down, left, and right motions. The selected parameter is
highlighted and its text is enlarged.
2. Press SELECT to open the parameter for editing.
3. Edit the parameter using a series of joystick turns and movements.
4. Save the parameter edit by pressing ACCEPT or by moving either joystick to the right or
the left. Press CANCEL to back out of the parameter edit mode without saving.
EMS Sensor Settings
Mapped sensors that are displayed on the Engine Page should have their alert and graphical
properties appropriately configured. This section explains the settings that are required for EMS
sensors, contains instructions for manually configuring sensor settings, and uses several sensor
settings examples to further explain sensor settings.
SkyView EMS sensor settings are defined by the following parameters in the Sensor Setup
Menu:





ALARM
MAXIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY
MINIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY
SHOW SENSOR UNITS
RANGE (1-5)
EMS Sensor Alarms
EMS alerts (audio, EMS indicator light) are triggered when a sensor goes into a RED range, and
set to SELF-CLEAR or LATCHING below. There are three alarm options for EMS sensors:



OFF – no alarm for the sensor.
SELF-CLEAR – When an alert is triggered, it is annunciated both on the engine page and in
the messaging system. When the alert condition ceases, all of these annunciations cease,
even if the precise alert message was not acknowledged by pressing the rightmost button
on the display to bring up the message window.
LATCHING – When an alert is triggered, it is annunciated both on the engine page and in the
messaging system. However, when the alert condition ceases, the message notification area
above the rightmost button will continue to show the unacknowledged alert state until the
alert message is viewed in the message window, even though the offending parameter has
returned to within limits. This behavior ensures that the pilot is aware that an alert was
triggered, even though the condition no longer exists.
Reference the SkyView Pilot’s User Guide for information regarding how sensor alarms show up
onscreen during operation.
EMS Sensor Graphical Display Limits
The settings here define the minimum and maximum values that will be shown graphically on
the sensor’s gauge. Effectively, this is the start and stop point of the gauge. If the indicator you
choose for this value shows digital numbers for the value, they will not be limited by this
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-63
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
setting. The system will not allow you to set these numbers higher or lower than the sensor can
support.
SHOW SENSOR UNITS (YES | NO)
Some custom developed sensors may warrant a graphical widget that is not expressed in any of
the units that SkyView’s EMS supports. In such cases, you can suppress the display of the
widget’s actual unit of measurement (volts, degrees, etc.) by setting SHOW SENSOR UNITS to
NO.
EMS Sensor Ranges
The order that ranges are configured has no effect on the functionality or display of the gauge.
Ranges are defined with the following properties: enable, color, top, and bottom. Enable is
used to tell SkyView if that range is on or off. If it is off, it will not be considered or displayed.
Each gauge can consist of up to five ranges. If fewer ranges are desired (such as a contact), set
the unneeded ranges ENABLE: NO. Each range has an associated color: Black, Red, Orange,
Yellow, Green, Blue, Violet, White, or Cyan. If a range is not defined, it is considered black, so
there is not generally a reason to configure black ranges. If ranges overlap, the following rules
apply:

Red trumps Yellow

Yellow trumps Green

Green trumps Blue / Cyan / Orange / Violet / White / Yellow (these are equal priority)

Blue / Cyan / Orange / Violet / White / Yellow (these are equal priority) trumps Black
For example, you could set up two ranges for the same gauge, each 0-10, one Red, and one
Green, and that range would be Red. To further illustrate this behavior, if another range for
that same gauge was configured from 5-15 and set to Yellow, only 10-15 would be Yellow.
The two edge ranges are considered to go on "forever," so if a gauge is set up as Yellow from 10
to 20 and Red from 20 to 30, and the sensor reads 35, it will still be considered Red since that is
above the highest range. It will be considered Yellow below 10. If you wish for this not to occur,
you must make your edge ranges Black.
Alarms are only triggered when ALARM: SELF-CLEAR or LATCHING and the value enters a Red
range on a gauge. When values enter into a Yellow range, their numerical value is highlighted in
Yellow to annunciate the caution condition.
Fuel Computer Configuration
Setting Pulses/Gallon
To find and configure the pulses/gallon value associated with your fuel flow transducer:
If you have the Floscan 201B (Dynon P/N 100403-001), this number can be found on the tag
that came with the transducer. The pulses/gallon value for transducer is 10 times the number
shown after the dash. So, if your transducer had the tag that is labeled “16-2959”, you would
7-64
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
enter a pulses/gallon value of 29590 in the pulses/gallon section of SETUP MENU > HARDWARE
CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION > FUEL FLOW CALIBRATION. If you have lost your tag, a
starting pulses/gallon of 30000 will be close enough to begin using the function.
If you have the EI FT-60 “Red Cube” (Dynon P/N 100403-003), enter a starting K-VALUE of
68000 under SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION > FUEL FLOW
CALIBRATION.
Over time, you may notice that the instrument’s computation of gallons or liters remaining
(based on fuel flow) is either high or low. This is a result of many factors, including individual
installation. To correct for this, follow this procedure:
Over several fill-ups keep a running total of the amount of fuel added. Keep a running total of
the GALS (or LTRS) USED parameter over this same time span.
FuelUsed (computed )
. You should obtain a number that is
FuelFilled (actual )
close to 1. We’ll call this number, FuelFlowRatio.
Perform the following calculation:
Now perform this calculation: CurrentPulsesPerGallon*FuelFlowRatio. Enter this number as
your new pulses/gallon value.
Observe the results over your next tank for accuracy. Repeat the above if necessary.
The general rule of thumb: if your GALS (or LTRS) USED reads higher than you expect, increase
the pulses/gallon; if it reads lower than you expect, decrease the pulses/gallon.
If your engine has a return fuel flow sensor, note that there is a second pulses/gallon setting
that is mapped to a second set of input pins. When a second fuel flow sensor is connected and
the pulses/gallon is adequately set, the fuel seen returning through the second fuel flow sensor
is automatically subtracted from the flow that is seen through the primary sensor. If you do not
have a second fuel flow sensor, you may ignore this setting entirely.
Fuel Computer Presets
Fuel Computer computations are based on measured fuel flow and the pilot’s input of the
aircraft’s starting fuel state. SkyView offers a few settings that allow the pilot to pre-program
full fuel and an optional second “preset” fuel quantity. Once programmed, typical aircraft fuel
loads are then quickly recalled under in the EMS > FUEL menu as described in the Pilots User
Guide.
There are three fuel computer options, found under SYSTEM SETUP > SYSTEM SETUP >
AIRCRAFT INFORMATION. They are only applicable if you have a fuel flow sensor installed:

TOTAL FUEL CAPACITY – set this to the total usable fuel on board when the tanks are full.
Once this is set, the pilot is prevented from accidentally setting more than this amount of
fuel on board.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-65
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration



PRESET FUEL CAPACITY – this can be used to quickly recall a second, non-full starting fuel
state. For example, if your tanks have tabs so that you can easily fill to ¾ of your normal full
fuel load, you would enter this number here so that you can quickly set your fuel computer
to this second preset when you fill to the tabs.
FUEL ADDED DETECT – When set to yes, SkyView will check for discrepancies between the
physical fuel quantity senders and the fuel computer’s calculated fuel load on boot-up. If
one is found, SkyView will prompt the user to adjust the fuel computer’s fuel state.
FUEL TANK REMINDER – SkyView can be configured to alert the pilot to switch their fuel
tanks at a set time or fuel usage interval (based on the fuel computer’s fuel calculations).
When enabled, it will periodically annunciate a “Switch Fuel Tank” alert message and audio
alert. There is no visible counter for this timer. To configure this feature, set FUEL TANK
REMINDER to either TIME or QUANTITY. Then, set the resulting FUEL REMINDER TIME or
FUEL REMINDER AMOUNT setting to the desired reminder interval.
Manual EMS Sensor Settings Configuration
Go to the Sensor Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR SETUP) to manually
configure the settings of an EMS sensor. Once there, a list of every mapped sensor is displayed.
Follow this basic procedure to configure sensor settings:
1. Choose a sensor. Scroll through the menu to a sensor and move the joystick right to
enter to the sensor configuration menu.
2. Set the alarm. Scroll to the ALARM configuration line, move the joystick right to enter
the Alarm Adjust Menu, choose the appropriate alarm for the sensor, and then press
ACCEPT. Press BACK to return to the sensor configuration menu.
3. Set the graphical display limits. Scroll to the MAXIMUM and MINIMUM GRAPHICAL
DISPLAY lines, move the joystick right to enter the respective menus, adjust the values
appropriately - and then press ACCEPT. Press BACK to return to the sensor configuration
menu.
4. Set the ranges. Scroll the menu and configure enable, color, and top and bottom.
5. Save the settings. Press BACK to return to the Sensor Setup Menu. Press EXIT to return
to the Main Menu.
The examples on the following pages show four configured sensors: a voltmeter, a contact,
RPM, and an oil temperature sensor.
7-66
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Voltmeter Setup
Assume this sensor was mapped on the Sensor Input Mapping Wizard as:
PIN #
C37 P1
FUNCTION
VOLTS
SENSOR
VOLTAGE MEASURE
NAME
MAIN
Now, we want to configure its alert and graphical properties. Go to the Sensor Setup Menu and
open the MAIN VOLTS Page (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR SETUP > MAIN VOLTS).
Configure MAIN VOLTS with the following properties:



ALARM:
MAXIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:
MINIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:


SHOW SENSOR UNITS
RANGE 1
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 2
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 3
o ENABLE




o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 4
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 5
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
OFF
15.0 VOLTS
10.0 VOLTS
YES
YES
RED
11.0 VOLTS
10.0 VOLTS
YES
YELLOW
12.0 VOLTS
11.0 VOLTS
YES
GREEN
13.6 VOLTS
12.0 VOLTS
Figure 46—Anatomy of a Widget:
Main Volts
YES
YELLOW
14.6 VOLTS
13.6 VOLTS
YES
RED
15.0 VOLTS
14.6 VOLTS
7-67
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Contact Sensor Setup
Assume this sensor was mapped on the Sensor Input Mapping Wizard as:
PIN #
C37 P9
FUNCTION
CANOPY
SENSOR
Contact
NAME
CANOPY
Now, we want to configure its alert and graphical properties. Go to the Sensor Setup Menu and
open the CANOPY CONTACT Page (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR SETUP > CANOPY
CONTACT).
Note that although inputs set up as contacts can physically accept up to 15V (so
that they can accept nominal aircraft voltage as one of their two states), the
maximum the EMS can measure is 5.0V. This means that as depicted below, the
two measured ranges should be set to 0-2.5V and 2.5-5V to measure the absence
and presence of power.
Configure CANOPY CONTACT with the following properties:








ALARM:
MAXIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:
MINIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:
RANGE 1
o ENABLE
o NAME
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 2
OFF
5.0 VOLTS
0.0 VOLTS
o ENABLE
o NAME
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 3
o ENABLE
o NAME
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 4
o ENABLE
o NAME
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 5
o ENABLE
YES
CLOSED
GREEN
2.5 VOLTS
0.0 VOLTS
7-68
YES
OPEN
RED
5.0 VOLTS
2.5 VOLTS
Figure 47–Anatomy
of a Widget: Canopy
Contact
NO
R3
GREEN
20.0 VOLTS
10.0 VOLTS
NO
R4
YELLOW
10.0 VOLTS
5.0 VOLTS
NO
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example RPM Setup
Assume this sensor was mapped on the Sensor Input Mapping Wizard as:
PIN #
C37 P32/34
FUNCTION
RPM
SENSOR
RPM
NAME
RPM
Now, we want to configure its alert and graphical properties. Go to the Sensor Setup Menu and
open the RPM Page (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR SETUP > RPM RPM).
Configure RPM with the following properties:









ALARM:
MAXIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:
MINIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:
SHOW SENSOR UNITS
RANGE 1
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 2
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 3
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 4
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 5
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
OFF
3000 RPM
0 RPM
YES
YES
GREEN
2000 RPM
0 RPM
YES
YELLOW
2250 RPM
2000 RPM
YES
GREEN
2700 RPM
2250 RPM
Figure 48–Anatomy of a
Widget: RPM
YES
YELLOW
2750 RPM
2700 RPM
YES
RED
3000 RPM
2750 RPM
7-69
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Example Oil Temperature Sensor Setup
Assume this sensor was mapped on the Sensor Input Mapping Wizard as:
PIN #
C37 P7
FUNCTION
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
5/8”-18 NPT FLUID TEMP (100409-000)
NAME
OIL
Now, we want to configure its alert and graphical properties. Go to the Sensor Setup Menu and
open the OIL TEMPERATURE Page (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR SETUP > OIL
TEMPERATURE).
Configure OIL TEMPERATURE with the following properties:









ALARM:
MAXIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:
MINIMUM GRAPHICAL DISPLAY:
SHOW SENSOR UNITS
RANGE 1
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 2
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 3
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 4
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
RANGE 5
o ENABLE
o COLOR
o TOP
o BOTTOM
LATCHING
260 °F
80 °F
YES
YES
YELLOW
165 °F
80 °F
YES
GREEN
220 °F
165 °F
YES
YELLOW
240 °F
220 °F
Figure 49–Anatomy of a
Widget: Oil
Temperature
YES
RED
260 °F
240 °F
NO
RED
5 °F
0 °F
Note that oil temperature is configured with a latching alarm in this example. If oil
temperature ever reaches a range configured as red, an alarm will trigger and a
7-70
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
message will show up in the message box on the Main Menu.
EMS Screen Layout Editor
Dynon offers preconfigured Engine Page layouts that support popular engine
sensor installations. Check our website at www.dynonavionics.com for more
details.
All sensor mapping, settings, and widget graphical properties are automatically
shared between displays. Installers do not need to transfer files between displays.
Use this wizard to configure the style and layout of the engine and environmental sensor
gauges and calculated parameters (e.g., % power) on the 100%, 50%, and 20% Engine Pages.
Note that sensors must be defined, mapped, and configured in order to show up on an Engine
Page (reference the EMS Sensor Definitions, Mapping, and Settings Section of this guide for
instructions on how to do this).
To use this tool, enter the wizard (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SCREEN LAYOUT EDITOR), then
choose the page size to edit. Once in the Screen Layout Editor, follow this procedure:
1. Add a sensor or info widget to the screen. Press either SENSOR or INFO to show their
respective menus and scroll through available sensors or info parameters, highlight one,
and then press ACCEPT or move either joystick to the right to add it to the screen.
2. Change the style of the widget. Press STYLE or turn the joystick until the widget’s style is
acceptable.
3. Change the size of the widget. Press SIZE until the widget’s size is acceptable.
4. Change the location of the widget on the screen. Move the CURSR joystick in up, down,
right, and left directions until the location is acceptable. Hold the joystick in those
movement positions for accelerated widget movement.
5. Repeat the above steps for all sensors that you want displayed on the Engine Page.
6. Save the page by pressing SAVE.
Press REMOVE to remove the chosen widget from the screen. Press CANCEL to return to the
EMS Setup Menu without saving any changes.
Example widget configuration
This example configures an oil temperature widget using the instructions mentioned above.
This is the same oil temperature sensor that was configured earlier (see Example Oil
Temperature Sensor Setup).
Open the Screen Layout Editor for the 100% page (SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SCREEN
LAYOUT EDITOR > 100% PAGE…). Now press SENSOR, scroll to the OIL TEMPERATURE sensor,
and press ACCEPT. The following widget shows up on the middle on the screen:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-71
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Figure 50–Oil Temperature Widget
The white box around the widget denotes that that widget is the one that is currently being
configured.
You can scroll through the available styles of the widget by pressing STYLE or by turning either
joystick. The following widgets illustrate different styles for oil temperature:
Figure 51–Example Oil Temperature Widget Styles
You can also adjust the size of the widget by pressing SIZE.
7-72
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
Figure 52–Example Oil Temperature Widget Sizes
Now, locate the widget on the screen by moving the joysticks left, right, up, and down. Once
you have decided on a location for this widget, you can add and configure more widgets (press
SENSOR to add another widget and follow the procedure on the preceding page) and then save
the page layout by pressing SAVE.
Specific Widget and Info Item Data Requirements
In order for the % Power and LOP/ROP status info items to calculate values, the following data
must be present / conditions must be met:






Barometric altitude (from an SV-ADAHRS-200/201) must be present.
EMS SETUP > ENGINE INFORMATION > ENGINE TYPE must be set to Lycoming/Continental.
Percent power calculations are not available for other engine types at this time.
EMS SETUP > ENGINE INFORMATION > HORSEPOWER must be set.
OAT sensor installed / working.
Fuel flow sensor must be installed and configured.
MAP sensor must be installed and configured.
EMS Sensor Calibration
Fuel level sensors and position potentiometers must be calibrated. Your SkyView display utilizes
onscreen wizards that help you do this. Go to the EMS Calibration Menu to access these
wizards (SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
7-73
8. SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration
This chapter contains information that specifically applies to the installation and configuration
of the SV-GPS-250 GPS Receiver module. After reading this chapter, you should be able to
determine how to prepare the installation location, mount the module, connect it to a display,
and configure it.
A valid GPS signal is required for time, magnetic heading calibration, and moving
map functionality. This signal does not need to come from an SV-GPS-250.
However, the SV-GPS-250 provides positional updates five times per second. This
makes mapping and synthetic vision display look smoother over receiving their
positional updates at once per second from other GPS devices.
If your installation has two or more displays, all wires of the SV-GPS-250 must be
connected to all displays.
Figure 53 is a high-level overview of a suggested SV-GPS-250 installation and configuration
procedure.
Choose a
location based on
Location
Requirements
Section
Prepare the
location
Configure GPS on
SkyView display*
Test GPS
functionality with
RX/TX counters
Install GPS
Connect GPS
wiring to display
wiring harness
*Assumes SV-D700 or SV-D1000 is properly installed and working.
Figure 53–Suggested SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration Procedure
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
8-1
SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration
Physical Installation
For most reliable performance, the SV-GPS-250 (like all GPS devices) requires a
clear, unobstructed view of the sky. The SV-GPS-250 is designed to be mounted on
the upper fuselage of the aircraft for an unobstructed (360° view) of the sky during
maneuvers. If the SV-GPS-250 is mounted inside the fuselage (for example, on the
top of the panel), the SV-GPS-250’s view of the sky is partially obstructed, and GPS
performance may be marginal in situations such as insufficient number of
satellites “in view” through the windscreen.
If you are concerned with possible performance issues with the intended
installation location, temporarily install the SV-GPS-250 and verify GPS
functionality - SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > GPS FIX STATUS. Note
SATELLITES IN USE – the more satellites that are in use, the more accurate the GPS
fix can be. Note FIX QUALITY – should be 3D FIX.
The diagram below shows the mounting dimensions of the GPS module. Note that it utilizes a
common bolt pattern found in much of general aviation.
Figure 54–SV-GPS-250 Mounting Dimensions
Mounting hardware is not included. The SV-GPS-250 is designed to work with #8 fasteners with
100 degree countersunk heads. The use of nut plates is recommended for convenience, but
other hardware can be used if space allows. Specific hardware selection is determined by the
installer.
We recommend you use weather sealant around the fastener heads to keep moisture from
entering the aircraft through the mounting holes. The module itself is sealed and includes a
rubber gasket that seals the inner wire hole. It also allows the module to be mounted on slightly
8-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration
curved surfaces. For extra protection, you may use weather sealant around the outside of the
SV-GPS-250 module where it meets the skin of the aircraft.
Serial Connection
SkyView uses the SV-GPS-250 device set to POS 1 as its primary position source.
The SV-GPS-250 includes 18 feet of twisted wire for a serial connection to the SkyView display
via the display. This wire may be trimmed or lengthened as needed to suit the installation.
The color of the SV-GPS-250 wires matches the colors of the wires of the main display harness
that are intended for the GPS serial connection. The following table contains information
regarding the wires.
Function
Harness and SV-GPS250 Wire Color
SV-GPS-250 Tx /
Serial Port 5 Rx
SV-GPS-250 RX /
Serial Port 5 Tx
SV-GPS-250 Ground
SV-GPS-250 Power
Gray with
Violet stripe
Gray with
Orange stripe
Black
Orange
SkyView Display
D37 Pin
11
12
24
29
Table 40–SV-GPS-250 Serial Connection Details
As mentioned before, if there are two or more displays in your SkyView system, all four of the
SV-GPS-250 module’s wires must be connected to all displays in parallel. This wiring scheme is
illustrated in Figure 55.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
8-3
SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration
Figure 55–SV-GPS-250 Connected to Multiple SkyView Displays
If there is more than one SV-GPS-250 in your system, use the same scheme in Figure 55 on
different display serial ports for the other SV-GPS-250 modules, but connect power and ground
for the other SV-GPS-250 modules to the same power and ground connections (black and
orange wires) that are provided in the serial port 5 wiring bundle on the display harnesses. An
example of this configuration follows.
8-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration
Figure 56 - Dual SV-GPS-250 Connected to Multiple Displays
Configuration
Go to the Serial Port Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP>SERIAL
PORT 5 SETUP) and then configure serial port 5 as follows:
SERIAL IN DEVICE:
SERIAL IN FUNCTION:
SERIAL IN/OUT BAUD RATE:
SERIAL OUT DEVICE:
Dynon SV-GPS-250
POS 1
38400
NONE
If you have multiple SV-GPS-250 modules, connected as shown above, you must
configure the second serial port (serial port 4 if done as shown) as an SV-GPS-250
as well. Its SERIAL IN FUNCTION should be set to POS 2.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
8-5
9. SV-BAT-320 Installation
This chapter contains information that specifically applies to the installation of the SV-BAT-320
Backup Battery. After reading this chapter, you should be able to determine how to prepare the
installation location, mount the module, connect it to a display, monitor its voltage, and make
sure it is charged.
SkyView displays are designed to work with the SV-BAT-320 Backup Battery. Using
any other different battery will void any warranties and is a significant safety
hazard. Do not extend the SV-BAT-320’s battery wiring.
Figure 57 is a high-level overview of a suggested SV-BAT-320 installation, configuration, and
maintenance procedure.
Choose a
location based on
Location
Requirements
Section
Prepare the
location
Install battery
Connect battery to
the display wiring
harness
Charge battery*
Confirm battery
charged
Perform yearly
battery check
Pass?
No
Yes
*Assumes SV-D700 or SV-D1000 is properly installed and working.
Figure 57–Suggested SV-BAT-320 Installation, Configuration, and Maintenance Procedure
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
9-1
SV-BAT-320 Installation
Physical Installation
The diagram below shows the mounting dimensions of the backup battery.
Figure 58–SV-BAT-320 Mounting Dimensions
Dynon does not provide mounting hardware for use with the SV-BAT-320. The mounting tabs
on each side of the module have holes sized for #8 fasteners. Button head style AN hardware is
recommended as spacing between the holes in the tabs and the body of the enclosure limits
what style tool can be used to tighten certain fasteners. Follow recommended torque practices
when tightening the mounting hardware.
The SV-BAT-320 enclosure is made of plastic that may crack if too much torque is
applied to the fasteners and the mounting tabs of the SV-BAT-320. The
appropriate amount of torque that should be applied is a combination of the
mounting base material, its thickness, the fastener, the presence or absence of
thread lock compound on the fastener, and the tolerance stack up of the
diameters of the mounting hole and the fastener. Apply sufficient torque that the
fasteners will not self-release, but not so much that the mounting tabs will
eventually break from too much stress.
Use of ferrous fasteners in this location is acceptable. Do not rivet the SV-BAT-320 to the
aircraft as this will hinder future removal if necessary.
9-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-BAT-320 Installation
Electrical Connection
Connect the SV-BAT-320 module’s connector to the mating connector on the main display
harness.
Battery Charging
SkyView displays automatically manage their connected battery’s charge level. If it becomes
discharged, simply turning the SkyView display on – when SkyView’s input voltage is higher
than 12.25 volts – will cause the battery to charge. The battery is not charged at lower bus
voltages to prevent discharging the aircraft battery when it is not being charged by the
alternator or other external charging device.
Battery Status Icon
Battery status icon is individual to each display in a SkyView system. One of two icons, or no
icon will be displayed immediately to the left of the clock in the center of the top bar.
No battery icon displayed
 No battery has ever been connected to this display or battery status is normal. If a battery is
connected, all of the following are true:
o An Initial Backup Battery Test has been performed.
o The Annual Backup Battery Test is not yet due.
o The last three automatic backup battery self-checks were normal. Backup battery
self-checks are performed automatically every time master power is removed on the
ground (after a flight, for example) while the 30-second “power lost” timer is
counting down.
Needs test

SkyView has determined that the backup battery should be tested using the manuallyactuated Backup Battery Test. This is because:
o It has been one year since the last battery test. See the Detailed Battery Status
Check section below for details about the nature of the anomaly.
o The 30 second automatic battery self-check that is performed when master power is
removed during a normal shutdown did not complete properly at least 3 consecutive
times.
Fault/test failed

A fault has been detected because of one of the following conditions:
o The battery is no longer connected.
o A battery test has failed. See the following sections for more information.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
9-3
SV-BAT-320 Installation
Detailed Battery Status Check
Enter the Display Hardware Information Page (SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > BATTERY
BACKUP (SV-BAT-320) STATUS to check the status of the battery.






BATTERY CONNECTED (BATTERY DETECTED): YES / NO
o SkyView automatically sets this to yes when a battery is installed.
LAST BATTERY SHUTDOWN:
o NORMAL
o ABNORMAL: The last shutdown of SkyView did not happen normally.
o WEAK BATTERY: SkyView detected a low battery voltage condition when SkyView
was last shut down. The battery may be discharged or may need replacement.
SkyView will annunciate a warning if this happens repeatedly.
DATE OF LAST TEST: UNTESTED / MM-DD-YYYY
o If this date is over a year ago, SkyView will annunciate BATTERY TEST NEEDED upon
startup. Follow the steps in the Initial / Recurrent Backup Battery Test section below.
TEST RESULT:
o FAIL: VOLTAGE DROP TOO HIGH: Battery likely needs to be replaced. Contact Dynon
Technical Support (contact information at the beginning of this manual).
o FAIL: LASTED xx MINS: Battery likely needs to be replaced. Contact Dynon Technical
Support (contact information at the beginning of this manual).
o PASS BATT LIFE > 45 MIN: The last full test of battery passed
BATTERY STATUS: (voltage)
CHARGE STATUS: CHARGING/DISCHARGED/CHARGED/STANDBY/NO BATTERY
An SV-BAT-320 is fully charged when it reaches 12.25 volts. Charging a completely
discharged battery may take up to 4 hours. To conserve your aircraft battery, the
SV-BAT-320 only charges when SkyView detects that your alternator or generator
is running (whenever your engine is running), which is when SkyView’s input
voltage is above 12.25V. Alternatively, connecting a battery charger to your
aircraft battery will also raise the input voltage to a level that will allow SkyView’s
SV-BAT-320 to charge.
The SV-BAT-320 must only be charged by SkyView. External charging of the battery
is not supported. External charging of the battery can damage it or cause it to
explode.
Initial/Recurrent Backup Battery Test
Perform this test to ensure each backup battery in the SkyView system is fully functional upon
initial installation and yearly thereafter. SkyView records the date of the last battery test and
will annunciate, both via a message and by the “needs test” icon in the top bar, when a year has
passed since the last successful battery test.
A fully charged SV-BAT-320 should power a SkyView system for at least 60 minutes if primary
power is lost. As your backup battery ages, the length of time that it can keep a SkyView display
9-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-BAT-320 Installation
powered up will gradually diminish. When this time is less than 45 minutes, the battery should
be replaced. This test tests the actual capacity of your battery by fully discharging it while
recording the time elapsed.
If the SkyView system has more than one display with a backup battery installed, perform the
test for each display individually. Power off all but one display during the test.
Test Procedure
1. Fully charge the SV-BAT-320 Backup Battery. Reference the Battery Charging section for
battery charging instructions.
2. Turn off all other displays except for the one you are currently testing.
3. Disconnect primary power from the SkyView display—ensure that the display is not
powered from another source.
4. During the 30 second power off countdown, press the TEST BAT button above button 8
(far right button).
5. The BATTERY TEST screen will appear displaying the status of the test. Note that while
the test will last 60 minutes. If the SV-BAT-320 is able to power the system for at least
45 minutes, the battery passes this test.
6. To see the results of the test enter the SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > BATTERY
BACKUP (SV-BAT-320) STATUS>TEST RESULTS. Make sure the TEST RESULT says PASS.
7. The BATTERY TEST can be aborted by pressing the PWR OFF button.
Repeat the test procedure for each backup battery /display in the system.
This test discharges the backup battery. Recharging the battery after the test is
recommended. Do this by applying primary power of >12.25 volts to your SkyView
system. The backup battery is fully charged when its voltage reaches 12.25 volts.
If a tested battery does not pass the initial backup battery test, please contact Dynon Avionics
Technical Support (contact information at the beginning of this manual) for further assistance.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
9-5
10. Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
This chapter contains generic mechanical and electrical installation guidelines for the Dynon
servos mentioned in Table 41. Plane-specific kits purchased from Dynon contain detailed
drawings and diagrams which are intended to be used in conjunction with this guide as a
complete set of installation instructions. A complete list of aircraft mounting kits is available on
the current Price List/Order Form at http://store.dynonavionics.com. Drawings and diagrams
are also available at http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
Figure 59 is a high-level overview of a suggested servo installation, configuration, and
calibration procedure.
Research Dynon
resources for
autopilot
application
Choose servo
location(s)
Use premade
mounting
bracket(s)?
No
Fabricate
mounting
bracket(s)
Yes
Install mounting
bracket(s) with
Range of Motion
Limiting Bracket
Install servo(s)
Install linkage
hardware
Install servo
power wiring with
fuse(s) or
breaker(s)
Install
disengage/CWS
button and wiring
Install SkyView
network cabling
Configure
SkyView Network*
Calibrate and test
servos
Configure pitch
and roll axes and
disengage/CWS
options
Flight test and fine
tune autopilot
*Assumes SV-D700 or SV-D1000 is properly installed and working.
Figure 59–Suggested Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration Procedure
Of note to customers that are either upgrading their D10A/D100 series products to
SkyView: Autopilot servos shipped prior to December 1st, 2009, require that they
be upgraded to Version 5.2 Software or higher before they can connect to a
SkyView Network. Autopilot servos shipped prior to this date MUST be upgraded to
the latest version using a D10/D100 Series product BEFORE they are connected to
SkyView. This will then allow the SkyView Network to communicate with the servo.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-1
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
If you no longer have this capability, contact Dynon Technical Support (contact
information at the beginning of this manual). Your servos can be returned to Dynon
Avionics for a firmware update.
Dynon Autopilot Servo Models
Dynon currently offers the following servo models:
Model Number
Torque
SV32
Attachment
Standard Arm
SV32L
36 inch-pounds
Long Arm
SV32C
Capstan
SV42
Standard Arm
SV42L*
55 inch-pounds
Long Arm
SV42C
Capstan
SV52
Standard Arm
SV52L*
72 inch-pounds
SV52C
Long Arm
Capstan
Table 41–Dynon Servos
* SV42L/SV52L servos are special order items–contact Dynon Avionics for details.
Compass Calibration Requirement
The SkyView autopilot requires an accurate magnetic heading to operate efficiently and
comfortably in heading mode and the radio-based VOR/NAV mode. Therefore it is critical that
the ADAHRS be installed correctly, calibrated, and operating well in all attitudes.
Additional Resources
Dynon’s Internet sites provide frequently updated information on installation and operation
issues:
http://wiki.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s Documentation Wiki provides additional technical
information on Dynon products.
10-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
http://forum.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s Online Customer Forum is a resource for Dynon
Avionics customers to discuss installation and operation issues relating to Dynon Avionics
products. The Forum is especially useful for pilots with uncommon aircraft or unusual
installation issues. For customers that cannot call Dynon Technical Support during our normal
business hours, the Forum is a convenient way to interact with Dynon Avionics Technical
Support. The Forum allows online sharing of wiring diagrams, photos, and other types of
electronic files.
Dynon will continue to develop kits and installation instructions for more aircraft based on
demand. It is also expected that aircraft manufacturers will develop their own mounting kits for
Dynon servos or offer the Dynon AP as a factory option. If Dynon does not currently offer a
mounting kit for your particular aircraft, and you would be inclined to assist in developing a kit
and documentation, please send an introductory email message about your interest to
betatest@dynonavionics.com.
Servo Mechanical Installation
Dynon Avionics has researched suitable mounting points for a number of popular aircraft and
offers mounting kits and instructions for them. If you have purchased one of these kits, use the
instructions included with it as your primary guide; the following mechanical installation
information is more general in nature. If you have purchased cable-drive capstan servos (SV32C
or SV42C), refer to the documentation that came with the included Capstan Accessory Kit
(101116-000).
For installing Dynon Avionics servos in aircraft for which Dynon does not offer kits, we offer a
Generic Servo Installation Kit (101020-000) of basic parts and basic installation instructions. The
generic servo push-pull mounting kit includes some of the hardware to mount a servo and
connect to the aircraft controls, but requires the installer to fabricate mounting brackets. This
kit can be used in either pitch or roll applications that use a servo with an output arm (not
suitable for use with pulley/cable servos). Some additional fasteners (not supplied by Dynon)
and brackets will be required depending on the installation method chosen.
Neglecting to properly install and/or use Dynon Avionics AP hardware can result in
failures which could cause loss of aircraft control resulting in aircraft damage,
personal injury, or death. If there are any questions on the part of the installer it is
mandatory to resolve these questions prior to flight.
When installing the servo, you must first determine a mount location for proper interaction
with the existing control system. The mounting point that is chosen must allow the servo arm
and associated linkage to move freely through the entire range of travel. To prevent the
possibility of the servo arm going OVER CENTER, the servo arm must not travel more than a
total of +/-60° from neutral position. When the aircraft controls are centered, the arm of the
servo should be perpendicular to the attaching push rod. If this is not the case, we recommend
adjusting the length of the push rod or consider a different mounting point. For maximum
efficiency and the lightest drag on the flight controls, you should choose the smallest servo that
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-3
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
provides sufficient torque to move and hold the flight controls with a minimum of slippage. A
diagram of servo torque versus mount position is shown on page 10-6.
The servo arm must not rotate even near to the point called OVER CENTER, the
point at which the primary aircraft control would “lock up”. Over center happens
when the angle between the servo arm and the attached push rod becomes so
great that the control system cannot drive against the servo arm. To protect
against this possibility, a Range of Motion Limiting Bracket is supplied with each
Dynon Avionics servo. These brackets are drilled so that they can be mounted at
different angles as required (18° intervals). The brackets are supplied for the
protection of the pilot, and we recommend that the Range of Motion Limiting
Bracket be installed to ensure that an OVER CENTER condition cannot occur.
During normal servo operation, the Range of Motion Limiting Bracket should never
be used. It is only intended for use as a safety mechanism in the SkyView Autopilot
system. When installing the Range of Motion Limiting Bracket, only use the
supplied screws. Using longer screws to install the bracket, you will penetrate and
damage the electronics.
Once a suitable mounting point for each servo has been determined, the next step is to
fabricate a mount for the servo to attach to the aircraft. Generally this will be a bracket made of
sheet metal or corner stock. Dynon recommends using 6061 T6 aluminum with a minimum
thickness of 0.050” for the best balance of strength to weight. When fabricating a mounting
bracket, refer to the servo dimensions below. Be sure to leave ample room for the arm and
attached linkage to move through a complete range of motion without interference.
In normal operation, autopilot servos can reach temperatures that can be very
uncomfortable to, and perhaps cause burns to unprotected skin. Thus, servos
should be mounted in an area, or in such a manner to prevent accidental skin
contact. If mounting the servo in an exposed area is necessary, a shroud should be
installed (that doesn’t restrict ventilation) that protects against accidental skin
contact with the servos.
10-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Push-Pull Servo Dimensions
Use the following dimensions (in inches) for reference when planning and implementing your
installation.
Long-arm variants (not
needed in most installations)
have linkage mount holes at
1.5” (38.1mm), 1.75”
(44.5mm) , and 2.0”
(50.1mm)
L
SV32
2.17”
(55.1mm)
SV42
3.10”
(78.7mm)
SV52
4.02”
(102.1mm)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Weight
2 lb.
(.91 kg)
3 lb.
(1.36 kg)
4 lb.
(1.81 kg)
10-5
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Linkage Mount Position Force and Travel
The two diagrams below illustrate the maximum travel and force available at each linkage
mounting point. As can be seen, the closer you mount the linkage to the shaft, the more force
the servo can deliver. However, this also means the travel of the arm is shorter. Again, ensure
that the servo arm is nowhere near going over-center throughout the entire range of the control
system.
Standard Arm
Max Linear Travel
A: 2.6” (66mm), B: 2.2”
(55.9mm), C: 1.8” (45.7mm)
Max Force @ 100% Torque
SV32 - A: 24lb B: 29lb C: 36lb
SV42 - A: 36lb, B: 44lb, C: 55lb
SV52 - A: 48lb, B: 58lb, C: 72lb
Long Arm
Max Linear Travel
A: 3.4” (86.4mm), B: 3.0”
(76.2mm), C: 2.6” (66.1mm)
Max Force @ 100% Torque
SV32L - A: 18lb, B: 20lb, C: 24lb
SV42L - A: 27lb, B: 31lb, C: 36lb
SV52L - A: 36lb, B: 41lb, C: 48lb
The maximum linear travel specifications called out above denote the distance traveled by the
location on the arm such that it is 60° from center at maximum distance in either direction (e.g.,
the A hole on the standard servo arm can linearly travel 1.3”(33mm) from center in either
direction).
During installation, the linkage hardware must be connected to the servo arm such that the
servo can actuate the connected control surface while approaching, but not exceeding the
10-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
called out maximum linear travel specification. If too much slippage occurs during servo flight
testing, it may be necessary to use a stronger servo.
Each Dynon Avionics servo includes a precision-machined brass shear screw that
pins the servo arm to the servo arm attachment, providing an ultimate manual
override. Servo shear screws will break at the application of 100 inch-pounds of
torque, at which point the servo arm will travel freely. If the brass shear screw is
broken during autopilot installation or usage, do not replace it with a standard
screw– contact Dynon Technical Support (contact information at the beginning of
this manual) for a replacement shear screw. Instruction for replacing the shear
screw can be found at http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
A broken shear screw indicates an abnormal condition in the installation and/or
operation of the autopilot and servo, much as a blown fuse or a tripped circuit
breaker indicates a problem in the electrical system. Shear screws should be
replaced with proper parts only after any problems are corrected.
The servo shear screw should NEVER be removed
or adjusted in the normal process of installing an
autopilot servo. Instructions for both replacing a
broken shear screw and instructions for changing
or replacing the servo arm/capstan assembly can
be found at http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
Figure 60 - Shear Screw
There will be a variety of methods used to install the other end of this control linkage to the
existing mechanicals of the aircraft. Some systems will use a hole drilled into the bell crank as
the point where the servo push rod/rod end combination interfaces with the controls. Others
will use an attachment to existing linkage. Others may attach directly to the control stick itself.
It is up to the installer to decide which method is best in terms of safety and AP functionality.
Installers should always keep in mind the range of motion of the servo. Total servo arm travel
needs to be limited to prevent an OVER CENTER condition (see caution note above), while still
preserving the control surfaces’ full range of motion. Carefully consider the prevention of an
over center condition when selecting the mounting location and linkage attachment point for
any servo installation. The built-in control stops of the aircraft will limit the servo arm travel
when installed correctly. Again, Dynon strongly recommends that the included Range of Motion
Limiting Bracket be installed in order to absolutely prevent the possibility of an over center
condition. The Range of Motion Limiting Bracket should not be used as a normal stop; the
aircraft’s built-in stops should always be the primary range limit. The Range of Motion Limiting
Bracket can be installed in different orientations depending on the aircraft geometry. However,
it is important that it constrain the servo arm such that is unable to travel over center in either
direction. An example of how the Range of Motion Limiting Bracket can be installed is
demonstrated below. Use only the screws that are provided or specified in the Range of Motion
Limiting Bracket Kit Installation Instructions (include with the Bracket Kit).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-7
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Figure 61 - Servo Range of Motion Limiting Bracket, Front
Figure 62 - Servo Range of Motion Limiting Bracket - Isometric
The bushings and other mechanical components in Dynon Avionics Autopilot
servos are self-lubricating and should not be additionally lubricated.
Minimizing Free Play
It is important that the autopilot servo have positive control of the aircraft control surface
when engaged. If there is free play or “slop” anywhere between the servo, the linkages that
connect it to the aircraft, and the aircraft control surface, the autopilot’s performance may
suffer. To test for free play:

10-8
Immobilize the autopilot servo arm. This can be accomplished by manually restraining
the autopilot arm/capstan, or by engaging the autopilot on the ground in servo test
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
mode SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > SERVO CALIBRATION > TEST (you can
start this test, proceed to the step where it first activates and immobilizes the servos,
and then cancel the test mode once you’ve performed this free play test).

Gently attempt to move the aircraft control surface by manipulating it manually by
hand. If there is any significant movement possible - more than 1 degree of free play of
the control surface is considered excessive - examine the servo, its mounts, and the
linkages and/or cables that connect it to the control surface to discover where the play
is being introduced.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-9
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Autopilot System Electrical Installation
Figure 63 provides an overview of the autopilot electrical system. Note that SkyView supports
up to two servos.
SPLICE
RED - 20 AWG - To Servo Power Switch/Breaker
SPLICE
BLACK - 20 AWG - To Aircraft Ground
SPLICE
YELLOW - To Disengage/CWS Button
Pilot accessible
servo power
switch/breaker
RED
To Aircraft
Power
(10 to 30 volts)
BLACK
YELLOW
SERVO
(SV32, SV42,
or SV52)
9
5
5
5
9
WHITE/BLUE
WHITE/GREEN
9
WHITE/BLUE
WHITE/GREEN
To SkyView
Network
CONNECT
BLUE
GREEN
6
1
1
Male DB9
BLUE
GREEN
6
1
Female DB9
6
Female DB9
Twisted Pair
8-10 twists/foot
SPLICE
Pilot-accessible
Disengage/CWS button
(Normally open, momentary)
Usually mounted to the stick
RED - 20 AWG - To Servo Power Switch/Breaker
SPLICE
BLACK - 20 AWG - To Aircraft Ground
RED
5 kohm
BLACK
SPLICE
YELLOW
SERVO
(SV32, SV42,
or SV52)
9
Optional resistor for
broken disengage
detection
YELLOW - To Disengage/CWS Button
5
5
5
9
WHITE/BLUE
WHITE/GREEN
9
WHITE/BLUE
WHITE/GREEN
To SkyView
Network
CONNECT
BLUE
GREEN
6
1
Male DB9
1
BLUE
GREEN
6
1
Female DB9
6
Female DB9
Twisted Pair
8-10 twists/foot
Servo
SV32
SV42
SV52
- SERVO CURRENT DRAW AT 12 VOLTS (halve the current for 24 volt systems)
Engaged,
Engaged,
Powered,
holding,
moving,
disengaged
100% torque
100% torque
0.10
0.80
1.33
0.10
1.11
2.03
0.10
1.52
2.80
Unit
amps
amps
amps
Figure 63–SkyView Autopilot System Electrical Installation Overview (All Connectors Rear View)
The following sections describe the electrical installation of each subsystem in detail.
10-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Servo Electrical Installation
Dynon Avionics’ servos are supplied with 7 unterminated wires, each about 8” in length. We
recommended that you use the SV-NET-SERVO (one per servo) network cabling kit when
installing servos; however, it is ultimately the responsibility of the installer to decide on
connectors and associated wiring.
Table 42 describes servo wire colors and functions.
SV-NET-SERVO
D9 Pin
N/A
N/A
Color
Function
Red
Black
Power
Aircraft Ground
Green
SkyView Network
Data 1 A
1
Blue
SkyView Network
Data 1 B
6
Yellow
AP
Disengage/Control
Wheel Steering
(CWS) Button
N/A
White/Green
SkyView Network
Data 2 A
8
White/Blue
SkyView Network
Data 2 B
4
Notes
10 to 30 volts DC*
Can be locally grounded
Connected in parallel with
other SkyView Network
devices
Connected in parallel with
other SkyView Network
devices
Connected through a
normally-open pushbutton
switch to Ground (disengages
AP when button is pushed). If
two servos are installed, the
yellow wire from each servo is
connected in parallel to a
single pushbutton.
Connected in parallel with
other SkyView Network
devices
Connected in parallel with
other SkyView Network
devices
Table 42–Detailed Servo Wiring
*Reference the
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-11
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Power Consumption Section of the System Planning Chapter for details regarding servo current
consumption at 12 and 24 volts DC.
Circuit Breaker/Fuse
We recommend that electrical power for the autopilot servos be protected with an
appropriately sized circuit breaker or fuse that is accessible to the pilot while in flight.
SkyView continuously communicates with the servos even when the autopilot is disengaged. If
SkyView is operating, but the servos are not receiving power, PTCH ERR and ROLL ERR will be
displayed in Red on the top bar (AP STATUS area, to the left of the clock). Therefore, we
recommend that the servo power wiring be designed to receive power whenever SkyView is
powered on in routine operation. When the servos are receiving power but the autopilot is not
engaged, the servos draw negligible power.
SkyView Network Connection
Connect the servos to the SkyView network according to Figure 63 and Table 42. Installers
should strongly consider using the SV-NET-SERVO cabling kit (one per servo) for completing the
network connection to the servos in the system. Figure 64 is the recommended pin insertion
scheme for the three D9 connectors present in the SV-NET-SERVO cabling kit.
Kit Contents
SPLICE
RED - 20 AWG - To Servo Power Switch/Breaker
SPLICE
BLACK - 20 AWG - To Aircraft Ground
SPLICE
YELLOW - To Disengage/CWS Button
RED
BLACK
YELLOW
SERVO
(SV32, SV42,
or SV52)
9
5
5
5
9
WHITE/BLUE
WHITE/GREEN
9
WHITE/BLUE
WHITE/GREEN
To SkyView
Network
CONNECT
BLUE
GREEN
6
1
SV-NET-SERVO Kit
Male DB9 Connector
Pin Insertion View
1
6
BLUE
GREEN
SV-NET-SERVO Kit
Female DB9 Connector
Pin Insertion View
1
6
SV-NET-SERVO Kit
Female DB9 Connector
Pin Insertion View
All wires in the kit are 20 feet long and 22 AWG unless otherwise specified.
Figure 64–SV-NET-SERVO Recommended Pin Insertion (All Connectors Rear View)
Unlike other SkyView Network devices, ONLY the SkyView Network data wires are
routed through the 9-pin connector. The servo Power (Red), Ground (Black), and
Disengage/CWS Button (Yellow) wires are not connected in the 9-pin connector. If
these wires were to connect to SkyView Network signals, the SkyView displays
(which supply power to the SkyView Network) can be damaged and require nonwarranty repair.
10-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Note that the kit contains 20 feet of wire of each color, which should be sufficient for most
servo installations. Also note that the white/blue, white/green and blue, green wire
combinations come pre-twisted.
Remember to configure the network after connecting all modules to a display.
A few customers have reported that after installing Dynon servos, noise is heard in
the intercom system whenever the servos operate. Such noise can be eliminated
by connecting an electrolytic capacitor between the Red wire (+ terminal of the
capacitor) and Black wire (- terminal of the capacitor) at the servo. Dynon Avionics
does not supply this component. Capacitor specifications:
 Type: Electrolytic
 Size: 2200 uF (microfarads).
 Voltage: For a 12V aircraft: 30V minimum. For a 24V aircraft: 60V minimum.
AP Disengage/CWS Button
The installation of the AP Disengage/CWS button is required.
The AP Disengage/CWS button should be in a very accessible location, usually mounted to the
stick or yoke. This button’s primary purpose is to immediately disengage the autopilot. It is also
required for autopilot calibration, control wheel steering functionality, and can be used to
engage the autopilot.
This button should be a single pole, normally open, momentary button. Verify that two
terminals of the button are shorted when the button is pressed and open (no-connect) when
the button is released. One terminal of the button should connect to the servos’ yellow wires,
and the other should connect to ground.
While not required, you may install a 4.7 - 5.3k ohm resistor across the AP Disengage/CWS
button. This allows SkyView to detect a break in this circuitry and alert the pilot if this resistor is
present in the installation. If this resistor is installed, set SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP >
DISENGAGE BUTTON > ENABLE BROKEN LINE DETECT to “YES”.
During bootup, SkyView checks the status of the AP Disengage/CWS Button. If SkyView detects
that the button is pressed (the input is grounded) during bootup, the AP Disengage/CWS Button
is assumed to be stuck (or incorrectly installed), resulting in:
1. A CAUTION message is displayed: AP DISCONNECT STUCK, and
2. The Autopilot (AP) cannot be engaged for the remainder of the time SkyView is operational
(will be checked again at next bootup).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-13
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
(Optional) External LEVEL Button
SkyView supports an external button that engages LEVEL mode in the same way that pressing
MAIN MENU > AUTOPILOT > LEVEL and the LEVEL button on the (optional) SV-AP-PANEL. This
allows the pilot to mount a permanent, dedicated button on the panel or yoke/stick.
This button should be a single pole, normally open, momentary button. Verify that the two
terminals of the button are shorted when the button is pressed and open (no-connect) when
the button is released. One terminal of the button should (momentarily) connect the SkyView
display 37-pin connector Pin 28 (Contact #1 Input), and the other terminal of the button should
connect to Ground.
During bootup, SkyView checks the status of the External LEVEL Button. If SkyView detects that
the button is pressed (the input is grounded) during bootup, the External LEVEL Button is
assumed to be stuck (or incorrectly installed), resulting in:
1. A message is displayed: EXT LEVEL BUTTON STUCK, and
2. The External LEVEL Button input is ignored for the remainder of the time SkyView is
operational (will be checked again at next bootup).
10-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Considerations for External LEVEL Button
in SkyView systems with multiple SkyView displays
Prior revisions of the SkyView System Installation Guide recommended that in
SkyView systems with multiple displays, for redundancy the External LEVEL Button
should be connected to all SkyView displays in parallel. The following
recommendations supersede that earlier guidance.
Do not connect CONTACT 1 / LEVEL BUTTON inputs of multiple SkyView displays
directly together. If you do so, when one display is powered off, it will cause
displays that are powered on to see the CONTACT 1 / LEVEL BUTTON input as
being pushed (the display powered off will “ground” the input). This could cause
the unintentional activation of LEVEL mode or could prevent the External Level
Button from operating.
Installation options installing the External LEVEL Button on systems with multiple
SkyView displays:
1. Connect the External LEVEL Button to only one display. The External LEVEL
Button will operate for all displays in the SkyView system as long as the
display the External LEVEL Button is wired to is powered on and operating
normally. As a non-flight-critical function, the loss of the External LEVEL
Button in some display failures may be acceptable for your installation. Use
of the LEVEL function via the SkyView soft keys via any operating SkyView
display is still possible, as well as pushing the LEVEL button on the
(optional) SV-AP-PANEL.
2. Install a diode for each individual display’s connection to the External
LEVEL button. The diode should be installed with the cathode end (painted
band on the diode) oriented towards the External LEVEL button, and
should be installed in-line with the contact wire between the SkyView
display and the External LEVEL button. One diode is needed per display.
Any diode will work for this application. An example diode is the very
common 1N914, available from Radio Shack (P/N 276-1122). With a diode
installed for each display, the External LEVEL Button will work correctly
with any combination of displays powered on and powered off.
3. Use a multi-pole pushbutton (momentary, normally open / push to close)
for the External LEVEL Button. With this option, run each display's
connection to a different pole on the pushbutton. With the multi-pole
pushbutton installed, the External LEVEL Button will work correctly with
any combination of displays powered on and powered off.
Wire Sizing
While it is beyond the scope of this installation guide to advise on specific types of wiring for a
particular aircraft, choice of wiring should be sized to 1) minimize voltage drop over the length
of the particular wiring run, and 2) conduct the amount of current required by the subsystem
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-15
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
without the wiring becoming warm to the touch. Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
contains information and suggested resources for wiring and electrical connections. Generally,
20 AWG wire is a suitable gauge for the servo power / ground wires for lengths up to 20’ of
wire.
Wiring Installation
Care should be taken such that aircraft wiring is not subjected to chafing, excessive flexing, or
connections/junctions subjected to excessive vibration which may cause the
connection/junction to fail or short-circuit.
Autopilot Servo Calibration and Test Procedures
There are both ground-based setup and in-flight turning procedures that are
required to fully configure your autopilot installation. Initial servo setup /
calibration / test procedures are covered in this guide. In-flight procedures are
covered in the SkyView Autopilot In-Flight Tuning Guide.
Adjusting autopilot settings while the autopilot is engaged is not recommended, as
some settings changes may cause the autopilot to react immediately and counter
to the pilot’s immediate expectations.
All servos must be properly networked into the SkyView system and IAS tape colors /
v-speeds must be configured prior to any servo calibration, testing, or tuning.
Reference the Network Setup and Status Section for instructions on how to
network the servos into the system and the Airspeed Limitations Section for
instructions on how to set IAS tape colors.
Servo Calibration Procedure
Servo calibration cannot be performed without an SV-ADAHRS-200 installed and
configured in the SkyView system.
The servo calibration procedure identifies the orientation and range of motion of each servo
and must be performed before the servo test procedure. SkyView uses this procedure to
automatically differentiate between the pitch and the roll servos.
To calibrate the servos, enter the Servo Calibration Wizard (SETUP MENU > HARDWARE
CALIBRATION > SERVO CALIBRATION > CALIBRATION) and follow the onscreen instructions to
calibrate the servo(s). If the servo calibration procedure is successful, SkyView will automatically
instruct you to run the servo test procedure.
During SERVO CALIBRATION, SkyView checks the status of the AP Disengage/CWS Button. If
SkyView detects that the button is pressed (the input is grounded) upon entering SERVO
CALIBRATION, the AP Disengage/CWS Button is assumed to be stuck (or incorrectly installed),
resulting in a message is displayed, and the SERVO CALIBRATION is aborted:
The servo disconnect switch appears to be pressed and may be
10-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
installed incorrectly. The servo disconnect switch should be
a type Momentary, Push Button Normal Open (PBNO).
Press cancel below to return to the servo calibration menu.
Servo Test Procedure
The servo test procedure requires a successful servo calibration. The servo test procedure
verifies that each servo is configured properly by moving the control surfaces while the installer
verifies the correct movement. You may run this procedure on its own at any time after a
successful servo calibration. SkyView will not display AP status on the Top Bar until after this
test procedure is successfully completed.
To run this procedure on its own (after a successful servo calibration procedure), enter the
Servo Test Wizard (SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > SERVO CALIBRATION > TEST)
and follow the onscreen instructions to test the servo(s).
Autopilot Servo Initial Setup
There are several parameters in the Autopilot Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP)
that allow you to tune the behavior of the SkyView autopilot system. This section describes
these adjustable parameters. Note that the Autopilot Setup Menu is only accessible after a
successful servo test procedure.
Autopilot Setup Options
Autopilot Controls
SkyView’s autopilot can be operated using one of two very distinct control schemes:
SIMPLIFIED: Two button streamlined autopilot controls: TRK+ALT for flying in the direction and
at the altitude you choose, HSI+ALT for following navigation sources like GPS flight plans.
EXPERT: Autopilot controls containing the features that IFR pilots need. Includes VNAV, IAS
hold, TRK mode, fully-coupled approaches, mode sequencing, and a flight director.
For more details on the differences between these two sets of controls, see the SkyView Pilot’s
User Guide.
To set the Autopilot Control scheme:
1. Go to the Autopilot Controls Adjust Page (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP >
AUTOPILOT CONTROLS).
2. Choose SIMPLIFIED or EXPERT controls.
3. Press ACCEPT to save the value or press CANCEL to return to the Autopilot Setup Menu.
Flight Director (Expert Controls Only)
When Expert controls are used, SkyView displays a flight director that provide autopilot control
cues to the pilot. It can be set to one of two visual styles:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-17
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
SINGLE CUE (INVERTED-V): Uses a single "inverted V" symbol to indicate pitch and roll angles
that the autopilot will use to meet its goals. When the autopilot is not engaged, pitch and roll
the aircraft to align this symbol with the waterline to fly the airplane like the autopilot would.
DUAL CUE (CROSS BARS): Uses separate horizontal and vertical bars across the attitude
indicator to indicate the pitch and roll angles that the autopilot will use to meet its goals. When
the autopilot is not engaged, pitch and roll the aircraft to center both the horizontal and
vertical bars with the waterline to fly the airplane like the autopilot would.
Figure 65 - Flight Director - Single Cue (Inverted-V)
Figure 66 - Flight Director - Dual Cue (cross bars)
For more details on Flight Director behavior, see the SkyView Pilot’s User Guide.
To set the Flight Director style:
1. Go to the Autopilot Flight Director Adjust Page (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP >
FLIGHT DIRECTOR).
2. Choose SINGLE CUE or DUAL CUE.
3. Press ACCEPT to save the value or press CANCEL to return to the Autopilot Setup Menu.
Roll Axis Configuration
Roll Axis Torque
The roll axis torque parameter specifies how much torque the servo will exert before slipping.
Servo slip is indicated by the word SLIP in black letters in a yellow box on the Top Bar for the roll
axis as shown in Figure 67.
Figure 67–Example Roll Axis Servo Slip Warning
Torque must be set high enough to prevent any slip due to air loads, but low enough that the
pilot can comfortably override the autopilot should the need arise. If the servo slips
continuously, the autopilot cannot fly the aircraft. Torque is specified in percent (%) of
maximum the servo is capable of exerting. The minimum is 10%, the maximum is 100%, and the
default value is 100%. If you can override the servo at 100% torque, use this default value.
To test roll axis servo override force:
10-18
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
1.
2.
3.
4.
Return to the Main Menu.
Center the aircraft controls.
Enter the Autopilot Menu (MAIN MENU > AUTOPILOT).
Press the LEVEL button to engage the autopilot.
Now, take the controls and override the servo by moving to either roll left or roll right. Ensure
that you are comfortable with the amount of force it takes to override the servo. If you are not,
decrease the roll servo torque value by 10% and repeat the test.
Pitch Axis Configuration
Pitch Axis Torque
The pitch axis torque parameter specifies how much torque the pitch servo will exert before
slipping. Servo slip is indicated by the word SLIP in black letters in a yellow box on the Top Bar
for the pitch axis as shown in Figure 68.
Figure 68–Example Pitch Axis Servo Slip Warning
Torque must be set high enough to prevent any slip due to air loads, but low enough that the
pilot can override the autopilot should the need arise. If the servo slips continuously, the
autopilot cannot fly the aircraft. Torque is specified in percent (%) of maximum the servo is
capable of exerting. The minimum is 10%, the maximum is 100%, and the default value is 100%.
If you can override the servo at 100% torque, use this default value.
To test pitch axis servo override force:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Return to the Main Menu.
Center the aircraft controls.
Enter the Autopilot Menu (MAIN MENU > AUTOPILOT).
Press the LEVEL button to engage the autopilot.
Now, take the controls and override the servo by moving to either pitch up or pitch down.
Ensure that you are comfortable with the amount of force it takes to override the servo. If you
are not, decrease the pitch servo torque value by 10% and repeat the test.
Default Climb Vertical Speed
When using simplified autopilot controls, the default climb vertical speed parameter sets the
initial vertical speed the autopilot will command for climbs when an altitude change is
requested. You may also control the climb vertical speed after a climb is in progress with the
vertical speed bug. If you set this parameter above a vertical speed the aircraft can achieve, the
autopilot will run into the airspeed limiter in a climb.
When using expert autopilot controls, the Default Climb Vertical Speed is only used when NOSE
UP is pressed while ALT HOLD mode is already engaged. This activates VS mode at the Default
Climb Vertical Speed.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-19
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
The default climb vertical speed parameter is specified in the units set in the Measurement
Units Menu (i.e., feet per minute or meters per second; reference page 3-8 for more
information regarding configuring the measurement units). The default value is 500 feet per
minute
To adjust the default climb vertical speed:
1. Go to the Pitch Axis Default Climb Vertical Speed Adjust Page (SETUP MENU >
AUTOPILOT SETUP > PITCH AXIS > DEFAULT CLIMB VERTICAL SPEED).
2. Adjust the default climb vertical speed.
3. Press ACCEPT to save the value or press CANCEL to return to the Pitch Axis Menu.
Default Descent Vertical Speed
When using simplified autopilot controls, the default descent vertical speed parameter sets the
initial vertical speed the autopilot will command for descents when an altitude change is
requested. You may also control the descent vertical speed after a descent is in progress with
the vertical speed bug. If you set this parameter below the vertical speed the aircraft can
achieve, the autopilot will run into the airspeed limiter during descent.
When using expert autopilot controls, the Default Descent Vertical Speed is only used when
NOSE DOWN is pressed while ALT HOLD mode is already engaged. This activates VS mode at the
Default Climb Vertical Speed.
The default descent vertical speed parameter is specified in the units set in the Measurement
Units Menu (i.e., feet per minute or meters per second; reference page 3-8 for more
information regarding configuring the measurement units). The default value is 500 feet per
minute.
To adjust the default descent vertical speed:
1. Go to the Pitch Axis Default Descent Vertical Speed Adjust Page (SETUP MENU >
AUTOPILOT SETUP > PITCH AXIS > DEFAULT DESCENT VERTICAL SPEED).
2. Adjust the default descent vertical speed.
3. Press ACCEPT to save the value or press CANCEL to return to the Pitch Axis Menu.
Maximum Airspeed
If the AP is engaged and the Maximum Airspeed limit is changed to a value that is
lower than the current airspeed, the AP will immediately act to reduce the airspeed
to the new maximum airspeed setting, and may do so aggressively. Dynon
recommends that this setting only be adjusted with the AP disengaged.
The pitch axis maximum airspeed parameter is the highest airspeed at which the pilot may
engage the autopilot. If the autopilot is engaged at the time the aircraft’s airspeed exceeds the
maximum, the autopilot enters an airspeed hold mode and pitches the aircraft up to prevent
increasing airspeed. SkyView simultaneously indicates that the aircraft has exceeded the
parameter by displaying SPD indicators in the Top Bar as illustrated in Figure 69.
10-20
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
Figure 69–Top Bar SPD Indicator
If the aircraft’s altitude rises above the target altitude bug and the autopilot cannot pitch the
aircraft down without going above the maximum airspeed, SkyView presents the prompt:
Figure 70 - Top Bar Airspeed High Indication
The maximum airspeed parameter cannot be set to a value above 95% of Vne, which should be
set to the specifications of your aircraft in the Airspeed Limitations Menu (reference page 5-7
for more information) and is specified in the units set in the Measurement Units Menu (i.e.,
miles per hour, knots, or kilometers per hour; reference page 3-8 for more information
regarding configuring the measurement units). As mentioned previously, the maximum value
for this parameter is 95% of Vne. This is also the default value.
To set the maximum airspeed:
1. Go to the Pitch Axis Maximum Airspeed Adjust Page (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP
> PITCH AXIS > MAXIMUM AIRSPEED).
2. Adjust the maximum airspeed.
3. Press ACCEPT to save the value or press CANCEL to return to the Roll Axis Menu.
Minimum Airspeed
If the AP is engaged and the Minimum Airspeed limit is changed to a value that is
higher than the current airspeed, the AP will immediately act to increase the
airspeed to the new minimum airspeed setting. Dynon recommends that this setting
only be adjusted with the AP disengaged.
The pitch axis minimum airspeed is the lowest airspeed at which the pilot may engage the
autopilot. The autopilot cannot be engaged at airspeeds below the minimum airspeed, with the
exception of 0 knots, allowing for ground testing.
When flying at airspeeds lower than the minimum airspeed or when the autopilot is engaged
and the aircraft airspeed drops below the minimum, SkyView indicates that the aircraft has
dropped below the parameter by displaying SPD indicators in the Top Bar as illustrated in Figure
69 above.
If the aircraft’s altitude drops below the target altitude bug and the autopilot cannot pitch the
aircraft up without dropping below the minimum airspeed, SkyView presents the prompt:
Figure 71 - Top Bar Airspeed Low Indication
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-21
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
The minimum airspeed parameter must be set to at least (and defaults to) 30% above VS1,
which should be set to the specifications of your aircraft in the Airspeed Limitations Menu
(reference page 5-7 for more information) and is specified in the units set in the Measurement
Units Menu (i.e., miles per hour, knots, or kilometers per hour; reference page 3-8 for more
information regarding configuring the measurement units). As previously mentioned, the
minimum value for this parameter is 30% above VS1. This is also the default value.
To set the minimum airspeed:
1. Go to the Pitch Axis Minimum Airspeed Adjust Page (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP
> PITCH AXIS > MINIMUM AIRSPEED).
2. Adjust the minimum airspeed.
3. Press ACCEPT to save the value or press CANCEL to return to the Roll Axis Menu.
Disengage Button Options
Hold to Engage
Hold to Engage may be set to YES or NO. Setting HOLD TO ENGAGE to YES allows you to engage
the autopilot by holding the Disengage/CWS Button for more than 2 seconds. This allows for a
convenient alternative to engaging the autopilot via the AUTOPILOT Menu.
When HOLD TO ENGAGE is set to YES, anytime the autopilot is disengaged you can engage it by
pressing and holding the Disengage/CWS Button for more than 2 seconds. Note that after 2
seconds, the autopilot status indicator in the Top Bar on the SkyView REL TO ENG (release to
engage), as illustrated in Figure 72.
Figure 72–Autopilot Hold to Engage Mode
This indicates that the servos are in hold to engage mode and are waiting for the button to be
released before engaging.
To set the hold to engage mode:
1. Go to the Hold to Engage Adjust Page (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP > DISENGAGE
BUTTON > HOLD TO ENGAGE).
2. Set to YES or NO.
3. Press ACCEPT to save or press CANCEL to return to the Disengage Button Menu.
Enable Broken Line Detect
The ENABLE BROKEN LINE DETECT option may be set to YES or NO. It should only be set to YES if
the optional 5 kΩ resistor is installed across the Disengage/CWS Button, as shown in Figure 63.
If the resistor is installed and this option is set to YES, SkyView continuously monitors the AP
Disengage/CWS Button circuit for proper resistance. If a broken line is detected, SkyView will
display the following message:
AP BROKEN DISCONNECT
10-22
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Autopilot Servo Installation, Configuration, and Calibration
If the autopilot is engaged when this condition is detected, it will remain engaged.
Set to YES if the optional 5 kΩ resistor is installed across the 2 terminals of the Disengage/CWS
Button. Set to NO if the resistor is not installed. Default is NO.
To set the broken line detection mode:
1. Go to the Enable Broken Line Detect Adjust Page (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP >
DISENGAGE BUTTON > ENABLE BROKEN LINE DETECT).
2. Set to YES or NO.
3. Press ACCEPT to save or press CANCEL to return to the Disengage Button Menu.
Control Wheel Steering Mode
Control Wheel Steering may be set to YES or NO. Setting HOLD TO ENGAGE to YES allows you to
take temporary manually control of the aircraft to redirect its targets while pressing and
holding the Disengage/CWS Button when the autopilot is engaged. See the SkyView Pilot’s User
Guide for details on Control Wheel Steering behavior. To set the control wheel steering mode:
1. Go to the Control Wheel Steering Mode Adjust Page (SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP
> DISENGAGE BUTTON > CONTROL WHEEL STEERING MODE).
2. Set to YES or NO.
3. Press ACCEPT to save or press CANCEL to return to the Disengage Button Menu.
Autopilot In-Flight Tuning Procedures
This completes the on-ground portion of Autopilot setup.
Next, please use the SkyView Autopilot In-Flight Tuning Guide to maximize the dynamic flying
performance of the Autopilot as installed in your aircraft.
The latest version of the SkyView Autopilot In-Flight Turning Guide can be downloaded from
http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
10-23
11. SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
If upgrading from a version of SkyView software prior to v5.0, v5.0 and later
contain a software upgrade to the SV-XPNDR-261/262. This software update adds
the option to have the transponder automatically switch modes as the transition
between ground operation and flight is detected.
This software upgrade also updates the ADS-B out capability of the transponder to
meet TSO-C166B for ADS-B Out functionality. This change REQUIRES that the
physical transponder module be labeled to indicate the new TSO authorization.
Failure to perform this physical modification at the same time as the software
update will result in a transponder which is likely not considered airworthy by
aviation regulatory agencies.
Please refer to the Transponder Software Updates section of this chapter for
further details about this process.
There are two transponder modules offered by Dynon Avionics. The SV-XPNDR-262 is a Class 2
transponder that is limited to use beneath 15,000 feet and under 175 knots. The SV-XPNDR-261
is a Class 1 transponder that can be used above those limitations. Throughout this manual, they
are often referred to together as the SV-XPNDR-261/262 for instructions that apply to both
versions.
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 Mode S transponder models are DO-181D compliant Mode S level 2els
datalink transponders, with support for ADS-B extended squitter, which also meets the relevant
environmental requirements of DO-160F/ED-14F. The SV-XPNDR-262 has a nominal power
output of 125 Watts, and meets the power output requirements for Class 2. The SV-XPNDR-261
has a nominal power output of 250 watts, and meets the power output requirements for Class
1. The ADS-B function meets DO-260B class B0 for the SV-XPNDR-262 and class B1S for the SVXPNDR-261. The SV-XPNDR-261/262 is certified to ETSO 2C112b and ETSO C166a, and to FAA
TSO C112c and C166b.
The FAA’s ADS-B rule currently permits class A1, A1S, A2, A3, B1S, or B1
transponder-based 1090ES ADS-B transmissions for compliance once the ADS-B
Out rules go into effect. Therefore, only the higher power class B1S SV-XPNDR-261
will be able to meet the 2020 ADS-B Out requirement.
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder is controlled using SkyView’s on-screen menu system. This
allows the transponder to be mounted separately from the instrument panel and reduces the
amount of panel space taken by the transponder. SkyView also provides pressure altitude
directly to the transponder, eliminating the need for a separate altitude encoder.
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder runs from either 14 volt nominal or 28 volt nominal DC
power supply with no configuration changes required.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-1
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder responds to both legacy Mode A/C interrogations and to
Mode S interrogations from both ground radar and airborne collision avoidance systems. In all
cases, the interrogations are received by the transponder on 1030MHz, and replies are
transmitted on 1090MHz.
Read and understand the System Planning Chapter before installing the SVXPNDR-261/262.
Figure 73 has a high-level overview of a suggested SV-XPNDR-261/262 installation,
configuration, and testing procedures:
Figure 73 - Suggested SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing Procedure
Physical Installation
Mounting Tray and SV-XPNDR-261/262 Dimensions
Figure 74 - SV-XPNDR-261/262 Mounting Tray Dimensions
11-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 75 - SV-XPNDR-261/262 Dimensions with Mounting Tray (dimensions in millimeters)
Installation Instructions
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 Mode S transponder is designed to be mounted in any convenient
location in the cockpit, the cabin, or an avionics bay.
The following installation procedure should be followed, remembering to allow adequate space
for installation of cables and connectors.

Select a position in the aircraft that is not too close to any high external heat source. (The
SV-XPNDR-261/262 is not a significant heat source itself and does not need to be kept away
from other devices for this reason).

Avoid sharp bends and placing the cables too near to the aircraft control cables.

Secure the mounting tray to the aircraft via the three (3) mounting holes in the tray. The
tray should be mounted to a flat surface - it is important that the tray is supported at the
dimples as well as the three mounting points.

Put the SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder into the secured mounting tray by hooking the
connector end under the lip on the tray.

Lock the SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder into the mounting tray by clipping the retaining
wire over the lugs on the opposite end.
Additional items you will require, but which are not in the SV-XPNDR-261/262 package, include:

Antenna and fixing hardware. The SV-XPNDR-261/262 is compatible with transponder
antennas commonly available.

Cables and male TNC connector. You need to supply and fabricate all required cables.
Guidance on cable types is given below.

Mounting hardware: To secure the transponder tray to the airframe you will need at least 3
flat head screws and three self-locking nuts. If the aircraft does not have existing mounting
provisions you may need to fabricate additional brackets to support the transponder tray.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-3
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Electrical Connections
Harness Construction
Because the SV-XPNDR-261/262 can be mounted in a variety of locations, the harness length
requirements will vary from airplane to airplane. Therefore, Dynon Avionics does not supply
pre-manufactured harnesses for the SV-XPNDR-261/262. Instead, your SV-XPNDR-261/262
shipped with enough connectors and pins to generate a wide variety of harness configurations.
Refer to the sections below for detailed wiring information. Note that your connector kit may
contain a 1.21K resistor. This is only used for SV-XPNDR-261/262 installations that incorporate a
certified GPS receiver for ADS-B Out functionality.
If you do not own a D-sub machined-pin crimping tool, they can be obtained for under $50 from
many retailers. See http://wiki.dynonavionics.com/Tools_not_supplied_by_Dynon for known
sources of these products. You may also find it helpful to own a pin insertion/extraction tool as
well.
Additional harness construction and wiring information can be found in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections.
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 has a single D25 female connector which provides the data and power
inputs to the transponder. A single TNC coaxial connector attaches to the antenna.
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Interface – Pinout (Female D25)
11-4
Pin
Function
Notes
1
Loopback 1
Connect to Pin 2
2
Loopback 1
Connect to Pin 1
3
GPS Serial Input
Certified GPS Only for ADS-B Out (see
explanation below)
4
No Connect
-
5
Transponder Serial RX
Data Input from SkyView
6
No Connect
-
7
Transponder Serial TX
Data Output to SkyView
8
No Connect
-
9
No Connect
-
10
No Connect
-
11
No Connect
-
12
Loopback 2
Connect to Pin 13
13
Loopback 2
Connect to Pin 12
14
Ground
Connect to Aircraft Ground
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Pin
Function
Notes
15
11-33V DC
Connect to Aircraft Power
16
No Connect
-
17
External Standby In
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
18
Mutual Suppression
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
19
Squat Switch In
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
20
Ident Switch In
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
21
No Connect
-
22
No Connect
-
23
No Connect
-
24
No Connect
-
25
No Connect
-
Table 43 - SV-XPNDR-261/262 Female D25 Pinout
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-5
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
The following figure depicts how the SV-XPNDR-261/262 connects with other SkyView and
aircraft components. Note that many of the connections shown here are optional and will not
be used in the vast majority of installations.
Figure 76 - SV-XPNDR-261/262 Wiring Diagram
The following table shows the connections for each of SkyView’s nominally available serial ports
(serial port 5 is usually used for connection to the SV-GPS-250 module). Only ONE of the
following serial ports will be used:
11-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Serial
Port
1
2
3
4
SkyView D37
SV-XPNDR-261/262
D25
Pin 3 (RX) Brown/Violet
Pin 7 (TX)
Pin 4 (TX) Brown/Orange
Pin 5 (RX)
Pin 5 (RX) Yellow/Violet
Pin 7 (TX)
Pin 6 (TX) Yellow/Orange
Pin 5 (RX)
Pin 7 (RX) Green/Violet
Pin 7 (TX)
Pin 8 (TX) Green/Orange
Pin 5 (RX)
Pin 9 (RX) Blue/Violet
Pin 7 (TX)
Pin 10 (TX) Blue/Orange
Pin 5 (RX)
Table 44 - Example SkyView/SV-XPNDR-261/262 Serial Port Connections
The following figure shows a typical installation, as viewed from the wiring side of the D25
connector:
Figure 77 - Typical SV-XPNDR-261/262 Connections (Rear Pin Insertion View)
The following figure shows all possible connections, as viewed from the wiring side of the D25
connector:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-7
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 78 - All Possible SV-XPNDR-261/262 Connections (Rear Pin Insertion View)
Note that pins 1 / 2 and pins 12 / 13 must be connected to each other as depicted
above via your wiring harness. They are not shorted internally.
Power/Ground Input
The power supply can be 11-33 Volts DC; no voltage adjustment is required. 20 AWG wire is
sufficient for wire runs up to 50’ for this application. Note that the transponder must be
connected to aircraft power – none of SkyView’s voltage outputs can provide a sufficient
amount of power to power the transponder module.
It is always good practice to use more than one ground path in an installation. With only one
wire there may be only a single grounding path for the transponder, controller and antenna.
This can allow static electricity to build up and damage your SkyView display(s). Ensuring that
the mounting tray is grounded provides an adequate alternative ground path to protect against
such events. This is particularly important when the transponder is mounted on a nonconducting surface, such as a composite structure, where the mounting tray is often not
grounded. Therefore, make sure that the mounting tray is grounded in addition to having the
ground wire connected as depicted above.
11-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Note: The transponder power input is not protected against reversed power
connections. Reversing the power and ground inputs to the transponder will
destroy it. Check wiring before applying power.
Pin 1/2 and 12/13 Loopbacks
Pins 1/2 and pins 12/13 must be connected to each other as depicted in the figures above.
Serial RX/TX
All communication between the SV-XPNDR-261/262 module and SkyView is accomplished via a
single bidirectional serial connection. To accomplish this:

Choose an unused serial port on each display to connect the SV-XPNDR-261/262. Note that
both the TX and RX sides of the serial port are needed and both the RX and TX lines must be
connected to all displays in parallel. It is required that the same numerical serial port on
each display be used.

Connect the SV-XPNDR-261/262 TX wire (pin 7) to the SkyView serial RX of your choosing. If
you have multiple displays, the transponder TX wire must be connected to a serial RX wire
on each display.

Connect the SV-XPNDR-261/262 RX wire (pin 5) to the SkyView serial TX of your choosing. If
you have multiple displays, the transponder RX wire must be connected to a serial TX wire
on each display.

Record the SkyView serial port that you have chosen on each display as you will need to
configure it later for use with the transponder.
Mutual Suppression (optional)
Mutual Suppression allows two or more transmitters on adjacent frequencies to inhibit the
other transmitters when one is active to limit the interference effects. It is commonly used
between transponders and DME systems, and between transponders and collision avoidance
systems. Most installations will not make use of this feature, since most Dynon-equipped
aircraft have only one transponder and often do not have DME equipment or other active
traffic system that interrogate other aircraft.
The Mutual Suppression pin (18) is an ARINC compatible suppression bus interface, which acts
as both an input and an output. The SV-XPNDR-261/262 will assert this signal when it is
transmitting, and can be suppressed by other equipment that asserts the signal. The SVXPNDR-261/262 will drive approximately 24 Volts on the output (independently of supply
voltage), and will treat the input as active whenever the bus has greater than 10 Volts.
If you are using the Mutual Suppression feature, simply connect all of the Mutual Suppression
wires from devices that use them together.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-9
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Ident Switch Input (optional)
SkyView has an IDENT button in its transponder menu that is normally used to ident when
requested by ATC. However, the ident switch input allows the IDENT function to be selected
using a remote switch. The input is active low, and will be asserted when the voltage to ground
is pulled below approximately 4 Volts. Therefore, a momentary switch to ground should be
installed on this output if a remote ident switch is desired.
Squat Switch Input (optional)
The Squat switch input allows the transponder to automatically switch between Airborne and
Ground modes, and affects both the Mode S reply behavior and the ADS-B reporting behavior.
The input will be asserted when the voltage to ground is pulled below approximately 4 Volts.
The logical sense of the input can be programmed to be either active low or active high in the
SkyView Setup Menu.
If connected, this must be a mechanical switch that accurately reflects the aircraft’s on-ground
status. Mode-S certification requirements state that this cannot be a simple airspeed switch.
Alternatively, on an aircraft with no appropriate squat switch circuit this input should be left
unconnected, and the transponder programmed to either ignore the input or use its
“automatic” airborne/ground capability. See the AUTO ALT/GND setting in the Transponder
Settings section of this chapter for further information about this capability.
External Standby Input (optional)
This input, when held low, places the transponder in Standby mode. It should be used to switch
between transponders in an installation with two transponders. The input is active low, and will
be asserted when the voltage to ground is pulled below approximately 4 Volts.
Direct Serial GPS Position Input
Although SkyView can send its GPS information to the SV-XPNDR-261/262 for use with its ADSB position-reporting capability, SkyView’s GPS does not meet any certification standard, and is
not TSO’d. Additionally, appropriately certified GPS units that can provide position for
regulatory-compliant ADS-B installations may need to be connected directly to the ADS-B Out
device (in this case, the SV-XPNDR-261/262) for compliance credit. For these purposes, a
dedicated direct serial input is provided on the SV-XPNDR-261/262 module that allows an
appropriate GPS receiver serial output to be connected directly to the SV-XPNDR-261/262.
If you connect a GPS to this direct input, you must install a 1.21k resistor (included with the SVXPNDR-261/262) between the GPS and the SV-XPNDR-261/262 as shown in Figure 76.
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 GPS input can recognise the following protocols:
 Industry standard “Aviation” protocol
 Freeflight GPS proprietary protocol
 Garmin proprietary ADS-B protocol
11-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Some of the protocols listed above may not contain all the required data for a compliant ADS-B
message, depending on the intended airspace regulations. Further information can be found in
the GPS Data section under the Transponder Settings of this chapter.
(US-Only) Direct Serial GPS Position Input for FAA 2020 ADS-B Out Mandate Compliance
To comply with the 2020 ADS-B Out Mandate in the US, the GPS position used for ADS-B Out
position reports must be directly connected to a suitable ADS-B Out device (in this case, the SVXPNDR-261), and, that GPS must meet TSO C166b. DO NOT connect any GPS (including
SkyView’s own GPS outputs) that does not meet TSO C166b directly to the transponder.
It is important to note that in the US, the ADS-B Out “mandate” and its associated GPS
requirements do not go into effect until 2020. If you do not already have an appropriately
TSO’d WAAS IFR GPS in the aircraft, you may continue to leave this Direct Serial unconnected
for the time being. Instead SkyView has the capability to send its GPS position to the SV-XPNDR261/262 using the SkyView<>SV-XPNDR-261/262 serial connectivity (see the GPS DATA option
under the “Transponder-Related SkyView Display Settings” in this section for more information
about configuring this option). Although SkyView’s GPS output does not meet the 2020
requirements, it can be used until then to “wake up” the ADS-B ground stations so that they
report back traffic targets around your aircraft’s position. Note that after 2020, only the SVXPNDR-261 is capable of meeting the 2020 ADS-B Out mandate – because of power
transmission requirements that the FAA ADS-B rules imposes. In other words, the SV-XPNDR262 cannot be used for 2020 ADS-B Out compliance credit.
Antenna Installation
The antenna should be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
The following considerations should be taken into account when siting the antenna:

The antenna should be well removed from any projections, the engine(s) and propeller(s). It
should also be well removed from landing gear doors, access doors or others openings
which will break the ground plane for the antenna.

The antenna should be mounted on the bottom surface of the aircraft and in a vertical
position when the aircraft is in level flight.

Avoid mounting the antenna within 3 feet of the ADF sense antenna or any COMM antenna
and 6 feet from the transponder to the DME antenna.

Where practical, plan the antenna location to keep the cable lengths as short as possible
and avoid sharp bends in the cable to minimize the VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio).
Electrical connection to the antenna should be protected to avoid loss of efficiency as a result
of the presence of liquids or moisture. All antenna feeders shall be installed in such a way that a
minimum of RF energy is radiated inside the aircraft.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-11
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Antenna Ground Plane
When a conventional aircraft monopole antenna is used it relies on a ground plane for correct
behaviour. For ideal performance the ground plane should be very large compared to the
wavelength of the transmission, which is 275 mm. In a metal skinned aircraft this is usually easy
to accomplish, but is more difficult in a composite or fabric skinned aircraft. In these cases a
metallic ground plane should be fabricated and fitted under the antenna.
As the ground plane is made smaller, the actual dimensions of the ground plane become more
critical, and small multiples of the wavelength should be avoided, as should circles. Rectangles
or squares are much less likely to create a critical dimension that resonates with the
transmissions. The smallest practical ground plane is a square around 120 mm per side; as the
size increases the performance may actually get worse, but will be better by the time the
ground plane is 700 mm on each side. Anything much larger than that size is unlikely to show
significant further improvement.
The thickness of the material used to construct the ground plane is not critical, providing it is
sufficiently conductive. A variety of proprietary mesh and grid solutions are available.
Heavyweight cooking foil meets the technical requirements, but obviously needs to be properly
supported.
Antenna Cable
The SV-XPNDR-262 is designed to meet Class 2 requirements with an allowance of 2 dB for loss
in the connectors and cable used to connect it to the antenna. The SV-XPNDR-261 is designed
to meet Class 1 requirements with the same 2 dB allowance. Excessive loss will degrade both
transmitter output power and receiver sensitivity.
Allowing 0.25dB loss for the connector at each end of the antenna cable assembly leaves an
allowance of 1.5dB maximum loss for the cable itself.
An acceptable cable:

Has less than 1.5 dB loss for the run length needed

Has a characteristic impedance of 50 Ohms

Has double braid screens or has a foil and braid screen
Once the cable run length is known, a cable type with low enough loss per metre that meets
the above requirements can be chosen. Longer runs require lower loss cable. Consider moving
the SV-XPNDR-261/262 closer to the antenna to minimize the losses in the antenna cable –
subject to the limits identified above, the SV-XPNDR-261/262 can be at any distance from the
SkyView display(s) without affecting performance in any way.
Note: Low loss cable typically uses foamed or cellular dielectrics and foil screens. These
make such cables especially prone to damage from too-tight bends or from momentary
kinking during installation. Once kinked, these cables do not return to full performance when
straightened.
11-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
The following table is a guide to the maximum usable lengths of some common cable types.
Actual cable loss varies between manufacturers, there are many variants, and the table is
therefore based on typical data. Use it as a guide only and refer to the manufacturer’s data
sheet for your specific chosen cable for accurate values.
Electronic
Cable
Specialists
Type
Max Length
in Meters
Max
Length
in Feet
Insertion Loss
dB/meter at
1090MHz
MIL-C-17
Cables
2.54
8’ 4”
0.59
M17/128
(RG400)
3.16
10’ 4”
0.47
3.81
12’ 6”
0.39
4.50
14’ 9”
0.33
5.25
17’ 3”
0.29
6.42
21’ 1”
0.23
6.81
22’ 4”
0.22
8.22
26’ 11”
0.18
311201
12.59
41’ 3”
0.12
310801
SSB
Electronic
3C142B
M17/112
(RG304)
Aircell 5
M17/127
(RG393)
311601
311501
Aircell 7
Contact Electronic Cable Specialists on +1 414 421 5300 or at www.ecsdirect.com for their data
sheets. Contact SSB-Electronic GmbH on +49-2371-95900 or at www.ssb.de for their data
sheets.
When routing the cable, ensure that you:

Route the cable away from sources of heat.

Route the cable away from potential interference sources such as ignition wiring, 400Hz
generators, fluorescent lighting and electric motors.

Allow a minimum separation of 300 mm (12 inches) from an ADF antenna cable.

Keep the cable run as short as possible.

Avoid routing the cable round tight bends.

Avoid kinking the cable even temporarily during installation.

Secure the cable so that it cannot interfere with other systems.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-13
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Antenna TNC Connector
This section describes the technique for attaching the antenna cable to a TNC connector. A TNC
connector is not supplied with the SV-XPNDR-261/262. The SV-XPNDR-261/262 has a female
TNC connection. Therefore, you will need to source a male TNC connector that is compatible
with the antenna cable type that meets your aircraft’s needs.
A dual crimp style TNC connector can be completed using a wide range of commercial crimp
tools (for example the Tyco 5-1814800-3). The die apertures for the inner pin and the outer
shield should be approximately 1.72 mm and 5.41 mm respectively.

Strip back the coax cable to the dimensions in the table, as shown in the diagram below.
Slide 25 mm (1 inch) of heat shrink tubing over the cable.

Slide the outer crimp sleeve over the cable – it must go on before securing the center
contact.
Dimension
Cut size
(mm)
Cut size
(inches)
A
17.5
0.69
B
7.2
0.28
C
4.8
0.19

Crimp the center contact to the cable.

Insert the cable into the connector – the center contact should click into place in the body,
the inner shield should be inside the body of the connector and the outer shield should be
outside the body.

Crimp the outer sleeve over the shield.

Slide heat shrink tubing forward (flush to connector) and heat to shrink the tubing.
Transponder-Related SkyView Display Settings
Serial Port Setup
Before the TRANSPONDER SETUP menu can be accessed, the SV-XPNDR-261/262 needs to be
set up as a serial device on each SkyView display on the system. To accomplish this:

Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP.
11-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

Navigate to the serial port that you physically connected the transponder module to in the
previous steps.

Select either “Dynon 261 Transponder” or “Dynon 262 Transponder” as appropriate for the
module you own. Note that other fields are automatically configured and cannot be
changed. Press ACCEPT.

Exit SETUP. Repeat on any other displays on your SkyView system.
The data transmitted between the SkyView display and the SV-XPNDR-261/262 nominally
includes encoded altitude data from SkyView’s ADAHRS. Therefore, no other altitude encoder
hardware or SkyView serial port setup is required. However, some locales may require the use
of a certified altitude encoder with the Dynon SV-XPNDR-261/262 Transponder. SkyView
supports external serial altitude encoders that use Icarus/Garmin format. When one is
connected, the SV-XPNDR-261/262 uses the external altitude encoder data source instead of
SkyView’s own ADAHRS-generated pressure altitude. However, the altitude displayed by
SkyView on the PFD page is ALWAYS sourced from SkyView ADAHRS data.
To have SkyView use an external altitude serial encoder as the pressure altitude source for the
SV-XPNDR-261/262:
1. Wire a SkyView serial receive line to the respective serial transmit connection from the
serial altitude encoder. If your SkyView system has multiple displays, this connection
must be made to all SkyView displays in parallel.
1. Ensure there is a shared ground between the SkyView display and the serial altitude
encoder.
2. Configure this serial port on each display under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL
PORT SETUP. The SERIAL IN device for this serial port should be set to ICARUS/GARMIN
ALTITUDE.
Transponder Settings
The aircraft tail number must be set in SETUP > SYSTEM SETUP > AIRCRAFT
INFORMATION > TAIL NUMBER prior to configuring the transponder.
The following settings need to be configured before testing and using the transponder. They
are all accessed under SETUP MENU > TRANSPONDER SETUP:

AIRCRAFT HEX CODE: The Mode S Code is a 24 bit number issued to the aircraft by the
registration authority for the aircraft. The website http://www.airframes.org provides HEX
CODEs for most countries’ aircraft that can be directly inputted into SkyView. The HEX CODE
is the value shown in the ICA024 result field. Alternatively, Mode S codes for US-registered
aircraft can be found at the FAA aircraft registry at http://registry.faa.gov/aircraftinquiry/.
The FAA aircraft register shows both the octal number and the hexidecimal. Setting up the
SV-XPNDR-261/262 requires the hexidecimal number (base 16) format; SkyView cannot
accept the Octal (base 8) or Decimal (base 10) format. If you only have the octal number,
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-15
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
you must convert it to hexadecimal. There is an Octal to Hexadecimal converter tool
available in the Support section of http://www.trig-avionics.com/.
The HEX CODE needs to be set to the aircraft’s assigned code for the transponder
to function properly. The default code of 000000 is not a valid code. If the code is
left at 000000, the transponder will only work in SBY mode. A caution message –
XPNDR HEX CODE NOT SET will appear if a transponder is configured in SkyView,
but the HEX CODE is not set to a valid number.

VFR CODE: When the pilot presses the VFR button, a pre-programmed code will replace the
current squawk code. The pre-programmed code is set up here; the choice of code will
depend on the normal location of the aircraft. In the USA, the VFR squawk code is 1200. In
most parts of Europe, the VFR squawk code should be set to 7000.

AUTO ALT/GND SWITCH: Allows the transponder to automatically switch between Airborne
and Ground modes. Available options include:
o NONE : Automatic switching disabled
o SQUAT SWITCH LOW ON GND: Utilizes a physical squat switch connected the SVXPNDR-261/262 per the above instructions. When this option is selected, the
transponder will consider the aircraft to be on the ground when this switch is low
(electrically grounded).
o SQUAT SWITCH LOW IN AIR: Utilizes a physical squat switch connected the SVXPNDR-261/262 per the above instructions. When this option is selected, the
transponder will consider the aircraft to in flight when this switch is low (electrically
grounded).
o AUTOMATIC (AIR DATA): The transponder automatically determines whether the
aircraft is in flight or not by using a combination of GPS and air data changes from
SkyView. Note that this option only works with transponder software 2.02 or above.
See the Transponder Software Updates section below for more information about
transponder software.

AIRCRAFT CATEGORY: To assist ATC tracking of aircraft, an aircraft category can be
transmitted by Mode S transponders. Set as appropriate for your aircraft.

AIRCRAFT LENGTH and AIRCRAFT WIDTH: On the ground, ADS-B transmits encoded aircraft
size information which is used by ATC to identify taxiing routes and potential conflicts.
Using the aircraft length and width (wingspan), in your current distance/speed units (meters
or feet), the SV-XPNDR-26 will calculate the appropriate size code for transmission.

MAXIMUM CRUISE SPEED: Mode S transponders can transmit their maximum airspeed
characteristics to aircraft equipped with TCAS. This information is used to help identify
threats and to plan avoiding action by the TCAS equipped aircraft. The airspeeds are
grouped in ranges. Set as appropriate for your aircraft.
11-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

TIS TRAFFIC: Enables the display of TIS traffic on the SkyView Map page when in an area
served by a TIS-enabled RADAR. Note that TIS is a Mode S uplink service that is provided by
some US approach RADARs. TIS coverage is limited to the coverage areas of those radars;
there is no TIS provision outside the USA. If another traffic device is connected to SkyView
and is set up correctly, its traffic information will trump the TIS traffic from the SV-XPNDR261/262, regardless of this setting.

GPS DATA: Determines the source of GPS position updates for ADS-B Out:
Use of any of the DIRECT GPS-to-transponder position reporting methods below
require that the GPS that is connected to the transponder be TSO’d when used in
the US. Additionally, only specific models are supported via these connections.
Other counties may have different regulatory requirements for GPS position
indicators that are connected directly to the SV-XPNDR-261/262’s direct serial
input.
o DIRECT (AVIATION): Generic GPS outputting Aviation format data, connected directly
to SV-XPNDR-261/262 pin 3, transmitting at 9600 baud. As this data format does not
contain all of the information that ADS-B position inputs require, Dynon does not
recommend using this connection for any purposes. Using this setting causes the
transponder to transmit the following ADS-B performance parameters:

SIL: 0 (Unknown integrity)
NACp: 0 (Unknown position accuracy)
NIC: 0 (Unknown containment)
NACv: 1 (10m/s accuracy)
o DIRECT (FREEFLIGHT): Freeflight 1201 or 1204 GPS, connected directly to SV-XPNDR261/262 pin 3, transmitting at 19200 baud. Using this setting causes the transponder
to transmit the following ADS-B performance parameters:

SIL: 2 (Level C integrity)
NACp: Sent from GPS to transponder. Refer to GPS documentation.
NIC: Sent from GPS to transponder. Refer to GPS documentation.
NACv: 1 (10m/s accuracy)
o DIRECT (GARMIN ADS-B): Garmin GNS 400W/500W series (WAAS) or Garmin GTN
series, both with appropriate software updates as designated by Garmin, connected
directly to SV-XPNDR-261/262 pin 3, transmitting at 9600 baud in “Garmin ADS-B”
format. Note that this option only works with transponder software 2.02 or above.
See the Transponder Software Updates section below for more information about
transponder software. Using this setting causes the transponder to transmit the
following ADS-B performance parameters:

SIL: 2 (Level C integrity)
NACp: Sent from GPS to transponder. Refer to GPS documentation.
NIC: Sent from GPS to transponder. Refer to GPS documentation.
NACv: 1 (10m/s accuracy)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-17
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
o SKYVIEW: SkyView reports its GPS position to the transponder via its nominal
SkyView<>SV-XPNDR-261/262 serial connection. Using this setting causes the
transponder to transmit the following ADS-B performance parameters:

SIL: 0 (Unknown integrity)
NACp: 8, 9 or 10. Dynamic, as reported by GPS.
NIC: 8 (Containment radius <0.1 NM)
NACv: 1 (10m/s accuracy)

GPS STATUS: Displays whether the SV-XPNDR-261/262 is receiving valid GPS data.

ADS-B IN FREQUENCY: Tells the ADS-B system which frequency (US-only) the aircraft can
receive traffic/weather information on.
If an SV-ADSB-470 is installed and configured under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP
> SERIAL PORT SETUP, this option will be unavailable: The SV-ADSB-470
automatically receives ADS-B In traffic and weather via the UAT frequency band.
Note that the options in the ADS-B IN FREQUENCY only have an effect with
transponder software 2.02 or above. See the Transponder Software Updates
section below for more information about transponder software.
o NONE: The aircraft does not have ADS-B In capability
o 978 MHz UAT: The aircraft can receive ADS-B traffic and/or weather information via
a non-Dynon UAT band (978 MHz) device.
o 1090 MHz ES: The aircraft can receive ADS-B traffic information via a 1090 MHz ES
(extended squitter) device.
Altitude Encoder Calibration
In most transponder systems, a calibration is normally carried out every 24 months, as part of
the altimeter checks on the aircraft. The maximum allowed difference between the primary
altimeter and the altitude encoder is 125 feet in ETSO C88a and TSO C88b. The primary
altimeter in SkyView and the altitude encoder are one and the same device. It is therefore
impossible for the encoder and the primary altimeter to exceed 125 feet of altitude difference.
They will always be exactly the same as each other, thereby meeting the TSO requirements.
Therefore, no altitude encoder calibration is possible or necessary.
At times it may be useful to know the altitude that is being reported to the transponder. Since
SkyView sends pressure altitude to the SV-XPNDR-261/262, setting BARO to 29.92 will display
the pressure altitude being transmitted to the transponder in the normal SkyView altitude
display on the right side of the PFD page.
However, note that there is a single point altitude adjustment, located in SETUP MENU >
HARDWARE CALIBRATION > ADAHRS CALIBRATION > ALTITUDE ADJUST that adjusts SkyView’s
barometric altimeter. This adjustment affects both the displayed altitude and the encoded
altitude that is sent to other devices.
11-18
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Post Installation Checks
Post installation checks should be carried out in accordance with your certification
requirements. These checks should include:

Mode S interrogations to verify correct address programming.

Verification of the reported altitude using a static tester.

Where installed, verification of correct squat switch ground/airborne indications. In an
aircraft with a squat switch, setting the Mode switch to ALT when the aircraft is on the
ground should leave the transponder in GND mode; when the aircraft becomes airborne,
the mode should switch automatically to ALT.

Interrogations to verify the receiver sensitivity. A Mode S transponder should have a
minimum triggering level (MTL) of between -77 dBm and -71 dBm. Failure to meet this
requirement usually indicates antenna or coaxial cable problems.

Interrogations to verify the transmitted power. A Class 1 installation should have no less
than 125 Watts at the antenna (and no more than 500 Watts). A Class 2 installation should
have no less than 71 Watts at the antenna (and no more than 500 Watts). Failure to meet
this requirement is also generally due to antenna or wiring issues.

Where installed, verification of the GPS position source and ADS-B outputs. Whenever a
valid position is received by the transponder and the transponder is in any mode other than
Standby, ADS-B Extended Squitters should be observed on the transponder test set.

Ensure all regulatory requirements are met. In the United States, the transponder must be
tested and inspected per FAR 91.413.
Transponder Software Updates
If a software update for the SV-XPNDR-261/262 is available, the transponder will continue to
operate with no degradation of performance or annunciation of the available update during
SkyView’s normal operation. However, the transponder setup menu under SETUP MENU >
TRANSPONDER SETUP will be highlighted in yellow to indicate that an optional update is
available.
SkyView Transponder Software Version (SW) 2.02 Update
The optional transponder software (SW) version 2.02 software update that was contained
within SkyView software v5.0 through v7.1 updated the ADS-B out capability of the transponder
so that it meets the latest TSO C166b. This TSO will be required by the FAA 2020 ADS-B Out
mandate and other regulatory agencies around the world.
The version 2.02 transponder update contained in SkyView software v5.0 through v7.1 also
enabled an AUTOMATIC option for the AUTO ALT/GND setting which allows the transponder to
automatically determine whether the aircraft is in flight or not by using a combination of GPS
and air data changes from SkyView.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-19
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Note that after the transponder version 2.02 transponder update, only the SV-XPNDR-261 is
capable of meeting the 2020 ADS-B Out mandate, because of power transmission requirements
that the FAA ADS-B rules imposes. In other words, the SV-XPNDR-262, even if it is updated to
this software, cannot be used for 2020 ADS-B Out compliance credit.
SkyView v10.0 Transponder Software Version (SW) 2.04 Update
The optional transponder software (SW) version 2.04 software update that is contained within
SkyView software v10.0 and later fixes an issue that only pertains to some installations. It also
includes the updates described above for transponder firmware version 2.02 update. If either
of the following scenarios describes your installation, you should update your transponder to
version 2.04 software:

If you have a Garmin GNS, GTN or similar IFR GPS that is directly connected to the
transponder to provide a certified position source via Garmin’s ADS-B format data output,
you MUST update to version 2.04 or later.

If you are in the US and are using a Dynon transponder plus SV-ADSB-470 module to receive
both traffic and weather AND your transponder software version is a lower number than
2.02, you should update to version 2.04 to update so that it meets the latest TSO C166b. If
your transponder is not updated to the latest TSO, you will not receive a complete traffic
portrait. This applies whether or not you are using a TSO’d GPS or SkyView as your ADS-B
position source.
If your transponder has not been previously updated (such as if you are updating to SkyView
software v10.0 from a SkyView software version that is earlier than v5.0, applying the
transponder version 2.04 update will update your transponder to the latest software (it is not
necessary to apply version 2.02, and then version 2.04). If you are updating your transponder
for the first time, to version 2.04, the labeling requirements below apply.
Transponder Software Version (SW) v2.02/v2.04 Labeling Requirements
(US Registered / Operated Aircraft Only)
This section applies to aircraft operated or registered in the US only.
In the US, updating your transponder software to SW version (minimally) v2.02 REQUIRES that
the physical transponder module be labeled to indicate the new TSO authorization. Failure to
perform this physical modification at the same time as the software update will result in a
transponder that is not considered airworthy by the FAA. If updating from a version earlier than
v2.02 to v2.04, the label must be applied. If your transponder shipped with either v2.02 or
v2.04 it will already have the correct label.
Applicability/Compliance
If your transponder shipped from Dynon Avionics after September 2012, it likely shipped with
software version 2.02 (or higher) and is already labeled with its TSO C166b appropriately.
However, this is not authoritative.
11-20
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
To determine whether your transponder has an optional software update available for it, which
will require that it be labeled should you choose to update it:
1. Go to SETUP MENU > TRANSPONDER SETUP > (right click). If the STATUS line is yellow,
there is a software update available for the transponder.
2. Examine the STATUS line. Example:
ON LINE HW 22.03 FW 01.02 SW 02.02
The software version of the transponder follows the SW; in the example above the
software version is 2.02 (and thus, will be highlighted in yellow).
3. If STATUS is highlighted in yellow, and the version is earlier than 2.02, and you choose to
update the transponder, the new TSO authorization label must be applied concurrent
with updating the software. Go to
www.dynonavionics.com/transponder (PDF)
which provides a new TSO authorization label that you can print out, cut out, and apply
to the transponder.
4. Only after you have the label available, go to
SETUP MENU > TRANSPONDER SETUP > STATUS, press the LOAD button
and follow the instructions to update the software.
5. You must apply the new TSO authorization label before the transponder’s next use:
a. Cut out the label that is included in the printout from
www.dynonavionics.com/transponder (PDF).
b. Permanently affix the label to your physical SV-XPNDR-261/262 module. Do not
cover any existing labels.
c. Ensure that the method that you use to secure the label is durable. For example,
fully covering the label with transparent packing tape would satisfy this
requirement.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
11-21
12. SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
SkyView can connect to advanced GPS/NAV devices like the Garmin GNS 430/530 and similar
Via the SV-ARINC-429 module.
Read and understand the System Planning Chapter before installing the SV-ARINC429.
Figure 79 is a high-level overview of a suggested and installation and configuration procedure
for the SV-ARINC-429.
Figure 79 – Suggested SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration Procedure
Physical Installation
The diagram below shows the important mounting dimensions of the SV-ARINC-429 module
with electronic connections.
Figure 80 - SV-ARINC-429 Mounting Dimensions with Electrical Connections
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
12-1
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
Additional mounting location, orientation, and other installation requirements are described in
the System Planning section earlier in this manual. Please review this section when physically
installing your with SV-ARINC-429 module(s).
Dynon does not provide mounting hardware with SV-ARINC-429 module. The mounting tabs on
each side of the module have holes sized for #10 fasteners, but it is up to the installer to decide
how the SV-ARINC-429 will be secured to the aircraft.
Follow recommended torque practices when tightening the mounting hardware. Do not rivet
the SV-ARINC-429 to the aircraft as this will hinder future removal if necessary.
SkyView Network Connection
Connect the SV-ARINC-429 module to the SkyView network using the hardware mentioned in
the SkyView System Construction Section or using equivalent hardware.
If you have to install a connector on the end of a network cable, insert all pins into the D9
connector. Refer to Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections for details on connector pinouts and wire colors.
Remember to configure the network as described in the Network Setup and Status
section after connecting all modules to a display.
ARINC-429 Device Connection
Harness Construction
Because the SV-ARINC-429 can be connected to a variety of devices, the harness requirements
will vary from airplane to airplane. Therefore, Dynon Avionics does not supply premanufactured harnesses for the SV-ARINC-429 module. Instead, your SV-ARINC-429 shipped
with enough connectors and pins to generate a wide variety of harness configurations. Refer to
the sections below for detailed wiring information.
If you do not own a D-sub machined-pin crimping tool, they can be obtained for under $50 from
many retailers. See http://wiki.dynonavionics.com/Tools_not_supplied_by_Dynon for known
sources of these products. You may also find it helpful to own a pin insertion/extraction tool as
well.
Additional harness construction and wiring information can be found in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections.
The SV-ARINC-429 has a single 25 pin female D-Sub socket which is used for all data
connections to your compatible ARINC-429 device. The pin out depicted in Figure 81 below
depicts the view from the rear of your male D25 connector – the view you will have of your
harness connector as you are inserting pins into the harness. Note that the pin numbers are
labelled on the face of both the female and male connector.
12-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
SV-ARINC-429 Pinout
Figure 81 - SV-ARINC-429 Male D25 Pin Insertion View (Rear)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
12-3
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
Pin
Function
Notes
1
No Connect
-
2
No Connect
-
3
Serial RX
Aviation Format Only From Connected ARINC-429 GPS
4
No Connect
-
5
No Connect
-
6
No Connect
-
7
No Connect
-
8
No Connect
-
9
No Connect
-
10
ARINC 2 RX B
-
11
ARINC 1 RX B
-
12
ARINC TX B
Pins 12/13 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
13
ARINC TX B
Pins 12/13 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
14
No Connect
-
15
No Connect
-
16
No Connect
-
17
No Connect
-
18
No Connect
-
19
No Connect
-
20
Ground
-
21
No Connect
-
22
ARINC 2 RX A
-
23
ARINC 1 RX A
-
24
ARINC TX A
Pins 24/25 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
25
ARINC TX A
Pins 24/25 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
Table 45 - SV-ARINC-429 Pinout
12-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
ARINC Device Connections
The SV-ARINC-429 has two ARINC-429 receivers and one transmitter. The single transmitter
may be connected to multiple devices that can accept the ARINC-429 information that SkyView
transmits.
The SV-ARINC-429 also has a serial input that is designed to provide auxiliary information that
ARINC-429 GPS outputs do not provide (such as altitude). SkyView needs this data to consider
the input a valid and complete GPS position source. This input is not a general purpose serial
port, and cannot be configured for other uses. Input coming into this serial port is assumed to
be in Aviation format, which most ARINC-429 capable panel mount GPS units can output.
The following several diagrams show some common radios and GPSs, and the preferred
connection schemes between them and the SV-ARINC-429.
Figure 82 - Generic SV-ARINC-429 Connections
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
12-5
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
Figure 83 - Garmin 430/530 SV-ARINC-429 Connections
Additional Garmin 430/530 Configuration Information
The following are the typical Garmin and SkyView configuration settings when this combination
of products is used:
Garmin Settings
"Main ARINC 429 Config" page
In 1: High | EFIS / Airdata
In 2: Unused by SkyView, configure as needed for other equipment
Out: High | GAMA 429
SDI: Common
VNAV: Enable Labels
"VOR / LOC / GS ARINC 429 Config" Page
TX: High
RX: High
SDI: Common
DME: Unused by SkyView
“Main RS232 Config” Page
Chan X (where X is the physically connected port) Output: Aviation
Optional (ADS-B)
If Dynon’s SV-XPNDR-261 is being used for ADS-B Out capability: Another 430/530 serial
output should be set to “Garmin ADS-B” format. That serial port should be connected to the SVXPNDR-261’s pin 3 through a 1.21k resistor as described in the transponder installation section
of this manual. Finally, set SETUP > TRANSPONDER SETUP > GPS DATA to DIRECT (GARMIN ADSB).
12-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
SkyView Settings
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ARINC-429:
(Configure MODULE 1 and MODULE 2 independently)
> INPUT SPEED: HIGH
> INPUT 1: GPS x
> NAVIGATION SOURCE DISP NAME: (user selectable, 7 characters. The name entered here is
displayed as the HSI source and the Flight Plan Source (if this device outputs a flight plan).
> INPUT 2: NAV x
> NAVIGATION SOURCE DISP NAME: (user selectable, 7 characters. The name entered here is
displayed as the HSI source and the Flight Plan Source (if this device outputs a flight plan).
> OUTPUT SPEED: HIGH
> ALLOW AUTO SWITCH: YES (LABEL 100P)
Setting ALLOW AUTO SWITCH: to YES (LABEL 100P) (which is the default, including after
upgrading firmware to v10.0 or later) allows the 430/530 to tell SkyView to switch from GPS to
ILS or back when on an ILS overlay approach - SkyView will display whatever mode the 430/530
tells SkyView to be in. When in this mode and not on an approach, switching between the NAV
function and GPS function must be performed from the 430/530.
If you want to manually select GPS and NAV from the 430/530, as you have done prior to v10.0,
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ARINC-429 > ALLOW AUTO SWITCH: NO.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
12-7
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
Figure 84 - Garmin GTN Series SV-ARINC-429 Connections
Additional Garmin GTN Series Configuration Information
The following are the typical Garmin and SkyView configuration settings when this combination
of products is used:
Garmin Settings
"ARINC 429 Configuration" page
In 1: High | EFIS Format 2
In 2: Unused by SkyView, configure as needed for other equipment
Out: High | GAMA Format 2
SDI: Common
"VOR/LOC/GS Configuration Page
Nav Radio: Enabled
ARINC 429 Configuration:
Tx Speed: High
SDI: Common
Other Settings: Unused by SkyView
“RS-232 Configuration” Page
RS232 1 Output: Aviation Output 1
Optional (ADS-B)
If Dynon’s SV-XPNDR-261 is being used for ADS-B Out capability: Another GTN serial
output should be set to “Garmin ADS-B” format. That serial port should be connected to the SVXPNDR-261’s pin 3 through a 1.21k resistor as described in the transponder installation section
of this manual. Finally, set SETUP > TRANSPONDER SETUP > GPS DATA to DIRECT (GARMIN ADSB).
12-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
SkyView Settings
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ARINC-429:
(Configure MODULE 1 and MODULE 2 independently)
> INPUT SPEED: HIGH
> INPUT 1: GPS X
> NAVIGATION SOURCE DISP NAME: (user selectable, 7 characters. The name entered here is
displayed as the HSI source and the Flight Plan Source (if this device outputs a flight plan).
> INPUT 2: NAV X
> NAVIGATION SOURCE DISP NAME: (user selectable, 7 characters. The name entered here is
displayed as the HSI source and the Flight Plan Source (if this device outputs a flight plan).
> OUTPUT SPEED: HIGH
> ALLOW AUTO SWITCH: YES (LABEL 100P)
Setting ALLOW AUTO SWITCH: to YES (LABEL 100P) (which is the default, including after
upgrading firmware to v10.0 or later) allows the GTN to tell SkyView to switch from GPS to ILS
or back when on an ILS overlay approach - SkyView will display whatever mode the GTN tells
SkyView to be in. When in this mode and not on an approach, switching between the NAV
function and GPS function must be performed from the GTN.
If you want to manually select GPS and NAV from the GTN, as you have done prior to v10.0,
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ARINC-429 > ALLOW AUTO SWITCH: NO.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
12-9
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
Figure 85 - Garmin 480 SV-ARINC-429 Connections
Figure 86 - Garmin 300/150XL/250XL/300XL SV-ARINC-429 Connections
12-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ARINC-429 Installation and Configuration
SV-ARINC-429 Related Settings
Go to the ARINC-429 SETUP under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ARINC-429.
SkyView supports up to two SV-ARINC-429 modules, but since most aircraft will only have one
installed, the “MODULE 2” section is normally disabled. If your aircraft does actually have two
SV-ARINC-429 modules, note that the serial numbers of each module are provided so you can
determine which module is which.
For each module, Set INPUT1 to the type of device connected to the SV-ARINC-429’s ARINC-429
RX 1 A and B inputs, any of GPS 1, 2, 3, 4 or NAV 1, 2, 3, 4. Optionally, you can specify a
“friendly” name for each navigation source using the NAVIGATION SOURCE DISP NAME and
specifying up to 7 characters. Examples include “430NAV”, and “430GPS”. If a NAVIGATION
SOURCE DISP NAME is specified, that will be displayed on the HSI. If NAVIGATION SOURCE DISP
NAME is not specified, GPS 1,2,3,4 / NAV 1, 2, 3, 4 will be displayed in the info item next to the
HSI. For IFR GPS navigators, particularly the Garmin GNS and GTN series, it is also used to
describe the device at the top of the Flight Plan window. Note that any GPS/NAV slots that are
highlighted in red are already being used for other devices. Also note that though POS X is a
possible setting, it should generally not be used for ARINC devices.
Next set the INPUT SPEED parameter (HIGH or LOW), based on the output speed of your two
ARINC devices.
The SV-ARINC-429 has one ARINC output channel with 2 sets of pins on the connector for wiring
convenience. If one or both of your ARINC devices can accept commands, configure OUTPUT
SPEED appropriately.
If you have connected a device to ARINC-429 RX 2 A and B, repeat the above configuration for
the INPUT2 parameter; otherwise, leave it set to NONE.
ALLOW AUTO SWITCH: YES (LABEL 100P) / NO: If set to YES (LABEL 100P), SkyView will
automatically change whether data from INPUT1 or INPUT2 will be displayed.

If the source transmits the “100P” label (such as Garmin 430/530/GTN series), SkyView
will automatically switch inputs per the label. This allows the inputs to be remotely
switched by data from the source, either when the CDI is changed, or automatic
transition on approach.

If data is being transmitted to INPUT1, but no data is being transmitted to INPUT2,
INPUT1 will be displayed.

If data is being transmitted to INPUT2, but no data is being transmitted to INPUT1,
INPUT2 will be displayed.
Your ARINC-429 capable GPS and/or NAV will need to be configured appropriately as well.
Suggested settings for common devices can be found at http://wiki.dynonavionics.com.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
12-11
13. Vertical Power VP-X Integration and Configuration
Dynon SkyView can interface with the Vertical Power VP-X System to provide robust monitoring
and control of your electrical system via your SkyView system. In order to use this feature, a
Vertical Power VP-X system is required, along with a software license for the VP-X features
within SkyView.
For full VP-X functionality, VP-X requires information from the EMS. VP-X
information is displayed in the EMS window of SkyView. Thus, if an SV-EMS-220 or
SV-EMS-221 is not installed in your SkyView system, VP-X information cannot be
displayed.
License Information
The VP-X software features are enabled on Dynon SkyView by purchasing a VP-X license code
from Dynon Avionics and entering it into your SkyView system. Only one VP-X license is needed
in a SkyView system, no matter how many displays are attached. That license is applied to only
one display, but that display stores the license information for the entire system. In normal use,
license information is shared with all displays connected via SkyView Network to allow the VP-X
features to be operated on any display in the system.
Checking License Status
To check whether a SkyView system is licensed to use the VP-X software features, go to SETUP
MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > LICENSE, and look at the status of the Vertical Power line.
Possible license statuses include:




LICENSED (THIS DISPLAY): The SkyView system is licensed to enable the use of the Vertical
Power software features. This display stores the license information and also allows other
displays in the aircraft to access the Vertical Power features.
LICENSED - CONNECTED DISPLAY ONLINE: The SkyView system is licensed to use the Vertical
Power software features. This display is currently connected to a licensed display.
LICENSED DISPLAY OFFLINE - XX HOURS REMAIN The SkyView system is licensed to use the
Vertical Power software features. However, the display that actually stores the license
information is not currently connected. When this happens, the Vertical Power software
features will continue to be accessible for 30 flight hours beyond when it last saw the
licensed display in the aircraft. Once the licensed display is seen again, this timer is cleared.
NO LICENSE: No display in the SkyView system is licensed to use the Vertical Power
features.
Purchasing and Installing a VP-X License
A license can be purchased and applied to your system in one of two ways:
3. Call Dynon Avionics directly at 425-402-0433 with your SkyView display model (SV-D100
or SV-D700) and serial number (as displayed on the case sticker, or in SETUP MENU >
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
13-1
Vertical Power VP-X Integration and Configuration
LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > DISPLAY HARDWARE INFORMATION). A VP-X License Code can
be purchased for the entire aircraft you wish to enable the VP-X software features on.
This six character License Code is then entered in SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP
> LICENSE > LICENSE CODE. If you have more than one display in the aircraft, choose one
to install it onto and provide information for only that display. Once any display is
licensed, all connected displays in the Aircraft can use the Vertical Power software
features.
4. An SV-VPX-290 VP-X Software Certificate may be purchased from Dynon Avionics or any
authorized Dynon Avionics retailer. This certificate can be redeemed for a license code
that can be entered in SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > LICENSE > LICENSE CODE.
To redeem a certificate simply follow the instructions on the certificate itself. Similar to
the above, you will need to redeem your certificate by visiting
http://license.dynonavionics.com with your SkyView display model and serial number
ready. Alternatively, you can call Dynon Avionics directly at 425-402-0433 to redeem a
certificate.
Physical and Electrical Installation
Refer to the Vertical Power installation documentation for instructions on the physical and
electrical installation of the VP-X system.
Up-to-date installation manuals, wiring diagrams, and “how-to” guides for the VP-X system can
be found at http://verticalpower.com/documents/.
SkyView modules such as the SV-ADAHRS-200/201, SV-EMS-220/221, and SVARINC-429 receive power via the SkyView Network. Their power supplies are
managed entirely by the SV-D1000 and SV-D700 displays, and cannot be
separately monitored by the VP-X system. However, SkyView components that
have power supplied by ship’s power, such as the Autopilot servos, SV-ADSB-470,
SV-COM-C25/X83, SV-XPNDR-261/262, and heated AOA/pitot probe can have their
power monitored by the VP-X by routing the power connections for those
components via the VP-X
A Dynon SkyView D37 harnesses for a single display contains a pair of power and
ground wires. These pairs of wires are a SINGLE power input, and must be
connected to a single VP-X input when using the VP-X to provide power to
SkyView displays. The dual wiring scheme is needed to provide adequate power to
the SkyView displays given the electrical constraints of the particular wires and Dsub connections used. These wires should not be sent to separate power channels
or be considered redundant power sources.
Serial Port Connection
All communication between the VP-X system and SkyView is accomplished via a single
bidirectional serial connection. To accomplish this:
13-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Vertical Power VP-X Integration and Configuration

Choose an unused serial port on each display to connect the VP-X to. Note that both the
TX and RX sides of the serial port are needed, and both the RX and TX lines must be
connected to all displays in parallel. It is required to use the same numerical serial port
on all displays.

Connect the VP-X serial TX wire from VP-X connector J1, pin 20 to the SkyView serial RX
of your choosing. If you have multiple displays, the VP-X TX wire must be connected to
the same serial RX wire on each display.

Connect the VP-X serial RX wire from VP-X connector J1, pin 22 to the SkyView serial TX
of your choosing. If you have multiple displays, the VP-X RX wire must be connected to
the same serial TX wire on each display.

Connect VP-X the VP-X ground wire from VP-X connector J1, pin 21 any of the ground
wires on the SkyView D37 connector (any of pins 21-24)

Record the SkyView serial port that you have chosen on each display as you will need to
configure it later for use with the VP-X.
VP-X SkyView Display Settings
Serial Port Setup
Before the VP-X SETUP menu can be accessed, the SkyView system must be licensed to use the
VP-X features, and VP-X should additionally be set up as a serial device on each SkyView display
on the system. To configure your SkyView displays’ serial ports to work with the VP-X:

Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP.

Navigate to the serial port that you physically connected the VP=X module to in the
previous steps.

Select VP-X. Note that other fields are automatically configured and cannot be changed.
Press ACCEPT.

Exit SETUP. Repeat on any other displays on your SkyView system.
VP-X Settings
Most VP-X setup – such as setting circuit breaker limits - is NOT done via SkyView, but instead
via a Windows-based application called VP-X Configurator. See your Vertical Power
documentation for full VP-X installation and setup information.
Though the VP-X’s trim and flaps calibrations are not used by SkyView, leaving any
of the VP-X trim or flaps end points or neutral positions to “0” in the VP-X
Configuration program will cause SkyView’s trim or flaps indications to not display
properly. To avoid this, set all of the trim and flaps end points and neutral points
to “1” in the VP-X Configurator.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
13-3
Vertical Power VP-X Integration and Configuration
The VP-X settings in the SETUP MENU > VP-X SETUP menu mainly concern how information
from the VP-X is displayed in SkyView:

MAIN BATTERY WARNINGS: Sets the main battery voltage levels at which caution and
warning indications are provided visually on the VP-X page.

AUX BATTERY WARNINGS: Sets the auxiliary battery voltage levels at which caution and
warning indications are provided visually on the VP-X page. If you do not have an
auxiliary aircraft battery (note that this is NOT the SkyView SV-BAT-320) installed, this
setting can be ignored.

SYSTEM AMPS: Sets the current levels for the entire electrical system at which caution
and warning indications are provided visually on the VP-X page.

ALTERNATOR AMPS: Sets the current levels for the alternator at which caution and
warning indications are provided visually on the VP-X page.

BATTERY AMPS: Sets the discharge rate at which caution and warning indications are
provided visually on the VP-X page.

SKYVIEW AMPS SHUNT LOCATION: Depending on your electrical layout, your SkyView
shunt may be in one of a few places in your electrical system.

AILERON TRIM POSITION / ELEVATOR TRIM POSITION / FLAP POSITION: Set to SkyView
EMS if your trim and/or flaps position signal input is routed to your SV-EMS-220/221
module, or to VP-X if it is connected to your VP-X system instead. If set to VP-X, the
engine page trim and/or flaps widgets will be sourced from the VP-X position
information. Note that even when using the VP-X as your trim and/or flaps position
source, you do still need to perform the SkyView-based calibration routine for the trim
information to display properly in SkyView. These calibrations can be found under
SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > EMS CALIBRATION. You do not need to
perform that VP-X Configurator-based calibration. However, set all of the points in the
VP-X Configurator to “1”.

To display a battery voltage widget that displays battery voltage connected to the VP-X,
go to SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SCREEN LAYOUT EDITOR > (xx % PAGE) > SENSOR
(button) > BATT VOLTS (VP-X) > ACCEPT (button) > STYLE (per your preference) > SIZE
(per your preference) > SAVE (button).
Post Installation Checks


Follow all installation, configuration, and test procedures as instructed by the Vertical
Power documentation.
Ensure that your VP-X system is powered on and functioning normally.
13-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Vertical Power VP-X Integration and Configuration

On a SkyView display that is displaying the Engine Page (enabled by toggling MENU >
SCREEN > EMS PG), press to MENU > ENGINE > VP-X. The Engine page will automatically rearrange itself to show VP-X information as seen in the image below. If the VP-X page is
covered by a red “X”, the VP-X is either not communicating with SkyView, is not properly
configured, or is inoperative.
Figure 87 - VP-X Example
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
13-5
14. SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
SkyView can receive traffic and weather via the SV-ADSB-470 UAT Band Traffic and Weather
Receiver. The SV-ADSB-470 is a remote mounted module that connects to SkyView via a serial
port on your SkyView display(s). It also requires the installation of a dedicated antenna for ADSB signal reception.
A map license is required to display ADS-B traffic and weather data received from
the SV-ADSB-470. A trial map license for the initial 30 flight hours is included with
every SkyView display. After the 30 flight hour trial expires, installation of the SVMAP-270 Navigation Mapping Software License is required to display ADS-B traffic
and weather data.
Read and understand the System Planning Chapter before installing the SV-ADSB470.
The SV-ADSB-470 receives traffic and weather via the 978 MHz UAT ADS-B
frequencies, which are only utilized in the US. Therefore, traffic and weather are
only available in the US. Dynon Avionics does not recommend the use of the SVADSB-470 outside the US.
Although weather and TFR information (FIS-B services) available any time the SVADSB-470 is in an ADS-B ground station coverage area, ADS-B FIS-B traffic is only
available if a transponder with ADS-B OUT capability is installed and is providing
ADS-B OUT position reports into the ADS-B system.
To enable ADS-B Traffic information on the SV-ADSB-470 with an ADS-B OUT
device other than the Dynon Avionics SV-XPNDR-261/262:
1. SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION > AIRCRAFT HEX
CODE > (enter the HEX Code assigned to your aircraft) > ACCEPT (button)
2. SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > TRAFFIC SETUP > NON-DYNON ADS-B OUT
ONBOARD > YES
Only ADS-B OUT devices that comply with TSO C166b or later of the ADS-B spec
will allow traffic to be displayed properly. The ADS-B OUT device must be set up to
tell the ADS-B system that the aircraft is receiving on 978 MHz.
Figure 88 has a high-level overview of a suggested SV-ADSB-470 installation, configuration, and
testing procedures:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
14-1
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 88 - Suggested SV-ADSB-470 Installation and Configuration Procedure
Physical Installation
SV-ADSB-470 Dimensions and Connections
Figure 89 - SV-ADSB-470 Dimensions (top view)
14-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 90 - SV-ADSB-470 Dimensions/Connections (front view)
Installation Instructions
The SV-ADSB-470 is designed to be mounted in any convenient location in the cockpit, the
cabin, or an avionics bay.
The following installation procedure should be followed, remembering to allow adequate space
for installation of cables and connectors.

Select a position in the aircraft that is not too close to any high external heat source.
(The SV-ADSB-470 is not a significant heat source itself and does not need to be kept
away from other devices for this reason).

Avoid sharp bends and placing the cables too near to the aircraft control cables.

Secure the SV-ADSB-470 to the aircraft using its four (4) mounting holes. The device
should be mounted to a flat surface. The mounting tabs on each side of the module
have holes sized for #8-32 fasteners, but it is up to the installer to decide how the
module will be secured to the aircraft.
Additional items you will require, but which are not in the SV-ADSB-470 package, include:

Antenna and fixing hardware. Antenna selection suggestions are available in the
following section.

Cables and female BNC connector. You need to supply and fabricate all required cables.
Guidance on cable types is given below.

Mounting hardware: To secure the SV-ADSB-470 to the aircraft.
Electrical Installation
Because the SV-ADSB-470 can be mounted in a variety of locations, the harness length
requirements will vary from airplane to airplane. Therefore, Dynon Avionics does not supply
pre-manufactured harnesses for the SV-ADSB-470. Instead, your SV-ADSB-470 shipped with the
required D9 connector and pins to generate a suitable harness. Refer to the sections below for
detailed wiring information.
If you do not own a D-sub machined-pin crimping tool, they can be obtained for under $50 from
many retailers. See http://wiki.dynonavionics.com/Tools_not_supplied_by_Dynon for known
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
14-3
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
sources of these products. You may also find it helpful to own a pin insertion/extraction tool as
well.
Additional harness construction and wiring information can be found in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections.
The SV-ADSB-470 has a single D9 female connector which provides the data and power inputs
to the module. A single BNC connector attaches to the antenna.
SV-ADSB-470 Interface – Pinout (Female D9 on module / Male D9 on harness)
Pin
Function
Notes
1
10-30V DC
Connect to Aircraft Power
2
SV-ADSB-470 Serial RX
Data Input from SkyView
3
SV-ADSB-470 Serial TX
Data Output to SkyView
4
Ground
Connect to Aircraft Ground
5
No Connect
-
6
No Connect
-
7
No Connect
-
8
No Connect
-
9
No Connect
-
Table 46 - SV-ADSB-470 Female D9 Pinout
The pin out depicted in Figure 91 below depicts the view from the rear of your male D9
connector – the view you will have of your harness connector as you are inserting pins into the
harness. Note that the pin numbers are labelled on the face of both the female and male
connector.
Figure 91 - SV-ADSB-470 connector diagram (from back side of male D9 connector on the wiring harness)
The following table shows the connections for each of SkyView’s nominally available serial ports
(serial port 5 is usually used for connection to the SV-GPS-250 module). Only ONE of the
following serial ports will be used:
14-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Serial
Port
1
2
3
4
SkyView D37
SV-ADSB-470 D9
Pin 3 (RX) Brown/Violet
Pin 3 (TX)
Pin 4 (TX) Brown/Orange
Pin 2 (RX)
Pin 5 (RX) Yellow/Violet
Pin 3 (TX)
Pin 6 (TX) Yellow/Orange
Pin 2 (RX)
Pin 7 (RX) Green/Violet
Pin 3 (TX)
Pin 8 (TX) Green/Orange
Pin 2 (RX)
Pin 9 (RX) Blue/Violet
Pin 3 (TX)
Pin 10 (TX) Blue/Orange
Pin 2 (RX)
Table 47 - Example SkyView/SV-ADSB-470 Serial Port Connections
Power/Ground Input
The SV-ADSB-470 can be powered by 10-30 Volts DC. 22 AWG wire is sufficient for wire runs up
to 50’ for this application. Note that the SV-ADSB-470 must be connected to aircraft power –
none of SkyView’s voltage outputs can provide a sufficient amount of power to power the SVADSB-470.
Power Specifications
SV-ADSB-470
Approximate current
consumption at 12 volts DC
0.2 amps
Approximate current
consumption at 24 volts DC
0.1 amps
Table 48 - SV-XPNDR-261/262 Power Consumption
Serial RX/TX
All communication between the SV-ADSB-470 module and SkyView is accomplished via a single
bidirectional serial connection. To accomplish this:

Choose an unused serial port on each display to connect the SV-ADSB-470 to. Note that
both the TX and RX sides of the serial port are needed, and both the RX and TX lines
must be connected to all displays in parallel. The same numerical serial port must be
used on each display.

Connect the SV-ADSB-470 TX wire (pin 3) to the SkyView serial RX of your choosing. If
you have multiple displays, the SV-ADSB-470 TX wire must be connected to the same
serial RX wire on each display.

Connect the SV-ADSB-470 RX wire (pin 2) to the SkyView serial TX of your choosing. If
you have multiple displays, the SV-ADSB-470 RX wire must be connected to the same
serial TX wire on each display.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
14-5
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

Record the SkyView serial port that you have chosen on each display as you will need to
configure it later for use with the SV-ADSB-470.
The SV-ADSB-470 communicates with the SkyView system using serial ports, not
SkyView Network. Thus, the SV-ADSB-470 will not be listed as a device in the list of
SkyView Network devices (such as SV-ADAHRS-200/201, SV-EMS-220/221, etc.)
This is normal.
Antenna Selection and Installation
The SV-ADSB-470 requires its own antenna; it cannot share the transponder’s antenna. The
selected antenna should be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions. A UATspecific antenna or a transponder antenna may be used with the SV-ADSB-470. Antennas
available include (but are not limited to):

UAT Antennas
o Delta Pop (non-TSO):

www.deltapopaviation.com/UAT_Antenna.html
o Rami AV-74 (TSO’d):


www.rami.com/product-view.php?pid=24
Transponder Antennas: Any antenna suitable for use with an aircraft transponder will
work with the SV-ADSB-470.
The following considerations should be taken into account when siting the antenna:

The antenna should be well removed from any projections, the engine(s) and
propeller(s). It should also be well removed from landing gear doors, access doors or
others openings which will break the ground plane for the antenna.

The antenna should be mounted on the bottom surface of the aircraft and in a vertical
position when the aircraft is in level flight.

Where practical, plan the antenna location to keep the cable lengths as short as possible
and avoid sharp bends in the cable to minimize the VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio).

The SV-ADSB-470 antenna should not be installed within 2 feet (24 inches) of the
transponder antenna.
Antenna Ground Plane
When a conventional aircraft monopole antenna is used it relies on a ground plane for correct
behaviour. For ideal performance the ground plane should be very large compared to the
wavelength of reception, which is 305 mm. In a metal skinned aircraft this is usually easy to
14-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
accomplish, but is more difficult in a composite or fabric skinned aircraft. In these cases a
metallic ground plane should be fabricated and fitted under the antenna.
As the ground plane is made smaller, the actual dimensions of the ground plane become more
critical, and small multiples of the wavelength should be avoided, as should circles. Rectangles
or squares are much less likely to create a critical dimension that resonates with the
transmissions. The smallest practical ground plane is a square around 130 mm per side; as the
size increases the performance may actually get worse, but will be better by the time the
ground plane is 780 mm on each side. Anything much larger than that size is unlikely to show
significant further improvement.
The thickness of the material used to construct the ground plane is not critical, providing it is
sufficiently conductive. A variety of proprietary mesh and grid solutions are available.
Heavyweight cooking foil meets the technical requirements, but obviously needs to be properly
supported.
Antenna Cable
An acceptable cable:

Has less than 3.0 dB loss for the run length needed. For runs less than 17 feet, RG58
is acceptable.

Has a characteristic impedance of 50 Ohms

If running the antenna cable in a bundle with or in close proximity to the
transponder antenna cable:
o Has double braid screens or has a foil and braid screen. For runs less than 17
feet, RG400 is acceptable.
When routing the cable, ensure that you:

Route the cable away from sources of heat.

Route the cable away from potential interference sources such as ignition wiring, 400Hz
generators, fluorescent lighting and electric motors.

Keep the cable run as short as possible.

Avoid routing the cable round tight bends.

Avoid kinking the cable even temporarily during installation.

Secure the cable so that it cannot interfere with other systems.
Antenna BNC Connector
This section describes the technique for attaching the antenna cable to a BNC connector. A BNC
connector is not supplied with the SV-ADSB-470. The SV-ADSB-470 has a female BNC
connection. Therefore, you will need to source a male BNC connector that is compatible with
the antenna cable type that meets your aircraft’s needs.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
14-7
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
A dual crimp style BNC connector can be completed using a wide range of commercial crimp
tools (for example the Tyco 5-1814800-3). The die apertures for the inner pin and the outer
shield should be approximately 1.72 mm and 5.41 mm respectively.

Strip back the coax cable to the dimensions in the table, as shown in the diagram below.
Slide 25 mm (1 inch) of heat shrink tubing over the cable.

Slide the outer crimp sleeve over the cable – it must go on before securing the center
contact.
Dimension
Cut size
(mm)
Cut size
(inches)
A
17.5
0.69
B
7.2
0.28
C
4.8
0.19

Crimp the center contact to the cable.

Insert the cable into the connector – the center contact should click into place in the
body, the inner shield should be inside the body of the connector and the outer shield
should be outside the body.

Crimp the outer sleeve over the shield.
Slide heat shrink tubing forward (flush to connector) and heat to shrink the tubing.
SV-ADSB-470-Related SkyView Display Settings
Before the ADS-B STATUS menu can be accessed, the SV-ADSB-470 needs to be configured on
the SkyView system:
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT x SETUP (the serial port you
wired the SV-ADSB-470 to) > SERIAL IN DEVICE > SV-ADSB-470 > ACCEPT (button).
SETUP MENU > TRAFFIC SETUP > SHOW TAIL NUMBERS > YES > ACCEPT (button).
Post Installation Checks
After the SV-ADSB-470 has been configured, confirmation that communication has been
established with the module by performing the following procedure:
 Go to SETUP MENU > ADS-B STATUS.
14-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-ADSB-470 Installation, Configuration, and Testing



Confirm that the DEVICE line reads SV-ADSB-470.
Use the STATUS line to determine whether the SV-ADSB-470 is successfully communicating
with SkyView. It can also be used to determine whether the as well as if it is able to see any
ADS-B ground stations. The status line can display any of the following states:
o NOT FOUND: The device is not communicating with SkyView. This usually implies a
connectivity/wiring problem between the SV-ADSB-470 and SkyView, or that the SVADSB-470 is not receiving power.
o NO SIGNAL: The device is communicating with SkyView, but data is not being
received from an ADS-B ground station. This may occur when you are on the ground
and do not have line-of-sight reception of an ADS-B ground station, or if you are in
the air and are out of range of all ADS-B ground stations. If there is an ADS-B ground
station in range, and NO SIGNAL is persistently displayed, it may imply a connectivity
problem with your ADS-B antenna or an installation issue that is preventing the ADSB antenna from receiving ADS-B ground station broadcasts. Note that when in flight,
the Map Page displays a status widget in its lower left corner that contains the same
information as this menu status item. That widget will be more useful for
ascertaining proper operation once you are in the air and are most likely to be
receiving data from ADS-B ground stations.
o RECEIVING: The device is communicating with SkyView AND data is being received
from an ADS-B ground station.
You may also observe the red LED light on the physical SV-ADSB-470 module to confirm
proper hardware operation:
o Flashing Fast: The module is operating normally, is configured and communicating
with SkyView over a correctly-configured serial port, and is receiving GPS data from
SkyView.
o Flashing Slowly: The module is operating, but is not fully communicating with
SkyView.
o Off: The module is not receiving power.
o On Solid - the module is receiving power, but is not operating normally. Contact
Dynon Technical Support (contact information at the beginning of this manual) for
assistance if power cycling your avionics does not help.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
14-9
15. Accessory Installation and Configuration
This chapter contains information regarding installation and configuration of various Dynonsupplied accessories for the SkyView system.
Angle of Attack Pitot Probe Installation and Configuration
This section walks you through the general steps to install and calibrate both the heated and
unheated versions of the AOA/Pitot Probe. The heated probe consists of a heater controller
module and a probe while the standard version is a probe only.
While the probe senses standard pitot pressure, allowing it to work with any standard airspeed
indicator, its AOA functionality is designed specifically to work with Dynon’s EFIS series of
products. Do not expect it to work properly with another AOA system.
To ensure accuracy, it is very important that you install the probe correctly and
perform the specified calibration steps. We recommend that you read and
understand this entire section before proceeding with the installation.
Dynon’s Heated AOA/Pitot Probe is nickel-plated. Do not polish the probe as this
will cause the finish to come off.
AOA Calculation: Principles of Operation
Dynon Avionics’ AOA/Pitot probe performs two functions: airspeed sensing and angle of attack
sensing. These functions require two pressure ports on the tip of the probe. The normal pitot
pressure port is on the front face of the probe and is designed to be insensitive to angle of
attack. The second pressure port is located on an angled surface just under the pitot port and is
designed to be very sensitive to AOA. The SkyView system then uses the difference between
these two pressures to calculate the current angle of attack.
Heating: Principles of Operation
The heated version of Dynon’s AOA/Pitot Probe utilizes a nichrome heating element whose
temperature is accurately measured and regulated by the heater controller. This controller–
located in an enclosure which can be mounted in a wing or elsewhere–regulates the heat at the
tip of the probe to a constant temperature. There are several advantages to this: lower power
consumption, increased heating element lifespan, and a much cooler pitot on the ground when
de-icing is not necessary. This unique technique ensures that the pitot can be rapidly de-iced
when required, but does not needlessly waste electricity when not in icing conditions.
The probe operates at a fairly hot temperature. During normal operation, it
regulates its internal temperature to about 70°C to 80°C. You can verify nominal
operation by touching the end of the pitot farthest from the snout after one
minute of operation. It should be warm.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-1
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Failure Warning
Designed to meet the indication requirements of FAR 23.1326, the heated pitot controller has
an output that can trigger a warning light in the cockpit whenever the probe heater is turned
off or is not functioning properly. While not required for Experimental and LSA category
aircraft, this feature provides peace of mind, giving you instant feedback that your probe’s
heater is working as designed.
Tools and Materials Required





Dynon Avionics AOA/Pitot Probe
Two plumbing lines (usually ¼” soft aluminum or plastic tubing) routed from the SVADAHRS-200/201 to the probe mounting location
Tubing interface hardware
o Reference our wiki at http://wiki.dynonavionics.com for tubing interface hardware
recommendations.
#36 drill and #6-32 tap
AOA Pitot Mounting bracket. Models known to work well can be found at
http://wiki.dynonavionics.com/AOA_Pitot_Brackets_and_Parts.
Please follow these instructions explicitly as improper installation can result in
permanent damage to your device and/or aircraft.
Heater Controller Module Installation
This section addresses heater controller module installation. If you are installing the unheated
version of the probe, you may skip to the AOA/Pitot Probe Mounting Section.
15-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Heater Controller Module Physical Installation
Figure 92 shows the dimensions of the heater controller module.
Figure 92–Heater Controller Module Dimensions
The heater controller module requires #6 mounting hardware and should ideally be mounted
close to the AOA/Pitot Probe. When mounting the controller close to the probe, ensure that it
is close enough for its wires to mate with the probe’s wires, with room for strain-relief. If you
find it difficult to mount the controller in the wing, or simply wish for the controller to be
mounted closer to the battery, you must extend the lines using the correct wire gauge as
described in Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-3
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Figure 93–Heated AOA/Pitot Probe Wiring Overview
Heater Controller Wiring
Before making the connections to your Heated AOA/Pitot Probe and controller, refer to
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections. The table below provides general
15-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
recommendations for wire gauge choice, given wiring run length. It assumes 10 amps of
current.
Run length (in feet)
0 to 7
7 to 9
10 to 16
17 to 24
25 to 40
Gauge
18 AWG
16 AWG
14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
Table 49–From FAA AC 43.13-1B, page 11-30
Probe to Controller Wiring
As mentioned above, it is preferable that the heater controller box be mounted near enough to
the probe that 5 wires between the controller and probe can be connected without extension.
The three mating pairs of colored wires–terminated with Fastons–are used to carry the current
to the heating element in the probe. The 2 white wires are for temperature measurement, and
can be small. If you have mounted the heater controller near the probe and do not need to
extend the wires between the two, simply plug each wire on the controller into its
corresponding like-colored wire from the probe.
If you do need to extend the wires between the probe and the controller, use the
recommended wire size (see Table 49) for your run length. Since extending the wire runs
requires that you cut the connectors off the 5 wires between the probe and controller, splice
the extension wires between the probe and controller using butt splices or other similarly
secure method. The white wires are not polarity-dependent. Additionally, as the white wires do
not carry any significant current, you may extend them with 26 AWG or larger for any run
length.
Controller Power Wiring
Three wires – colored red, black, and white – exit the controller for connection to your
electrical system. Power (between 10 and 15 volts DC) is fed to the controller via the red and
black wires. The maximum current draw of the heated pitot controller/probe is 10 amps. You
must route your own appropriately-sized wires to where the heater controller is mounted. Both
power and ground lines should be able to handle 10 amps with minimal voltage drop, as
recommended in Table 49.
The red wire should be connected through a pilot-accessible switch to the main power source
in the aircraft (limited to 15 volts DC). The switch allows you to manually turn the heater
controller on and off, depending on the situation. Install a 15 amp fuse at any point along the
power line to the heater controller. Remember that even when the controller is powered on, it
only heats the probe the amount necessary to maintain temperature.
The black wire should be permanently connected to ground. Cutting power to the heater
controller should occur via the red power line, not the black ground line.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-5
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Wire Color
Red
Black
White
Notes
Connected through a pilot-accessible switch to
10 to 15 volt DC supply.
Must handle up to 10 amps.
Must have a constant connection to ground.
This is required for the warning light to
operate when controller is powered off or not
functioning. Line must handle up to 10 amps.
Connected to a light bulb (or resistor & LED)
tied to switched ship’s power. This line is
grounded when the heater controller is
powered off or not functioning. Connection
can handle no more than 1 amp. Current
depends on light source connected.
Table 50–Controller Power Wiring Details
Heater Status Connection
The probe heater functions properly whether or not you make this connection. It is
simply a status output for your convenience.
The white heater status wire is grounded when the probe heater is turned off or not
functioning properly. This wire should be connected to a light on the panel, whose other
terminal is connected to switched aircraft power. When the heater is on and functioning
properly, the white heater status line is open, leaving the indicator light turned off. When there
is no power to the heater controller–or it is not functioning properly–the white line is
grounded, turning the indicator light on. This parallels annunciator behavior in FAA certificated
aircraft.
Aircraft Spruce P/N 17-410 is an example of a light that will work for this application. An LED
and resistor in series will also suffice. If you use an LED as the indicator, you must choose a
resistor that delivers the appropriate current to the LED, and can accommodate the power
required for its current and voltage drop. Also note that the power and ground connections on
LEDs are not reversible.
15-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Heat Status on EMS Page
If an SV-EMS-220 or SV-EMS-221 is installed for engine monitoring, the status of the Heated
Pitot Controller can be displayed on the EMS display.
1. Connect the heater status output wire to the any of the following General Purpose
Inputs that are not already in use: Pins 4, 7, 9, 10, 11. 12, 20, or 21. (General Purpose
Inputs Pins 6, 8, 22, 23, and 31 are more specialized and should be reserved for other
use.)
2. SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR INPUT MAPPING
C37 Px (pin that the heater status output is connected to) set to
CONTACT | CONTACT | PHEAT (or a CUSTOM name of your choice).
3. SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SENSOR SETUP > PHEAT CONTACT
ALARM OFF
RANGE 1
ENABLE YES
NAME ON
COLOR GREEN
TOP 5.0V
BOTTOM 2.1V
RANGE 2
ENABLE YES
NAME OFF
COLOR RED
TOP 2.0V
BOTTOM 0.0V
RANGE 3 (and RANGE 4 and RANGE 5)
ENABLE NO
(other parameters are ignored when ENABLE set to NO)
4. SETUP MENU > EMS SETUP > SCREEN LAYOUT EDITOR
SENSOR (button)
Select PHEAT (or custom name) CONTACT
ACCEPT (button)
Adjust size of the icon to your preference.
Adjust location of the icon to your preference.
SAVE (button)
5. Repeat step 5 for 20%, 50%, and 100% layouts as desired
6. Test:
When Pitot Heater Controller is OFF (or fault), EMS screen should display RED indicator
with text OFF.
When Pitot Heater Controller is ON, EMS screen should display GREEN indicator
with text ON.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-7
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Angle of Attack Audio Alert Volume
The volume of Angle of Attack audio alert can be adjusted independently of other audio alerts:
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > AUDIO SETUP > AOA VOLUME: (0% TO 100%).
AOA/Pitot Probe Mounting
Dynon’s standard AOA/Pitot Probes are designed to mount under the wing. The information in
this chapter primarily applies to an under-wing installation.
Dynon does additionally make a straight boom-mount AOA/Pitot for customers that have
unique mounting requirements. It is available only in an unheated version. As the boom-mount
AOA/Pitot installations are usually custom/unique, no mounting brackets or mounting
instructions are provided by Dynon. The methods and materials needed to install the boommount AOA/Pitot are left to the customer to best determine.
AOA/Pitot Probe Mount Location
The Dynon Avionics AOA/Pitot probe only functions correctly when mounted in a location
where the airflow over the probe is relatively undisturbed by the aircraft. In general, we
recommend that you mount it at least 6 inches (150 mm) below the wing and with the tip of
the probe between 2 and 12 inches (50mm to 300 mm) behind the leading edge of the wing.
Typically, pitot probes are mounted about mid-wing span wise to minimize the effects of both
the propeller and the wing tips. Testing during the probe development has shown that the
standard mounting locations for the pitot probe in the RV series of aircraft also works for the
Dynon probe.
AOA/Pitot Probe Mounting Instructions
After the mounting location has been determined, mount the pitot mounting kit per the
included instructions or fabricate your own mount. In either case, mount the probe securely to
the wing such that the body of the probe is horizontal during level flight. Drill and tap mounting
holes (#6-32) on the probe to match your mounting bracket. Use caution when drilling the
holes, ensuring that you avoid drilling into the pitot and AOA pressure lines. As long as you do
not penetrate these lines, you may drill all the way through the outer metal without affecting
the probe’s waterproofing.
15-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
AOA/Pitot Probe Dimensions
Figure 94–Standard Mount AOA/Pitot Probe Dimensions (Top View)
Figure 95–Standard Mount AOA/Pitot Probe Dimensions (Side View)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-9
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Figure 96–Boom Mount AOA/Pitot Probe Dimensions
Plumbing
Because the pitot and AOA plumbing tubes have not been annealed, they workharden rapidly when manipulated. Make gentle bends, and only bend any given
section once.
The Dynon AOA / Pitot Probe does not include a port for the Static source for the SV-ADAHRS200/201. Static source locations are usually determined by the aircraft manufacturer or
designer, typically located on the fuselage.
Before installing the AOA/Pitot Probe, verify that there are no restrictions in the probe:
1. Blow into the Pitot port (the tip) and verify good airflow from the line closest to the tip.
2. Blow into the AOA port (under the tip) and verify good airflow from the line in the rear.
After mounting the probe, route the pitot and AOA lines from the probe to the SV-ADAHRS200/201. The tube closest to the snout is the pitot line, while the tube in the rear is the AOA
line.
After mounting the probe, install tubing interface hardware to connect the 3/16 plumbing lines
from the probe to whatever plumbing lines run back to the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 in your
aircraft. Make sure the plumbing lines do not chafe or interfere with any aircraft control
systems.
Although the Standard Mount AOA/pitot design incorporates a drain feature, the
builder/installer should ensure that the design and installation of each pitot/AOA system
provides positive drainage of moisture from the plumbing.
Pressure Check
Dynon’s Standard Mount AOA/pitot design deliberately has a pin-sized leak hole in each of the
two tubes to permit draining any moisture which might accumulate inside. These holes are
located in the middle of the tube at the bottom. Plugging these holes does not guarantee a
pneumatic seal (although one is sometimes present). The leak that may exist does not affect
15-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
the performance of the probe. You will, however, need to take it into account when doing
pressure/leak tests on your pitot system.
Calibration
It is your responsibility to fly your plane safely while performing any configuration
or calibration in flight. The best scenario includes a second person to perform any
necessary steps on any SkyView components.
You should familiarize yourself with the AOA calibration procedure before flight by
reading through the instructions in the AOA Calibration Wizard (SETUP MENU >
HARDWARE CALIBRATION > ADAHRS CALIBRATION > AOA CALIBRATION).
Once you are flying straight and level at a safe altitude for stalls, go into the AOA Calibration
Wizard (IN FLIGHT SETUP MENU > AOA CALIBRATION…) and follow the onscreen instructions to
calibrate angle of attack.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-11
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Encoder Serial-to-Gray Code Converter Installation and Configuration
This section guides you through the installation of Dynon’s Encoder Converter (Dynon P/N
100362-000). The Encoder Converter is an electronic device that receives the serial encoder
data from a SkyView display and outputs standard Mode-C parallel Gray code into your Mode-C
transponder.
This Encoder Converter requires data from a SkyView display and is not to be
confused with other standalone encoders available on the market. The Encoder
Converter does not output an encoder strobe signal.
The Encoder Converter is designed to be powered off voltages between 10 and 30 volts DC.
Tools and Equipment
The following parts are not included with your Encoder Converter purchase but may be
necessary to complete the installation.





Wire cutters
Connector crimp tool
Crimp pins
SkyView Display Harness (SV-HARNESS-D37)
Connector to mate with Gray code transponder
Electrical Installation
The following sections describe the wiring requirements for using the Encoder Converter. Please
follow these instructions explicitly as improper wiring can result in permanent damage to your unit.
Recommended Wire Practices
Use correct splicing techniques for all electrical connections, taking care to properly
insulate any exposed wire. A short circuit between any of the wires may cause
damage to the Encoder.
The wire used in construction of your Encoder Converter is 22 AWG avionics grade Tefzel wire,
which meets Mil Standard MIL-W-22759/16.
Make sure all connections are secure and all wires are routed and strain relieved
to ensure that the wires will not chafe against any other object in the aircraft.
Transponder Wiring
Wire the Encoder Converter signals to their respective connections on your Mode-C
transponder according to Table 51. Mode-C transponder pin-outs vary from device to device. To
find the correct pin-out, look at the manual for your transponder or contact its manufacturer.
The table below details which color wire should be connected to each Transponder pin. All of
15-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
the wires listed in the table leave one end of the Encoder Converter in a single bundle. If your
transponder has a switched power output, connect this to the power inputs on the Encoder
Converter. If your transponder does not include this switched power output, the Encoder
Converter power connections should be made directly to your switched avionics power. Ensure
that all avionics power is off before performing the wiring step of this installation.
If your Altitude Transponder has either a strobe signal or a D4 pin, leave these pins
unconnected.
Transponder Pin
A1
A2
A4
B1
B2
B4
C1
C2
C4
Power (10 to 30 volts DC)
Ground
Strobe Signal
Encoder Converter Wire Color
Yellow
Green
White with Blue stripe
Blue
Orange
White with Red stripe
White with Green stripe
White
White with Black stripe
Red
Black
Do not connect
Table 51–Transponder to Encoder Converter Wiring
The Gray code output of the Encoder Converter reports altitude not adjusted for barometric
pressure, as required by FAA specification. The altitude reported by the SkyView encoder will
always match the altitude shown on screen when the BARO value is set to 29.92 inHg.
SV-D700 or SV-D1000 Connection
Before wiring connections to the SkyView display check to ensure that the wire length between
your Encoder Converter and your display is appropriate. Add or remove wire length if needed
or desired. Customizing the wire length will facilitate an installation that is both cleaner and
more secure.
If you have more than one SkyView display, note that like all other serial devices, the encoder
converter module needs to be connected to a serial TX from each display simultaneously. See
the Serial Devices section for more information about this requirement.
Any general purpose SkyView display serial port is compatible with the Encoder Converter
module. Connect the Encoder’s input (green or red) to an appropriate wire on the display
harness (reference the SV-D700 / SV-D1000 Electrical Installation Section for details on which
pins to use). Also ensure that the display and the Encoder Converter Module share a ground.
Figure 97 illustrates the basic electrical connection between the SkyView display and the
Encoder Converter module.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-13
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Transponder
SkyView Display
DB37 Connector
TX
Encoder Converter
Module
SkyView Display Serial Transmit
Shared Ground
GND
Yellow
Green
White/Blue
Blue
Orange
White/Red
White/Green
White
White/Black
Green Wire
A1
A2
A4
B1
B2
B4
C1
C2
C4
Unconnected D4
Unconnected Strobe
Black Wire
The Encoder Converter Module
is compatible with all SkyView
display serial ports.
Red
Black
10-30 volts
Ground
Figure 97–Encoder Converter Module Electrical Connections
Serial Port Setup–DYNON CONVERTER Format
Enter the Serial Port Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP) on
each display and configure the appropriate serial port for use with the Encoder Serial-to-Gray
Code Converter module with the following settings:
SERIAL # IN DEVICE:
NONE
SERIAL # IN FUNCTION:
NONE
SERIAL # IN/OUT BAUD RATE:
1200
SERIAL # OUT DEVICE:
DYNON CONVERTER
15-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter Installation and Configuration
Dynon Avionics’ Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter (Dynon P/N 100654-000) is suitable for
general use with most capacitive plate fuel level sensors. It accepts an input via a female BNC
and outputs a DC voltage signal that can be read by the SV-EMS-220/221. It requires 10 to 15
volts DC for power and draws minimal current. We recommend that you connect the
Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter to the SV-EMS-220/221 for power as shown in the table
below. It will also work properly when connected directly to standard 12 volt DC aircraft power.
If your aircraft runs on 24 volt DC power, you must connect the Capacitance-to-Voltage
Converter to the SV-EMS-220/221 for its power source. Voltage inputs higher than 15 volts DC
will damage the device.
General Installation Recommendations
Connect the female BNC to the male BNC included with your capacitive fuel level sensor.
Connect the wires as shown in the table to an enhanced general purpose input on the SV-EMS220/221. If you need to extend the wire beyond the supplied length, we recommend avionics
grade 22 AWG wire with Tefzel® type insulation.
Refer to the Fuel Level Sensor Section for EMS pin-out information when connecting this
product to your SV-EMS-220/221.
This section walks you through the general steps to install and calibrate. You must configure the
input type on the SV-EMS-220/221 to capacitive sender before calibrating this product. Refer to
the EMS Sensor Definitions, Mapping, and Settings Section for configuration instructions and
the EMS Sensor Calibration Section for calibration procedures.
Wire
Black
SV-EMS-220/221
Pin
Any of 5, 13, 16,
17, or 30
White
Any of 8, 22, 23,
or 31
Red
15
Function
Ground
Capacitance converter
output to EMS fuel level
input (0V DC to 5V DC)
12V DC Power (normally
used for fuel flow)
Table 52 – Capacitance-to-Voltage Converter Wiring
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-15
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Video Input Adapter for SkyView (USB)
The Video Input Adapter (P/N 102211-000) allows display of a video source (nominally, a
camera), displayed either 100% of the SkyView display, or 50% of the SkyView display to which
it is connected. The video image on one SkyView display cannot be “shared” to other SkyView
displays. Only one Video Input Adapter can be used per SkyView display.
The Video Input Adapter for SkyView works with:
All SV-D1000T (SkyView Touch) displays (including units upgraded from SV-D1000)
SV-D700 displays S/N 4000 and higher
SV-D1000 displays S/N 6000 and higher
If you have a display with earlier S/N, please contact Dynon Avionics Technical
Support (contact information at the beginning of this manual).
The Video Input Adapter is supported in SkyView firmware v11.0 (and later). It is
not functional in any earlier version of SkyView firmware.
SkyView only supports the Video Input Adapter
available from Dynon Avionics. Although other
similar adapters are available, they will likely not
function with SkyView and are not supported by
Dynon Avionics.
The Video Input Adapter includes various connectors
for multiple input sources, but in SkyView, only the
Composite Video (the middle cable in the illustration
at right – Yellow, single RCA connector) and the SVideo (the left cable in the illustration at right, 4-pin
mini-DIN) inputs are functional. The Composite
Video and S-Video inputs are compatible with both
NTSC (US analog video standard) and PAL (non-US
analog video standard) video sources.
There is only one video input – you can use either
the Composite input or the S-Video input, but not
both.
Dynon Avionics does not supply cameras or other video sources, or cabling associated with
video devices. The video device will require power that is not supplied or controlled by
SkyView.
Video quality of analog video devices such as cameras that output composite or SVideo is extremely sensitive to the quality of cable used. It is recommended to use
high quality video cable for the connection between the video source (especially a
camera) and the Video Input Adapter.
15-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Accessory Installation and Configuration
Installation
The Video Input Adapter is small and light, and therefore does not have any built-in mounting
hardware. You should ensure that it is installed and secured in a manner that will provide for
reliable operation. Take care to not damage the connector that mates the Video Adapter’s body
and its S-video / composite video input cable assembly.
The Video Input Adapter is supplied with a USB extension cable. The intent is to mount the
Video Input Adapter in a suitable location behind the panel, in reasonable proximity to the
SkyView display, and route the USB extension cable to the SkyView display and plug it into one
of the two USB connectors on the back of the SkyView display. (It is not recommended to plug
the Video Input Adapter into the USB cable connected to the 37-pin connector.) If the supplied
USB extension cable is unsuitable for your installation, another (longer) USB cable may be
substituted.
If video extension cables are used, consider using heat shrink tubing over the extension cable
connectors to minimize the possibility of the connectors migrating loose over time.
Setup Configuration
Unlike the typical “plug and play” experience with USB devices, a SkyView display only checks
for a Video Input Adapter connected during bootup. If your SkyView display is powered on
when you connect the Video Input Adapter, reboot the SkyView display (push buttons 1+2+5
simultaneously) for the Video Input Adapter to be recognized.
When the SkyView display has recognized the Video Input Adapter, a small blue indicator will
illuminate on the Video Input Adapter.
To configure the Video Input Adapter:
SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > VIDEO INPUT >

NTSC COMPOSITE – Your video source is connected to the Composite (Yellow RCA)
connector and it complies with NTSC (US analog video standard)

PAL COMPOSITE – Your video source is connected to the Composite (Yellow RCA)
connector and it complies with PAL (non-US analog video standard)

NTSC S-VIDEO – Your video source is connected to the S-Video (Mini-DIN) connector and
it complies with NTSC (US analog video standard)

PAL S-VIDEO – Your video source is connected to the S-Video (Mini-DIN) connector and
it complies with PAL (non-US analog video standard)
Note that this menu will not be visible if no Video Input Adapter has been detected.
Checkout and Operation
To view the video input on your SkyView display:
TOOLS > VIDEO
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
15-17
Accessory Installation and Configuration
If the Video Input Adapter is connected and working, but no video signal is being
received by the Video Input Adapter, a blank blue field will be displayed for video
on the SkyView display. If you see this blue field displayed:
1. Check your connections to your video source.
2. Check that power is on to the video source.
3. Check that that the video input is correctly configured for your video device
(typically, PAL vs NTSC).
Pushing the VIDEO button repeatedly toggles the video display on and off.
Unlike the PFD, EMS, and MAP Pages, which can be displayed in various sizes,
video can only be displayed as a 100% (full screen) or 50% (split screen) page.
To configure video to be displayed 100% or 50% page on your display:

TOOLS > VIDEO (have video displayed) then

SCREEN > LAYOUT. If PFG PG, EMS PG, and MAP PG are all toggled off, video will be
displayed 100%.

To display video, push the PFD PG or EMS PG or MAP PG to display these at 50% with
video 50%.

When video is 50%, push the LAYOUT button to select whether video is display on the
left side of the display, or the right side of the display.
Note that this menu will not be visible if no Video Input Adapter has been detected. More
operational detail on using video is provided in the SkyView Pilot’s User Guide.
15-18
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16. SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Note: SV-COM-C25 is the complete radio system, consisting of the SV-COM-PANEL
control panel installed on the panel, and the SV-COM-425 transceiver installed
elsewhere. Installation instructions for the SV-INTERCOM-2S (referenced in these
instructions) has its own, separate manual, available for download at
http://docs.dynonavionics.com
Read and understand the System Planning Chapter before installing the SV-COMC25.
Do not transmit without an antenna connected. Doing so will damage your SVCOM-C25.
Figure 98 - Suggested SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing Procedure
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-1
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Physical Installation: SV-COM-PANEL
SV-COM-PANEL Dimensions
Figure 99 - SV-COM-PANEL Dimensions
16-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Physical Installation
SV-COM-PANEL – VERTICAL Installation Dimension Quick Overview



Panel Cutout: (irregular – see drawing)
Bezel Outline: 1.80” W x 3.532” T (45.72 mm W x 89.71 mm T)
Note that the SV-COM-PANEL/V is sized such that two units can be stacked to
the same height as the height of an SV-D1000 display.
SV-COM-PANEL - HORIZONTAL Installation Dimension Quick Overview


Panel Cutout: (irregular – see drawing)
Bezel Outline: 3.532” W x 1.80” T (89.71 mm W x 45.72 mm T)
The figures on the following pages show recommended panel cutouts, mounting hole patterns,
and mechanical dimension for the SV-COM-PANEL/V (vertical) and SV-COM-PANEL/H
(horizontal). Use these diagrams to plan for the space required by the display.
To mount an SV-COM-PANEL, cut the opening in your panel, drill out the mounting holes, install
nutplates, and use the included mounting screws to fasten the display to the panel.
Your SV-COM-C25 is shipped with #6-32 hex-drive round head fasteners. Fasteners are 5/8”
long and require a 5/64” hex drive tool. Dynon recommends fastening the included mounting
screws to nut plates installed behind the panel. If access behind the panel allows, standard #632 lock nuts or nuts with lock washers can be used. Do not rivet the SV-COM-PANEL to the panel
as this will hinder future removal if necessary.
The following installation procedure should be followed to install the SV-COM-425 remote
transceiver module, remembering to allow adequate space for installation of cables and
connectors.
 If you are installing two COM radios, it is acceptable to co-locate the two SV-COM-425
transceiver modules.
 Select a position in the aircraft for the SV-COM-425 that is not too close to any high external
heat source and where reasonable airflow is available. The SV-COM-425 is not a significant
heat source itself and does not need to be kept away from other devices for this reason.
 Avoid sharp bends and placing the cables too near to the aircraft control cables.
 Secure the SV-COM-425 to the aircraft via the four (4) mounting holes. The unit should be
mounted to a flat surface.
Additional items you will require for installation of SV-COM-C25, but which are not in the SVCOM-C25 package, include:
 Nutplates for mounting SV-COM-PANEL to the panel
 Circuit breaker or fuse for power to SV-COM-425
 Power wires to SV-COM-425
 SV-COM-425 to SV-COM-PANEL wiring
 SkyView Network cables to connect the SV-COM-PANEL to SkyView Network
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-3
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

COM Antenna, coaxial cable, terminated to Male BNC connector. The SV-COM-C25 is
compatible with aircraft COM antennas commonly available.
Mounting Dimensions
The following diagrams are NOT to scale. However, paper templates are included
with your SV-COM-C25 and may also be downloaded from
http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
Figure 100–SV-COM-PANEL - VERTICAL Panel Cutout and Mounting Hole Dimensions - NOT ACTUAL SIZE
16-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 101– SV-COM-425 Dimensions – NOT ACTUAL SIZE
Figure 102– SV-COM-425 Mounting Hole Pattern – NOT ACTUAL SIZE
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-5
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Electrical Installation
Use this section in conjunction with the information contained in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections (notably Figure 125 on page 22-8).
Power Input
SV-COM-C25 is compatible with 12 volt and 24 volt systems (10 to 30 volts DC). Power input is
connected to the SV-COM-425, which then supplies power to the SV-COM-PANEL via the 5-wire
cable between the two units. See wiring diagrams and pinouts for details.
Audio Signal Grounding
Ensure that audio input and output grounds terminate at a single point - typically the intercom
or audio panel. Do not connect an audio input or output ground to aircraft frame ground or a
power or data ground. You should run dedicated wires from audio devices to the single point
audio input and output ground.
Audio Shielding
Shielded cable must be used for all audio connections. The shield should be connected to
ground only at the single point audio ground.
SkyView Network Connectors
The two D9 connectors on the back of a SV-COM-PANEL display are SkyView network
connectors. They have identical pin-outs and are electrically connected inside the SV-COM-425
(i.e., they are completely interchangeable). Installers may use either connector or both
connectors in SkyView installations. Using both of these connectors allows installers to “daisychain” another SkyView Network module (such as the SV-EMS-22X) that may be co-located
behind the panel. Reference Table 73 on page 22-9 for SkyView Network Connector pin-out
information.
Note that these connectors are not serial port connectors.
Electrical Connections
Harness Construction
Because the SV-COM-C25 (SV-COM-PANEL connected to SV-COM-425) can be mounted in a
variety of locations, the harness length requirements will vary from airplane to airplane. Thus,
Dynon Avionics does not supply pre-manufactured harnesses for the SV-COM-C25. Instead,
your SV-COM-C25 includes connectors and pins to generate a wide variety of harness
configurations. Refer to the sections below for detailed wiring information.
16-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Additional harness construction and wiring information can be found in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections.
The SV-COM-PANEL has two (electrically identical) D9 male connectors for connection to
SkyView Network and one D15 male connector for connection with the SV-COM-425 and an
optional Frequency Flip/Flop pushbutton input.
The SV-COM-425 has one D15 male connector for connection to the SV-COM-PANEL, power,
audio, and Push to Talk (PTT). A single BNC coaxial connector attaches to the antenna.
SV-COM-PANEL – Pinout (Male D15)
Pin
Function
Notes
1
Power In
From SV-COM-425 Pin 7
2
Ground In
From SV-COM-425 Pin 13
3
Ground Out
Optional - For Grounding Pin 7
(Flip/Flop Switch). Switch may also be
grounded locally.
4
Panel RX / 425 TX
From SV-COM-425 Pin 6
5
Panel TX / 425 RX
From SV-COM-425 Pin 14
6
Enable
From SV-COM-425 Pin 3
7
External Flip/Flop
(optional)
Push Button Normally Open to
Ground (Pin 3 or local ground)
8
No Connection
(Pin not used)
9
No Connection
(Pin not used)
10
No Connection
(Pin not used)
11
No Connection
(Pin not used)
12
No Connection
(Pin not used)
13
No Connection
(Pin not used)
14
No Connection
(Pin not used)
15
No Connection
(Pin not used)
Table 53 - SV-COM-PANEL male D15 Pinout
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-7
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
SV-COM-425 – Pinout (Male D15)
Pin
Function
Notes
1
MICROPHONE IN
SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 25
2
MICROPHONE / PTT
GROUND
See diagram below.
3
SV-COM-PANEL
ENABLE
To SV-COM-PANEL Pin 6
4
GROUND OUT
Do not connect
5
PTT IN
SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 12
or
Push Button Normally Open (PBNO)
to Ground (Pins 4, 11, or 15)
6
DATA TX to SV-COMPANEL
To SV-COM-PANEL Pin 4
7
SV-COM-PANEL
POWER
To SV-COM-PANEL Pin 1
8
POWER IN
10-30V DC @ 5A
9
PHONES GROUND
SV-COM-425 Pin 2
SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1
Shielded Cable – shield of Pin 10
10
PHONES OUT
SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 14
Shielded Cable – center conductor of
Pin 10
11
GROUND OUT
Do not connect
12
GROUND IN
Connect to Ground Bus
13
SV-COM-PANEL
GROUND
SV-COM-PANEL Pin 2
14
DATA RX from SVCOM-PANEL
SV-COM-PANEL Pin 5
15
GROUND OUT
Do not connect
Table 54 - SV-COM-PANEL Male D15 Pinout
The following figure depicts how a single SV-COM-C25 is connected to an SV-INTERCOM-2S.
16-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Note that SkyView Network connection(s) on SV-COM-PANEL are not shown, nor are additional
connections between the SV-INTERCOM-2S and other devices that it connects to.
Figure 103 – Single SV-COM-C25 to SV-INTERCOM-2S
Single SV-COM-C25 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Harness Construction Notes
Shielded cable between SV-COM-425 Pins 9 and 10, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 14:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-425 Pin 10 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 14.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-425 Pin 9 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-425 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible until
you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink tubing
over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-425 end of this
cable is not electrically connected at the SV-COM-425.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see below).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-9
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Shielded cable between SV-COM-425 Pins 1 and 2, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 25:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-425 Pin 1 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 25.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-425 Pin 2 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-425 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible until
you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink tubing
over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-425 end of this
cable is not electrically connected at the SV-COM-425.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see below).
Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S

Four connections terminate into SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1:
o SV-COM-425 Pin 9
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-425 Pins 9 and 10
o SV-COM-425 Pin 2
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-425 Pins 1 and 2

Rather than trying to terminate these four connections directly to the SV-INTERCOM-2S
Pin 1, we suggest connecting a wire to Pin 1, then bond all five connections together.
One method is to tie-wrap the bundle of wires and shields together, twist the wires
together, and solder the five wires and shields. After the solder cools, use heat shrink
tubing to insulate the connection.
16-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
The following figure depicts how a dual SV-COM-C25 is connected to an SV-INTERCOM2S. Note that the additional connections between the SV-INTERCOM-2S and other
devices that it connects to are not shown. Note that the associated SV-COM-PANELs
are also not shown; there are no changes in the SV-COM-PANEL to SV-COM-425 wiring
from the single SV-COM-425 to SV-INTERCOM-2S previously shown.
Figure 104 - Dual SV-COM-C25 to SV-INTERCOM-2S
Dual SV-COM-C25 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Harness Construction Notes
Shielded cable between SV-COM-425 #1 Pins 9 and 10, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 14:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-425 #1 Pin 10 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 14.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-425 #1 Pin 9 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-425 #1 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-425 #1
end of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-425 #1.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-11
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Shielded cable between SV-COM-425 #1 Pins 1 and 2, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 25:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-425 #1 Pin 1 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 25.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-425 #1 Pin 2 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-425 #1 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-425 end
of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-425 #1.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
Shielded cable between SV-COM-425 #2 Pins 9 and 10, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 7:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-425 #2 Pin 10 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 7.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-425 #2 Pin 9 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-425 #2 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-425 #2
end of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-425 #2.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
Shielded cable between SV-COM-425 #2 Pins 1 and 2, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 15:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-425 #2 Pin 1 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 15.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-425 #2 Pin 2 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-425 #2 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-425 end
of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-425 #2.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S
 Eight connections terminate into SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1:
o SV-COM-425 #1 Pin 9
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-425 #1 Pins 9 and 10
o SV-COM-425 #1 Pin 2
16-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
o
o
o
o
o
Shield of the cable from SV-COM-425 #1 Pins 1 and 2
SV-COM-425 #2 Pin 9
Shield of the cable from SV-COM-425 #2 Pins 9 and 10
SV-COM-425 #2 Pin 2
Shield of the cable from SV-COM-425 #2 Pins 1 and 2
Rather than trying to terminate these eight connections directly to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1, we
suggest connecting a wire to Pin 1, then bond all nine connections together. One method is to
tie-wrap the bundle of wires and shields together, twist the wires together, and solder the nine
wires and shields. After the solder cools, use heat shrink tubing to insulate the connection.
The following figure depicts connecting a SV-COM-425 directly to a single headset (headphone
+ microphone) and a Push-To-Talk Switch when no intercom is used in a single-place aircraft.
Figure 105 - SV-COM-425 to Headset
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-13
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 106 - Headset Jack Schematic Interpretation
Power/Ground Input
The SV-COM-C25 requires 10-30V DC. For wire runs from power distribution to the SV-COM425 up to 6’, 22 AWG wire is sufficient for power and ground wires. For wire runs from power
distribution to the SV-COM-425 longer than 6’, 20 AWG wire is recommended for power and
ground wires. For the cable between the SV-COM-425 and the SV-COM-PANEL, 22 AWG power
and ground wire is sufficient. Use a 5 Amp fuse or circuit breaker for power supply protection to
each SV-COM-C25.
Power Specifications
SV-COM-C25 – Transmit
SV-COM-C25 – Receive
Approximate current
consumption at 12 volts DC
3.0 amps average
0.2 amps average
Approximate current
consumption at 24 volts DC
1.5 amps average
0.1 amps
Table 55 - SV-COM-C25 Power Consumption
16-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
SV-COM-425
Pin
SV-COM-PANEL
Pin
Notes
3
6
ENABLE
SV-COM-425 -> SV-COM-PANEL
7
1
POWER
SV-COM-425 -> SV-COM-PANEL
13
2
GROUND
SV-COM-425 -> SV-COM-PANEL
14
5
DATA OUT
SV-COM-PANEL -> SV-COM-425)
6
4
DATA IN
SV-COM-425 -> SV-COM-PANEL
Table 56 - SV-COM-PANEL to SV-COM-425 Interconnections
Optional Flip / Flop Button
Pin 7 of the SV-COM-PANEL can be connected to a Push Button Normally Open (PBNO) and
GROUND. Pushing this button “flip flops” the ACTIVE and STANDBY frequency selection - the
same function as pressing in the TUNE knob on the SV-COM-PANEL. Typically this signal is used
with a button on the stick.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-15
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Phones / Headset Connections for SV-INTERCOM-2S
SV-COM-425
Pin
SV-INTERCOM-2S
Pin
Notes
10
14
PHONES OUT
Audio signal from radio to
headset phones
1
PHONES GROUND
Shield connection for
PHONES OUT
12
PUSH TO TALK IN
When connected to
GROUND, SV-COM-C25
switches from Receive to
Transmit
25
MICROPHONE IN
Audio signal from headset
microphone to radio
1
MICROPHONE / PTT
GROUND
Shield connection for
MICROPHONE IN
9
5
1
2
Table 57 - Phones / Headset Connections for SV-INTERCOM-2S
To avoid noise, hum, and other undesirable signals, always use shielded cable for any low-level
audio signals such as microphone inputs, and connect the shield of the cable as directed.
Antenna Installation
Dynon Avionics does not supply COM antennas, radio coaxial cable, or antenna BNC
connectors. The antenna (including coaxial cable and connector) should be installed according
to the manufacturer’s instructions.
The following considerations should be taken into account when siting the antenna:
 The antenna should be well removed from any projections, the engine(s) and propeller(s). It
should also be well removed from landing gear doors, access doors or others openings
which will break the ground plane for the antenna.
 Separation of COM antenna(s) from transponder(s) and GPS receivers / antennas: 1 foot (12
inches).
 Separation of COM antenna(s) from Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) or 121.5 MHz
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT): 4 feet (48 inches)
16-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing





Separation of COM antenna from another COM or NAV antenna: Recommended separation
between COM antenna(s), NAV antenna(s), and ELT antennas is 6 feet (72 inches). Minimum
required separation between antennas is 4 feet (48 inches). Ideally, install the primary COM
antenna on the lower fuselage, and install the secondary / standby COM antenna on the
upper fuselage.
The COM antenna(s) should not be installed in close proximity to SkyView displays,
modules, or servos to avoid RF interference.
Where practical, plan the antenna location to keep the cable lengths as short as possible
and avoid sharp bends in the cable to minimize the VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio).
Double-shielded coaxial cable is superior to single shield coax – more of the transmit power
will be coupled to the antenna, and less received signal will be lost.
Electrical connection to the antenna should be protected to avoid loss of efficiency as a
result of the presence of liquids or moisture. All antenna feeders shall be installed in such a
way that a minimum of RF energy is radiated inside the aircraft.
Antenna Ground Plane
When a conventional aircraft monopole antenna is used it relies on a ground plane for correct
behaviour. For ideal performance the ground plane should be very large compared to the
wavelength of the transmission, which is approx. 7.5 feet. In a metal skinned aircraft this is
usually easy to accomplish, but is more difficult in a composite or fabric skinned aircraft. In
these cases a metallic ground plane should be fabricated and fitted under the antenna.
As the ground plane is made smaller, the actual dimensions of the ground plane become more
critical, and small multiples of the wavelength should be avoided, as should circles. Rectangles
or squares are much less likely to create a critical dimension that resonates with the
transmissions. The thickness of the material used to construct the ground plane is not critical,
providing it is sufficiently conductive. A variety of proprietary mesh and grid solutions are
available. Heavyweight cooking foil meets the technical requirements, but obviously needs to
be properly supported.
Antenna Cable
When routing the cable, ensure that you:
 Route the cable away from sources of heat.
 Avoid routing antenna cables together.
 Route the cable away from potential interference sources such as ignition wiring, 400Hz
generators, fluorescent lighting and electric motors.
 Allow a minimum separation of 300 mm (12 inches) from an ADF antenna cable.
 Keep the cable run as short as possible.
 Avoid routing the cable around tight bends.
 Avoid kinking the cable even temporarily during installation.
 Secure the cable so that it cannot interfere with other systems.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-17
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
SkyView System Settings for SV-COM-C25
Network Setup
As with all other SkyView Network devices, the SV-COM-C25 must be configured into the
SkyView Network:



Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE > (right click) >
DETECT (button).
The SV-COM-C25 will be listed as SV-COM-PANEL.
FINISH (button) > EXIT (button)
COM RADIO Setup
To adjust Squelch, Sidetone, and Microphone Gain, go to SETUP MENU > COM RADIO SETUP:
> SQUELCH LEVEL – Adjust squelch level so that the audio is heard during transmissions, and
muted when transmissions are not present.
> SIDETONE VOLUME – Adjust for your personal preference of how much microphone audio is
heard in the headset when transmitting.
> MIC GAIN – The default setting of 50 should work for most installations. If other people report
that your transmissions fade off at the end or can't be heard at all, you may need more mic
gain. If your transmissions are reported to sound "hollow", "robotic" or if they have a lot of
background noise, less mic gain is likely needed. Follow the instructions in this menu to find a
value that works for your installation. Also note these issues can only be heard on real
transmissions by third parties. The sidetone you hear in your own headset is completely
unaffected by Mic Gain.
Displayed COM (Top Bar)
The status of one COM radio can be displayed on the top bar. The radio that is selected here is
also the radio that you can send airports and frequencies to via SkyView’s Map Menu APT>COM
and TUNE COM buttons. See the SkyView Pilot’s User Guide for additional details.

Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAYED COM and select which COM radio
status to display on the Top Bar (or NONE). (To display status of a non-Dynon Avionics
radio, a serial port connection must be installed FROM the radio TO the SkyView
display(s).
Post Installation Checks

16-18
On ground

Do all SV-COM-PANEL buttons and knobs function normally?

Verify dim commands from SkyView display dim the backlighting of the SV-COMPANEL.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-C25 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

Does the (optional) FLIP/FLOP pushbutton swap the STBY and COM frequencies?

Does pushing the PTT switch cause the SV-COM-C25 to transmit (only) when
pushed?
Do not transmit without an antenna connected. Doing so will damage your SVCOM-C25.


(Optional, if two SV-COM-C25s installed) Does the PTT Select Switch cause only
the selected radio to transmit when PTT switch is pushed?

Temporarily install a VSWR meter between the SV-COM-C25 and the antenna.
Using brief test transmissions, is the VSWR 3:1 or below? A good installation
should have VSWR of 2:1 or even 1:1. The maximum acceptable VSWR for SVCOM-C25 is 3:1.

When transmitting on SV-COM-C25, is there any interference to other aircraft
systems?

Power off the SkyView display(s) by pushing and holding Button #1 on the
display. The SV-COM-C25 should continue to operate normally, with the
exception that auto-population of the buttons frequencies will not occur, and a
NO SV error message will appear approx. 3 seconds after SV is not operating.
In Flight

Does the SV-COM-C25 receive other aircraft and ground transmissions at
reasonable ranges?

Does the SV-COM-C25 receive other aircraft and ground transmissions equally
well at the low end, middle, and high end of the Aviation band?

Is received audio clear at most volume levels on the SV-COM-C25? (Distortion at
high volume levels is normal.)

Are transmissions from the SV-COM-C25 heard by others at reasonable ranges?
(Keep in mind that the power output of the SV-COM-C25 is 6 watts.)

Are transmissions from the SV-COM-C25 clear (when received by others)?
Continued Airworthiness and Maintenance

Periodically inspect the COM antenna for wear and weather-tight seal to the fuselage.
Water intrusion could corrode the antenna connection.

As with all wiring, periodically inspect the COM antenna’s coaxial cable for wear; repair
or replace if significant wear is found.

Periodic function checks as required by your aviation authority.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
16-19
17. SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Note: SV-COM-X83 is the complete radio system, consisting of the SV-COM-PANEL
control panel installed on the panel, and the SV-COM-T8 transceiver installed
elsewhere. Installation instructions for the SV-INTERCOM-2S (referenced in these
instructions) has its own, separate manual, available for download at
http://docs.dynonavionics.com
Read and understand the System Planning Chapter before installing the SV-COMX83.
Do not transmit without an antenna connected. Doing so will damage your SVCOM-X83.
Figure 107 - Suggested SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing Procedure
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-1
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Certification Considerations
The SV-COM-T8 VHF COM Transceiver Module is supplied to Dynon Avionics by Trig Avionics
Limited and is derived from the Trig TY91 VHF radio system. The TY91 VHF radio unit supplied
by Trig communicates only with the TC90 Front Panel Controller. The Dynon SV-COM-T8
communicates only with the Dynon Avionics SV-COM-PANEL. Modifications to the TY91 to
create the SV-COM-T8 involved only control and interface – the transmitter/receiver sections
were not modified.
The TY91/TC90 is an ED-23C compliant class C (25 kHz offset carrier) and class E (8.33 kHz single
carrier) VHF radio. The TY91 has a nominal power output of 6 watts, and meets the power
output requirements for Class 4 and Class 6. The TY91/TC90 combination is certified to ETSO
2C169a 2C128a, TSO C169a and TSO C128a.
Note that the SV-COM-PANEL control panel is not certified. It is the installer’s responsibility to
determine the suitability of the SV-COM-X83 for use in the intended locale.
Physical Installation: SV-COM-PANEL
The figures on the following pages show recommended panel cutouts, mounting hole patterns,
and mechanical dimension for the SV-COM-PANEL/V (vertical) and SV-COM-PANEL/H
(horizontal). Use these diagrams to plan for the space required by the display.
SV-COM-PANEL Dimensions
Figure 108 - SV-COM-PANEL Dimensions
17-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Physical Installation
SV-COM-PANEL – VERTICAL Installation Dimension Quick Overview



Panel Cutout: (irregular – see drawing)
Bezel Outline: 1.80” W x 3.532” T (45.72 mm W x 89.71 mm T)
Note that the SV-COM-PANEL/V is sized such that two units can be stacked to
the same height as the height of an SV-D1000 display.
SV-COM-PANEL - HORIZONTAL Installation Dimension Quick Overview


Panel Cutout: (irregular – see drawing)
Bezel Outline: 3.532” W x 1.80” T (89.71 mm W x 45.72 mm T)
To mount an SV-COM-PANEL, cut the opening in your panel, drill out the mounting holes, install
nutplates, and use the included mounting screws to fasten the display to the panel.
Your SV-COM-X83 is shipped with #6-32 hex-drive round head fasteners. Fasteners are 5/8”
long and require a 5/64” hex drive tool. Dynon recommends fastening the included mounting
screws to nut plates installed behind the panel. If access behind the panel allows, standard #632 lock nuts or nuts with lock washers can be used. Do not rivet the SV-COM-PANEL to the panel
as this will hinder future removal if necessary.
Mounting Dimensions
The following diagrams are NOT to scale. However, paper templates are included
with your SV-COM-C25 and may also be downloaded from
http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-3
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 109–SV-COM-PANEL - VERTICAL Panel Cutout and Mounting Hole Dimensions - NOT ACTUAL SIZE
Physical Installation: SV-COM-T8
The figures on the following pages show mechanical dimensions for the SV-COM-T8.
The following installation procedure should be followed to install the SV-COM-T8 remote
transceiver module, remembering to allow adequate space for installation of cables and
connectors.
 If you are installing two SV-COM-X83s, it is acceptable to co-locate the two SV-COM-T8
transceiver modules.
 Select a position in the aircraft for the SV-COM-T8 that is not too close to any high external
heat source and where reasonable airflow is available. The SV-COM-T8 is not a significant
heat source itself and does not need to be kept away from other devices for this reason.
 Avoid sharp bends and placing the cables too near to the aircraft control cables.
17-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing



Secure the SV-COM-T8 to the aircraft via the three (3) mounting holes in the plate. The unit
should be mounted to a flat surface – it is important that the tray is supported at the
dimples as well as the three mounting points.
Put the SV-COM-T8 into the secured mounting tray by hooking the connector end under the
lip on the tray.
Lock the SV-COM-T8 into the mounting tray by clipping the retaining wire over the lugs on
the opposite end.
Additional items you will require for installation of SV-COM-X83, but which are not in the SVCOM-X83 package, include:
 Nutplates for mounting SV-COM-PANEL to the panel
 To secure the transponder tray to the airframe you will need least 3 flat head screws and
three self-locking nuts. If the aircraft does not have existing mounting provisions you may
need to fabricate additional brackets to support the transponder tray.
 Circuit breaker or fuse for power to SV-COM-T8 and SV-COM-PANEL
 Power wires to SV-COM-T8
 SV-COM-T8 to SV-COM-PANEL wiring
 SkyView Network cables to connect the SV-COM-PANEL to SkyView Network
 COM Antenna, coaxial cable, terminated to Male TNC connector. The SV-COM-X83 is
compatible with aircraft COM antennas commonly available.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-5
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Figure 110– SV-COM-T8 Dimensions – NOT ACTUAL SIZE
17-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Electrical Installation
Use this section in conjunction with the information contained in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections (notably Figure 125 on page 22-8).
Power Input
When the voltage supplied to the SV-COM-X83 is below 11V, the transmit power
will be reduced below the nominal output of 6 watts.
SV-COM-X83 is compatible with 12 volt and 24 volt systems (10 to 30 volts DC). Power input is
connected to the SV-COM-T8 and the SV-COM-PANEL. See wiring diagrams and pinouts for
details. Note that on the SV-COM-T8 there are two pins for POWER input (Pins 24 and 25) and
two pins for GROUND (Pins 19 and 22). Use BOTH Pins 24 and 25 for POWER input to the SVCOM-T8 and use BOTH Pins 19 and 22 for GROUND to the SV-COM-T8.
Audio Signal Grounding
Ensure that audio input and output grounds terminate at a single point - typically the intercom
or audio panel. Do not connect an audio input or output ground to aircraft frame ground or a
power or data ground. You should run dedicated wires from audio devices to the single point
audio input and output ground.
Audio Shielding
Shielded cable must be used for all audio connections. The shield should be connected to
ground only at the single point audio ground.
SkyView Network Connectors
The two D9 connectors on the back of a SV-COM-PANEL display are SkyView network
connectors. They have identical pin-outs and are electrically connected inside the SV-COM-425
(i.e., they are completely interchangeable). Installers may use either connector or both
connectors in SkyView installations. Using both of these connectors allows installers to “daisychain” another SkyView Network module (such as the SV-EMS-22X) that may be co-located
behind the panel. Reference Table 73 on page 22-9 for SkyView Network Connector pinout
information.
Note that these connectors are not serial port connectors.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-7
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Electrical Connections
Harness Construction
Because the SV-COM-X83 (SV-COM-PANEL connected to SV-COM-T8) can be mounted in a
variety of locations, the harness length requirements will vary from airplane to airplane. Thus,
Dynon Avionics does not supply pre-manufactured harnesses for the SV-COM-X83. Instead,
your SV-COM-X83 includes connectors and pins to generate a wide variety of harness
configurations. Refer to the sections below for detailed wiring information.
Additional harness construction and wiring information can be found in Appendix C: Wiring and
Electrical Connections.
The SV-COM-PANEL has two (electrically identical) D9 male connectors for connection to
SkyView Network and one D15 male connector for connection with the SV-COM-425 and an
optional Frequency Flip/Flop pushbutton input.
The SV-COM-T8 has one D25 male connector for connection to the SV-COM-PANEL, power,
audio, and Push to Talk (PTT). A single TNC coaxial connector attaches to the antenna.
SV-COM-PANEL – Pinout (Male D15)
17-8
Pin
Function
Notes
1
POWER IN
10-30V DC @ 5A
2
GROUND IN
Connect to Ground Bus
3
Ground Out
Optional - For Grounding Pin 7
(Flip/Flop Switch). Switch may also be
grounded locally.
4
Panel RX / 425 TX
Connect to SV-COM-T8 Pin 6
5
Panel TX / 425 RX
Connect to SV-COM-T8 Pin 5
6
Enable
Connect to SV-COM-T8 Pin 13
7
External Flip/Flop
(optional)
Push Button Normally Open to
Ground (Pin 3 or local ground)
8
No Connection
(Pin not used)
9
No Connection
(Pin not used)
10
No Connection
(Pin not used)
11
No Connection
(Pin not used)
12
No Connection
(Pin not used)
13
No Connection
(Pin not used)
14
No Connection
(Pin not used)
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Pin
Function
Notes
15
No Connection
(Pin not used)
Table 58 - SV-COM-PANEL male D15 Pinout
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-9
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
SV-COM-T8 – Pinout (Male D25)
17-10
Pin
Function
Notes
1
PHONES GROUND
Connect to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1
(Inside shielded cable)
2
PHONES OUT
Connect to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 14
(Inside shielded cable)
3
No connection
Do not connect
4
No connection
Do not connect
5
DATA RX from SVCOM-PANEL
Connect to SV-COM-PANEL Pin 5
6
DATA TX to SV-COMPANEL
Connect to SV-COM-PANEL Pin 4
7
No connection
Do not connect
8
No connection
Do not connect
9
MICROPHONE / PTT
GROUND
Connect to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1
See diagram below
10
GROUND
Do not connect
11
No connection
Do not connect
12
No connection
Do not connect
13
SV-COM-PANEL
ENABLE
Connect to SV-COM-PANEL Pin 6
14
No connection
Do not connect
15
PTT IN
Connect to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 12
or
Push Button Normally Open (PBNO)
to Ground (Pin 9)
16
No connection
Do not connect
17
No connection
Do not connect
18
TRANSMIT INTERLOCK
(Use only when there are two SVCOM-X83s installed.)
Connect to the other radio’s PTT.
19
GROUND IN
Connect to Ground Bus
20
No connection
Do not connect
21
No connection
Do not connect
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Pin
Function
Notes
22
GROUND IN
Connect to Ground Bus
23
MICROPHONE IN
24
POWER IN
10-30V DC @ 5A
25
POWER IN
10-30V DC @ 5A
Connect to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 25
(Inside shielded cable)
Table 59 - SV-COM-T8 Male D25 Pinout
The following figure depicts how a single SV-COM-T8 is connected to an SV-INTERCOM-2S. Note
that SkyView Network connection(s) on SV-COM-PANEL are not shown, nor are additional
connections between the SV-INTERCOM-2S and other devices that it connects to.
Figure 111 – Single SV-COM-T8 to SV-INTERCOM-2S
Single SV-COM-X83 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Harness Construction Notes
Shielded cable between SV-COM-T8 Pins 2 and 1, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 14:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-T8 Pin 2 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 14.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-11
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing



Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-T8 Pin 1 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
On the SV-COM-T8 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible until
you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink tubing
over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-T8 end of this
cable is not electrically connected at the SV-COM-T8.
On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see below).
Shielded cable between SV-COM-T8 Pins 23 and 9, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 25:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-T8 Pin 23 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 25.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-T8 Pin 9 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-T8 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible until
you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink tubing
over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-T8 end of this
cable is not electrically connected at the SV-COM-T8.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see below).
Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S

Four connections terminate into SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1:
o SV-COM-T8 Pin 1
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-T8 Pins 1 and 2
o SV-COM-T8 Pin 9
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-T8 Pins 23 and 9

Rather than trying to terminate these four connections directly to the SV-INTERCOM-2S
Pin 1, we suggest connecting a wire to Pin 1, then bond all five connections together.
One method is to tie-wrap the bundle of wires and shields together, twist the wires
together, and solder the five wires and shields. After the solder cools, use heat shrink
tubing to insulate the connection.
17-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
The following figure depicts how dual SV-COM-T8s are connected to an SV-INTERCOM2S. Note that the additional connections between the SV-INTERCOM-2S and other
devices that it connects to are not shown. Note that the associated SV-COM-PANELs
are also not shown; there are no changes in the SV-COM-PANEL to SV-COM-T8 wiring
from the single SV-COM-T8 to SV-INTERCOM-2S previously shown.
Figure 112 - Dual SV-COM-T8s to SV-INTERCOM-2S
Transmit Interlock
When two SV-COM-X83 radios are installed, the TRAMIT INTERLOCK pin can be connected
to reduce “break-through” (noise being heard as the squelch opens) in one COM radio when
the other COM radio is transmitting. The PTT IN signal (Pin 15) is connected to the TRANSMIT
INTERLOCK (Pin 18) of the other radio, as shown above in Figure 104 - Dual SV-COM-C25 to SVINTERCOM-2S.
Dual SV-COM-T8 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Harness Construction Notes
Shielded cable between SV-COM-T8 #1 Pins 1 and 2, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 14:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-T8 #1 Pin 2 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 14.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-T8 #1 Pin 1 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-13
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing


On the SV-COM-T8 #1 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-T8 #1
end of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-T8 #1.
On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
Shielded cable between SV-COM-T8 #1 Pins 23 and 9, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 25:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-T8 #1 Pin 23 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 25.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-T8 #1 Pin 9 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-T8 #1 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-T8 end
of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-T8 #1.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
Shielded cable between SV-COM-T8 #2 Pins 1 and 2, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 7:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-T8 #2 Pin 2 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 7.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-T8 #2 Pin 1 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-T8 #2 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-T8 #2
end of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-T8 #2.
 On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
Shielded cable between SV-COM-T8 #2 Pins 23 and 9, and SV-INTERCOM-2S Pins 1 and 15:
 This cable consists of two wires plus shield.
 Use one of the wires to connect SV-COM-T8 #2 Pin 23 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 15.
 Use the other wire to connect SV-COM-T8 #2 Pin 9 to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1 (see
instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
 On the SV-COM-T8 #2 end, continue the shield as far into the connector as possible
until you're forced to pare it back to access the two inner wires. Put some heat shrink
tubing over the shield to keep it electrically isolated - the shield at the SV-COM-T8 end
of this cable is not electrically connected at SV-COM-T8 #2.
17-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

On the SV-INTERCOM-2S end, prep the shield into a "pigtail" so that you can solder to it
(see instructions below - Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S).
Terminating Shielded Cables to Pin 1 of SV-INTERCOM-2S
 Eight connections terminate into SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1:
o SV-COM-T8 #1 Pin 1
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-T8 #1 Pins 1 and 2
o SV-COM-T8 #1 Pin 9
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-T8 #1 Pins 23 and 9
o SV-COM-T8 #2 Pin 1
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-T8 #2 Pins 1 and 2
o SV-COM-T8 #2 Pin 9
o Shield of the cable from SV-COM-T8 #2 Pins 23 and 9
Rather than trying to terminate these eight connections directly to SV-INTERCOM-2S Pin 1, we
suggest connecting a wire to Pin 1, then bond all nine connections together. One method is to
tie-wrap the bundle of wires and shields together, twist the wires together, and solder the nine
wires and shields. After the solder cools, use heat shrink tubing to insulate the connection.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-15
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
The following figure depicts connecting a SV-COM-T8 directly to a single headset (headphone +
microphone) and a Push-To-Talk Switch when no intercom is used in a single-place aircraft.
Figure 113 - SV-COM-T8 to Headset
Figure 114 - Headset Jack Schematic Interpretation
17-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Power/Ground Input
The SV-COM-T8 and SV-COM-PANEL require 10-30V DC. 20 AWG wire is recommended for
power and ground wires for the SV-COM-T8. For all other connections, 22 AWG wire is
recommended.
SV-COM-T8
Pin
SV-COM-PANEL
Pin
Notes
13
6
ENABLE
SV-COM-T8 -> SV-COM-PANEL
5
5
DATA OUT
SV-COM-PANEL -> SV-COM-T8)
6
4
DATA IN
SV-COM-T8 -> SV-COM-PANEL
Table 60 - SV-COM-PANEL to SV-COM-T8 Interconnections
Optional Flip / Flop Button
Pin 7 of the SV-COM-PANEL can be connected to a Push Button Normally Open (PBNO) and
GROUND. Pushing this button “flip flops” the ACTIVE and STANDBY frequency selection - the
same function as pressing in the TUNE knob on the SV-COM-PANEL. Typically this signal is used
with a button on the stick.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-17
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing
Phones / Headset Connections for SV-INTERCOM-2S
SV-COM-T8
Pin
SV-INTERCOM-2S
Pin
Notes
2
14
PHONES OUT
Audio signal from radio to
headset phones
1
PHONES GROUND
Shield connection for
PHONES OUT
12
PUSH TO TALK IN
When connected to
GROUND, SV-COM-X83
switches from Receive to
Transmit
25
MICROPHONE IN
Audio signal from headset
microphone to radio
1
MICROPHONE / PTT
GROUND
Shield connection for
MICROPHONE IN
1
15
23
9
Table 61 - Phones / Headset Connections for SV-INTERCOM-2S
To avoid noise, hum, and other undesirable signals, always use shielded cable for any low-level
audio signals such as microphone inputs, and connect the shield of the cable as directed.
Antenna Installation
Dynon Avionics does not supply COM antennas, radio coaxial cable, or antenna TNC connectors.
The antenna (including coaxial cable and connector) should be installed according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
The following considerations should be taken into account when siting the antenna:
 If two COM radios (including SV-COM-C25 or SV-COM-X83) are installed, the two COM
antennas should be installed as far apart as practical, ideally installing one COM antenna on
the upper fuselage and the other COM antenna on the lower fuselage.
 The antenna should be well removed from any projections, the engine(s) and propeller(s). It
should also be well removed from landing gear doors, access doors or others openings
which will break the ground plane for the antenna.
17-18
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing







Separation of COM antenna(s) from transponder(s) and GPS receivers / antennas: 2 feet (24
inches).
Separation of COM antenna(s) from Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) or 121.5 MHz
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT): 4 feet (48 inches)
Separation of COM antenna from another COM or NAV antenna: Recommended separation
between COM antenna(s), NAV antenna(s), and ELT antennas is 6 feet (72 inches). Minimum
required separation between antennas is 4 feet (48 inches). Ideally, install the primary COM
antenna on the lower fuselage, and install the secondary / standby COM antenna on the
upper fuselage.
The COM antenna(s) should not be installed in close proximity to SkyView displays,
modules, or servos to avoid RF interference.
Where practical, plan the antenna location to keep the cable lengths as short as possible
and avoid sharp bends in the cable to minimize the VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio).
Double-shielded coaxial cable is superior to single shield coax – more of the transmit power
will be coupled to the antenna, and less received signal will be lost.
Electrical connection to the antenna should be protected to avoid loss of efficiency as a
result of the presence of liquids or moisture. All antenna feeders shall be installed in such a
way that a minimum of RF energy is radiated inside the aircraft.
Antenna Ground Plane
When a conventional aircraft monopole antenna is used it relies on a ground plane for correct
behaviour. For ideal performance the ground plane should be very large compared to the
wavelength of the transmission, which is approx. 7.5 feet. In a metal skinned aircraft this is
usually easy to accomplish, but is more difficult in a composite or fabric skinned aircraft. In
these cases a metallic ground plane should be fabricated and fitted under the antenna.
As the ground plane is made smaller, the actual dimensions of the ground plane become more
critical, and small multiples of the wavelength should be avoided, as should circles. Rectangles
or squares are much less likely to create a critical dimension that resonates with the
transmissions. The thickness of the material used to construct the ground plane is not critical,
providing it is sufficiently conductive. A variety of proprietary mesh and grid solutions are
available. Heavyweight cooking foil meets the technical requirements, but obviously needs to
be properly supported.
Antenna Cable
It is recommended that a high quality 50 ohm coaxial cable, such as RG400 or RG142B is used.
When routing the cable, ensure that you:
 Route the cable away from sources of heat.
 Avoid routing antenna cables together.
 Route the cable away from potential interference sources such as ignition wiring, 400Hz
generators, fluorescent lighting and electric motors.
 Allow a minimum separation of 300 mm (12 inches) from an ADF antenna cable.
 Keep the cable run as short as possible.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-19
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing



Avoid routing the cable around tight bends.
Avoid kinking the cable even temporarily during installation.
Secure the cable so that it cannot interfere with other systems.
Antenna TNC Connector
BNC connectors are more common for COM radio installations than TNC
connectors. TNC male to BNC female adapters such as Amphenol P/N 242149 are
readily available and inexpensive and will allow an antenna system terminated in a
BNC male connector to be used with the SV-COM-T8.
This section describes the technique for attaching the antenna cable to a TNC connector. A TNC
connector is not supplied with the SV-COM-X83. The SV-COM-T8 has a female TNC connection.
Therefore, you will need to source a male TNC connector that is compatible with the antenna
cable type that meets your aircraft’s needs.
A dual crimp style TNC connector can be completed using a wide range of commercial crimp
tools (for example the Tyco 5-1814800-3). The die apertures for the inner pin and the outer
shield should be approximately 1.72 mm and 5.41 mm respectively.

Strip back the coax cable to the dimensions in the table, as shown in the diagram below.
Slide 25 mm (1 inch) of heat shrink tubing over the cable.

Slide the outer crimp sleeve over the cable – it must go on before securing the center
contact.
Dimension
Cut size
(mm)
Cut size
(inches)
A
17.5
0.69
B
7.2
0.28
C
4.8
0.19

Crimp the center contact to the cable.

Insert the cable into the connector – the center contact should click into place in the body,
the inner shield should be inside the body of the connector and the outer shield should be
outside the body.

Crimp the outer sleeve over the shield.
17-20
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

Slide heat shrink tubing forward (flush to connector) and heat to shrink the tubing.
SkyView System Settings for SV-COM-X83
Network Setup
As with all other SkyView Network devices, the SV-COM-X83 must be configured into the
SkyView Network:



Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE > (right click) >
DETECT (button).
The SV-COM-X83 will be listed as SV-COM-PANEL.
FINISH (button) > EXIT (button)
COM RADIO Setup
To adjust Squelch and Sidetone, go to SETUP MENU > COM RADIO SETUP:
> SQUELCH LEVEL – Adjust squelch level so that the audio is heard during transmissions, and
muted when transmissions are not present.
> SIDETONE VOLUME – Adjust for your personal preference of how much microphone audio is
heard in the headset when transmitting.
Displayed COM (Top Bar)
The status of one COM radio can be displayed on the top bar. The radio that is selected here is
also the radio that you can send airports and frequencies to via SkyView’s Map Menu APT>COM
and TUNE COM buttons. See the SkyView Pilot’s User Guide for additional details.

Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DISPLAYED COM and select which COM radio
status to display on the Top Bar (or NONE). (To display status of a non-Dynon Avionics
radio, a serial port connection must be installed FROM the radio TO the SkyView
display(s).
8.33 kHz / 25 kHz Tuning Steps
The default tuning step (channel size) for the SV-COM-X83 is 8.33 kHz, not the traditional 25
kHz for aviation communications. To change to 25 kHz tuning steps (channel size):
SETUP MENU > ENABLE 8.33 KHZ (SV-COM-X83) > NO.
This setting can be changed back to 8.33 kHz at any time.
Post Installation Checks

On Ground

Do all SV-COM-PANEL buttons and knobs function normally?
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
17-21
SV-COM-X83 Installation, Configuration, and Testing

Verify dim commands from SkyView display dim the backlighting of the SV-COMPANEL.

Does the (optional) FLIP/FLOP pushbutton swap the STBY and COM frequencies?

Does pushing the PTT switch cause the SV-COM-X83 to transmit (only) when
pushed?
Do not transmit without an antenna connected. Doing so will damage your SVCOM-X83.


(Optional, if two SV-COM-X83s installed) Does the PTT Select Switch cause only
the selected radio to transmit when PTT switch is pushed?

Temporarily install a VSWR meter between the SV-COM-X83 and the antenna.
Using brief test transmissions, is the VSWR 2.5:1 or below? The maximum
acceptable VSWR for SV-COM-X83 is 2.5:1.

When transmitting on SV-COM-X83, is there any interference to other aircraft
systems?

Power off the SkyView display(s) by pushing and holding Button #1 on the
display. The SV-COM-X83 should continue to operate normally, with the
exception that auto-population of the buttons frequencies will not occur, and a
NO SV error message will appear approx. 3 seconds after SV is not operating.
In Flight

Does the SV-COM-X83 receive other aircraft and ground transmissions at
reasonable ranges?

Does the SV-COM-X83 receive other aircraft and ground transmissions equally
well at the low end, middle, and high end of the Aviation band?

Is received audio clear at most volume levels on the SV-COM-X83? (Distortion at
high volume levels is normal.)

Are transmissions from the SV-COM-X83 heard by others at reasonable ranges?
(Keep in mind that the power output of the SV-COM-X83 is 6 watts.)

Are transmissions from the SV-COM-X83 clear (when received by others)?
Continued Airworthiness and Maintenance

Periodically inspect the COM antenna for wear and weather-tight seal to the fuselage.
Water intrusion could corrode the antenna connection.

As with all wiring, periodically inspect the COM antenna’s coaxial cable for wear; repair
or replace if significant wear is found.

Periodic function checks as required by your aviation authority.
17-22
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
18. SV-AP-PANEL Installation
This chapter contains pre-installation considerations, installation instructions, and details to
install the SV-AP-PANEL/H (Horizontal orientation) and SV-AP-PANEL/V (Vertical orientation).
Physically, electronically, and operationally, the two versions are identical, and hereafter
referred to SV-AP-PANEL.
The SV-AP-PANEL is an optional control panel for a SkyView system that provides one-button
controls for the SkyView Autopilot that are otherwise operated from the SkyView display menu
buttons (which are still accessible after the installation of an SV-AP-PANEL). As the SV-AP-PANEL
allows for expert autopilot mode controls including IAS, VNAV, and approach sequencing, the
buttons on the SV-AP-PANEL are enabled only when the SkyView AP is set to EXPERT mode
(SETUP MENU > AUTOPILOT SETUP > AUTOPILOT CONTROLS > EXPERT). Up to two SV-APPANELs can be installed in a SkyView system.
Figure 115 is an overview of suggested steps for SV-AP-PANEL installation.
Figure 115 - Overview of SV-AP-PANEL Installation
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
18-1
SV-AP-PANEL Installation
Physical Installation
The following diagrams as printed are NOT to scale, NOT actual size. 1:1 template
drawings and CAD models (same as SV-COM-PANEL) are available for download at
http://docs.dynonavionics.com.
Figure 116–SV-AP-PANEL Panel Cutout and Mounting Hole Dimensions - NOT ACTUAL SIZE
18-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-AP-PANEL Installation
Figure 117–SV-AP-PANEL Dimensions
Electrical Installation
SkyView Network
The SV-AP-PANEL has two SkyView Network connections (D-9 connectors). Both connectors are
electrically identical and are internally connected. Thus, the SV-AP-PANEL can be installed in the
SkyView Network as a “passthrough” device, or “daisy chained” from one SkyView Network
device, through the SV-AP-PANEL, to the next SkyView Network device. The SV-NET-1.5CC is an
18-inch SkyView Network cable that is ideal for such situations. The SV-AP-PANEL receives
power (for operation of the buttons) from SkyView Network. Dimming of the SV-AP-PANEL is
controlled by the SkyView display(s).
Trim Motor Control
As of SkyView v11.0, SkyView does not have “Auto Trim” capability. Such
functionality may be added in a future version.
In addition to the AP mode buttons, the SV-AP-PANEL includes an adjustable, speed-sensitive
trim controller, eliminating the need for relay packs or a separate trim controller. The
integrated trim controller is wired to a D15 connector that can be connected to Aircraft power
(12V only), pushbuttons (typically, on the stick), and power to and control of up to two trim
motors - such as those made by Ray Allen. A set of pushbuttons can optionally be installed for
the copilot. The pilot’s pushbuttons take priority over the copilot’s pushbuttons. Pushbuttons
used for Trim Motor Control must be Push Button Normally Open (PBNO) – a momentary
switch with a contact that is closed only when the button is pushed. One terminal of the
pushbutton is connected to the selected pin, the other terminal of the pushbutton is connected
to avionics ground (can be common with Pin 2).
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
18-3
SV-AP-PANEL Installation
Note that the SV-AP-PANEL’s trim controller only connects to the trim motors. The SV-APPANEL does not connect to or monitor trim position. Monitoring trim position is done by
connecting the trim motor’s potentiometer (position sensor) that is mechanically ganged to the
trim motor to a General Purpose Input pin on the SkyView SV-EMS-220/221 as described in
Trim and Flaps Position Potentiometers in the SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration
chapter.
Trim Motor Control Safety Features

Pilot trim controls override Copilot trim controls.

If SkyView Network connection or SkyView power is lost, the trim motor functions will
continue to function as long as avionics power is available at Pin 9. When SkyView is not
powered on (not communicating with the SV-AP-PANEL) the speed scheduling features
(QUICKEST TRIM SPEED / SLOWEST TRIM SPEED) are not available. In this failsafe mode,
the trim motors will run at their full speed when trim buttons are pushed.

If a trim control button is detected as pushed when power is first applied to Pin 9, trim
control will not activate until the button is first released.

If a trim control button is pushed for more than five seconds (or longer, such as a stuck
button), trim control on that axis will be temporarily inactivated until the button is first
released.

Motor outputs are protected against short circuits.
If two SV-AP-PANELs are installed, connect only one SV-AP-PANEL to control trim
motors. Do not connect the second SV-AP-PANEL’s D15 connector in parallel with
the first SV-AP-PANEL’s D15 connector – doing so could cause unexpected
behaviour and/or damage to the units and the trim motors.
On the D15 connector, Power (Pin 9) and Ground (Pin 2) connections are only required to
control a Pitch trim motor and/or a Roll trim motor. If the trim motor outputs are not used,
Power (Pin 9) and Ground (Pin 2) should not be connected.
Ray Allen trim motors are known to work - connect the white wires to Pins 7 and 8 (MOTOR 1)
and/or Pins 14 and 15 (MOTOR 2). If using other trim motors, ensure that the trim motor’s
maximum current does not exceed 2A.
The functions assigned to each pin in Table 62 below reflect Motor 1 being used for TRIM
UP/DOWN and Motor 2 being used for TRIM RIGHT/LEFT.
18-4
D15
Pin
Pin Function
Notes
1
This pin is not used, do
not connect.
This pin is not used, do not connect.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-AP-PANEL Installation
D15
Pin
Pin Function
Notes
2
Aircraft Electrical Ground
If trim motor(s) control is not used, do not connect. Power
and ground for the SV-AP-PANEL front panel buttons is
provided by SkyView Network.
3
PILOT TRIM UP
Motor 1: Pin 7 polarity is +, Pin 8 polarity is -
4
PILOT TRIM DOWN
Motor 1: Pin 7 polarity is -, Pin 8 polarity is +
5
COPILOT TRIM UP
Motor 1: Pin 7 polarity is +, Pin 8 polarity is -
6
COPILOT TRIM DOWN
Motor 1: Pin 7 polarity is -, Pin 8 polarity is +
7
MOTOR 1 WIRE #1
Pin 3 or Pin 5 grounded:
Pin 7 polarity is +, Pin 8 polarity is (Motor rotates in one direction)
MOTOR 1 WIRE #2
Pin 4 or Pin 6 grounded:
Pin 7 polarity is -, Pin 8 polarity is +
(Motor rotates in the other direction)
9
12 Volts @ 4A
If trim motor(s) control is not used, do not connect. Power
and ground for SV-AP-PANEL front panel buttons is
provided by SkyView Network.
10
PILOT TRIM RIGHT
Motor 2: Pin 14 polarity is +, Pin 15 polarity is -
11
PILOT TRIM LEFT
Motor 2: Pin 14 polarity is -, Pin 15 polarity is +
12
COPILOT TRIM RIGHT
Motor 2: Pin 14 polarity is +, Pin 15 polarity is -
13
COPILOT TRIM LEFT
Motor 2: Pin 14 polarity is -, Pin 15 polarity is +
MOTOR 2 WIRE #1
Pin 10 or Pin 12 grounded
Pin 14 polarity is +, Pin 15 polarity is (Motor rotates in one direction)
8
14
15
MOTOR 2 WIRE #2
Pin 11 or Pin 13 grounded
Pin 14 polarity is -, Pin 15 polarity is +
(Motor rotates in the other direction)
Table 62 - SV-AP-PANEL Trim Motor Control Pinout
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
18-5
SV-AP-PANEL Installation
Figure 118 SV-AP-PANEL Trim control wiring diagram
Network Setup
As with all other SkyView Network devices, the SV-AP-PANEL must be configured into the
SkyView Network:



Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE > (right click) >
DETECT (button).
The SV-AP-PANEL(s) will be listed.
FINISH (button) > EXIT (button)
SkyView Configuration for SV-AP-PANEL (Trim Motor Control)
The SV-AP-PANEL’s trim controller can adjust the speed at which the trim motors run. In many
aircraft, this allows you have finer trim control for a given pushbutton press or hold by having
the trim motor movement slowed down at higher airspeeds.
SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > TRIM CALIBRATION:
> MOTOR 1 CONFIG:
18-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-AP-PANEL Installation
> FUNCTION: PITCH
We recommend that MOTOR 1 be configured to control PITCH trim - Table 62 above
reflects that MOTOR 1 is configured to control PITCH trim.
> QUICKEST TRIM SPEED
> TRIM MOTOR SPEED: xxx%
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
> AT AND BELOW AIRSPEED: xxx KNOTS
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
> SLOWEST TRIM SPEED
> TRIM MOTOR SPEED: xxx%
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
> AT AND ABOVE AIRSPEED: xxx KNOTS
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
> MOTOR 2 CONFIG:
> FUNCTION: ROLL
We recommend that MOTOR 2 be configured to control ROLL trim - Table 62 above
reflects that MOTOR 2 is configured to control ROLL trim.
> QUICKEST TRIM SPEED
> TRIM MOTOR SPEED: xxx%
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
> AT AND BELOW AIRSPEED: xxx KNOTS
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
> SLOWEST TRIM SPEED
> TRIM MOTOR SPEED: xxx%
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
> AT AND ABOVE AIRSPEED: xxx KNOTS
Set as appropriate for your aircraft’s performance.
Post Installation Checks

Verify buttons operate all AP modes.

Verify dim commands from SkyView display dim the backlighting of the SV-AP-PANEL.

Verify that trim controls operate as commanded from Pilot and (optional) Copilot
controls.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
18-7
19. SV-KNOB-PANEL Installation
This chapter contains pre-installation considerations and installation instructions and details to
install the SV-KNOB-PANEL/H (Horizontal orientation) and SV-KNOB-PANEL/V (Vertical
orientation). Physically, electronically, and operationally, the two versions are identical, and
hereafter referred to SV-KNOB-PANEL.
SV-KNOB-PANEL is an optional control panel for a SkyView system that provides dedicated
function knobs for:



ALT
BARO
HDG/TRK
that are otherwise operated from the multifunction knobs on a SkyView display(s). Each SVKNOB-PANEL knob can be pressed to sync each bug/setting, the same as using the knobs on the
SkyView display. When an SV-KNOB-PANEL is installed in a SkyView system, the knobs on a
SkyView display can still be set to ALT, BARO, and HDG/TRK if desired. Up to two SV-KNOBPANELs can be installed in a SkyView system.
Figure 119 is an overview of suggested steps for SV-KNOB PANEL installation.
Figure 119 - Overview of SV-KNOB-PANEL Installation
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
19-1
SV-KNOB-PANEL Installation
Physical Installation
The following diagrams as printed are NOT to scale, NOT actual size. 1:1 template
drawings and CAD models are available for download at
http://docs.dynonavionics.com (use SV-COM-PANEL drawings, which have the
same dimensions as SV-AP-PANEL).
Figure 120–SV-KNOB-PANEL Panel Cutout and Mounting Hole Dimensions - NOT ACTUAL SIZE
19-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
SV-KNOB-PANEL Installation
Figure 121 – SV-KNOB-PANEL Dimensions
Electrical Installation
SkyView Network
The SV-KNOB-PANEL has two SkyView Network connections (D-9 connectors). Both connectors
are electrically identical and are internally connected. Thus, the SV-KNOB-PANEL can be
installed in the SkyView Network as a “passthrough” device, or “daisy chained” from one
SkyView Network device, through the SV-KNOB-PANEL, to the next SkyView Network device.
The SV-NET-1.5CC is an 18-inch SkyView Network cable that is ideal for such situations. The SVAP-PANEL receives power (for operation of the buttons) from SkyView Network. Backlighting of
the SV-KNOB-PANEL is controlled by the SkyView display(s).
Network Setup
As with all other SkyView Network devices, the SV-KNOB-PANEL must be configured into the
SkyView Network:



Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE > (right click) >
DETECT (button).
The SV-KNOB-PANEL(s) will be listed.
FINISH (button) > EXIT (button)
No additional configuration is required.
Post Installation Checks

Verify the knobs work as expected.

Verify dim commands from SkyView display dim the backlighting of the SV-KNOBPANEL.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
19-3
20. Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
This appendix provides builders, installers and technicians basic information regarding SkyView
maintenance and troubleshooting.
Dynon’s internet sites may provide more up-to-date information on maintenance and
troubleshooting than this document. The following sites should be used a reference:



http://docs.dynonavionics.com – Dynon's documentation download area allows customers
(and prospective customers) to download the most up-to-date versions of all Dynon
documentation. Older versions of Dynon documentation may be shipped with OEM and
dealer-provided units, so it is a good idea to periodically check for new versions of
documentation.
http://wiki.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s Documentation Wiki provides additional technical
information on Dynon products.
http://forum.dynonavionics.com – Dynon’s Online Customer Forum is a resource for Dynon
Avionics customers to discuss installation and operational issues relating to Dynon Avionics
products. The Forum is especially useful for pilots with uncommon aircraft or unusual
installation issues. For customers that cannot call Dynon Technical Support during our
normal business hours, the Forum is a convenient way to interact with Dynon Avionics
Technical Support. The Forum allows online sharing of wiring diagrams, photos, and other
types of electronic files.
Dynon Technical Support is available 7:00 AM–4:00 PM (Pacific Time) Monday – Friday. For
phone support, call +1(425) 402-0433. Email our tech support staff at
support@dynonavionics.com.
There are no user-serviceable parts (such as replaceable fuses) inside any SkyView
system unit. Refer all servicing to Dynon Avionics.
Taking a Screenshot
It is sometimes helpful to have a screenshot of a behavior to share with Dynon Technical
Support. To accomplish this:



Insert a USB flash drive into your SkyView USB port.
When you want to save a screenshot of the display, press buttons 2 and 7 on that display
simultaneously. SkyView will display a message indicating that a screenshot has been saved.
The screenshot can be found in the “screenshots” folder on the USB flash drive when the
USB flash drive is connected to a computer.
Returning SkyView Components to Service after Repair
SkyView Network enabled components such as modules and servos are shipped in a “like new”
state after repair. To return a SkyView Network component to SkyView Network, follow the
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
20-1
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
following directions. Note that there are 3 different procedures for returning SkyView SVD1000/SV-D700 displays to service, depending on how the display is returned:
SV-D1000 / SV-D700 Display Scenario 1: When the documentation furnished with the
repaired display indicates that is being returned to you with the exact same
settings/configuration as it was sent to Dynon with
1. In this case, the display contains EXACTLY the same configuration as it did when you
sent it in. If your system was working properly before the display failed and was sent in
for repair:
a. Reinstall the display, reconnecting all harnesses and connections as originally
installed.
2. Power up the entire SkyView System (all displays, modules, servos, etc.)
3. If this is the only display installed:
a. Reconfigure SkyView Network under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK
SETUP > CONFIGURE…
b. Confirm all SkyView Network components are found, including ALL displays that
are in the aircraft.
4. If there is another display installed in the aircraft:
a. Using a display that never left the aircraft (and is presumably configured and
working correctly):
i. Reconfigure SkyView Network under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP >
NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE…
ii. Confirm all SkyView Network components are found.
5. Confirm that all settings, behavior, and configuration are normal.
6. If your SkyView system is not working normally, contact Dynon Avionics Technical
Support (contact information at the beginning of this manual) for further assistance.
SV-D1000 / SV-D700 Display Scenario 2: When repaired display is the ONLY display in
the aircraft, and the documentation furnished with the repaired unit indicates that
the display was shipped “like new”
1. Reinstall the display, reconnecting all harnesses and connections as originally installed.
2. Power up the entire SkyView System (all displays, modules, servos, etc.).
3. If you have a settings backup on a USB flash drive:
a. Load settings backup via SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SOFTWARE > LOAD FILES.
b. Confirm that the tail number under SYSTEM SETUP > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION is
now set to the actual aircraft tail number, not DYNON.
c. Reconfigure SkyView Network under SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK
SETUP > CONFIGURE…
d. Confirm all SkyView Network components are found.
e. Confirm all settings, calibrations, and behaviors are as expected. Dynon
recommends using the Installation Guide to walk through each set up section to
confirm proper system operation.
4. If you do not have a settings backup, use the SkyView Installation Guide to perform ALL
setup and configuration steps as if the entire system is being installed for the first time.
20-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
SV-D1000 / SV-D700 Display Scenario 3: When other display is part of a multi-display
system in the aircraft, and the documentation furnished with the repaired unit
indicates that the display was shipped “like new”
1. Your repaired display will have the latest version of SkyView software on it. All displays
in the aircraft must be on the same SkyView software version. Therefore, before doing
anything with the repaired display, confirm that your OTHER (still installed) SkyView
displays are running the latest system software by comparing the version available at
http://downloads.dynonavionics.com with the version that is listed in SETUP MENU >
LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > DISPLAY HARDWARE INFORMATION. If the version displayed
here does not match what is available on the web site, update these displays to the
most current version of firmware before proceeding further. Instructions for updating
your displays can be found in the Firmware Updates and File Operations section of this
manual.
a. If you have to update SkyView System Software, look through all the settings in
the SETUP MENU after the update, as there may be some new options. Use the
Revision History at the beginning of the SkyView System Installation Guide to
help determine what has changed between versions.
2. Reinstall the repaired display, reconnecting all harnesses and connections as originally
installed.
3. Power up the entire SkyView System (all displays, modules, servos, etc.).
4. From the display that never left the airplane, save your settings files to a USB flash drive
by using SETUP MENU > EXPORT SETTINGS …
5. Move this USB flash drive to the repaired display, and load both the .dfg and .sfg files
that were created on the USB flash drive by using SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SOFTWARE >
LOAD FILES…
6. Set the tail number of the repaired display (SYSTEM SETUP > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION)
to DYNON.
7. Going back to a display that never left the aircraft, which is configured properly and
working correctly:
It is important that the following steps are done from a display which has
remained in the aircraft, and NEVER the newly repaired display. If network
configuration is done from the repaired display, it is possible for it to overwrite the
correct settings that are stored in your good display with the Dynon default
factory settings.
a. On the display that stayed in the plane, confirm that the tail number under
SYSTEM SETUP > AIRCRAFT INFORMATION is set to the actual aircraft tail
number, not DYNON.
b. On the display that stayed in the plane, reconfigure SkyView Network under
SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE…
c. Confirm all SkyView Network components are found, including ALL displays that
are in the aircraft.
d. Exit Setup mode.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
20-3
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
8. On the recently repaired display, confirm that the tail number under SYSTEM SETUP >
AICRAFT INFORMATION is now set to the actual aircraft tail number, not DYNON. This
implies that all settings and configurations have been synchronized from the other
display.
SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Modules
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reinstall the ADAHRS in the aircraft.
Reconnect all harnesses and connections as originally installed.
Power up the entire SkyView System (all displays, modules, servos, etc.).
From any display in the aircraft, reconfigure SkyView Network under SETUP MENU >
SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE…
5. Confirm all SkyView Network components are found, including the reinstalled ADAHRS.
6. If the ADAHRS is the same serial number as the one you returned for repair, no further
actions should be required. However, Dynon recommends double checking the
performance of magnetic heading and AOA calibration. If these do not seem to work as
well as they previously did, redo those calibrations.
7. If the ADAHRS is not the same serial number as the one you returned for repair, all
setup and calibration steps in the SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Installation and Configuration
section of the SkyView Installation manual should be performed because this ADAHRS is
being installed for the first time.
Autopilot Servos
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reinstall the servo in the aircraft.
Reconnect all harnesses and connections as originally installed.
Power up the entire SkyView System (all displays, modules, servos, etc.).
From any display in the aircraft, reconfigure SkyView Network under SETUP MENU >
SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE…
5. Confirm all SkyView Network components are found, including the reinstalled servo.
6. Assuming the Autopilot was previously set up and working correctly, you only need to
recalibrate the servos by going to SETUP MENU > HARDWARE CALIBRATION > SERVO
CALIBRATION > CALIBRATION and following the on-screen instructions.
All other SkyView Network Components
1.
2.
3.
4.
Reinstall the SkyView Network component in the aircraft.
Reconnect all harnesses and connections as originally installed.
Power up the entire SkyView System (all displays, modules, servos, etc.).
From any display in the aircraft, reconfigure SkyView Network under SETUP MENU >
SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > CONFIGURE…
5. No further action should be required.
Operational Status
SkyView displays give users access to vital operational information in the Display Hardware
Information Page (SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > DISPLAY HARDWARE
20-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
INFORMATION). Note that the information in this menu may be useful during troubleshooting.
The information here cannot be edited on this screen; however, some parameters are editable
by the user on other screens.
This menu contains the following information:














Display serial number
Firmware version
Display input voltage
Backup battery charge state
Operational state of the internal battery management circuitry
Operational state of the internal voltage rails
Screen brightness level
Local light sensor output
External light sensor output
Brightness level output
Contact input status
Serial port status and current baud rate
Button and joystick states
Operational hours
Display Serial Number
The serial number of the display is noted here as SERIAL NUMBER: XXXXXX.
Display Firmware Version
The firmware version of the display is noted here as FIRMWARE VERSION: X.X.XX.XXX.
Display Input Voltage
The display's input voltage is list here as VOLTAGE: XX.XXV.
Backup Battery Module Charge State
If there is an SV-BAT-320 backup battery connected to the display, its voltage level is shown
here as BATTERY STATUS: XX.XXV. The battery is fully charged at 12.25V. Charging a completely
discharged battery may take up to 4 hours. To conserve your aircraft battery, the SV-BAT-320 is
only charged with SkyView detects your alternator/generator to be online.
Operational State of the Internal Battery Management Circuitry
The operational state of the display's internal battery management circuitry is listed here. If
there is an SV-BAT-320 backup battery connected to the display, you will see one of the
following states:

CHARGING: SkyView system voltage is above 12.25V. SkyView is running on master power
and is charging the SV-BAT-320.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
20-5
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting




DISCHARGING: SkyView system voltage is below 10V. SkyView runs on the SV-BAT-320. The
SV-BAT-320 discharges.
CHARGED: SkyView system voltage is above 12.25V, and the SV-BAT-320 is fully charged.
STANDBY: SkyView system voltage is above 10V, but below 12.25V: SkyView runs on master
power but does not charge the SV-BAT-320. To conserve your aircraft battery, the SV-BAT320 is only charged with SkyView detects your alternator/generator to be online.
NO BATTERY: No SV-BAT-320 is connected.
Operational State of the Internal Voltages
There are several important voltages in the display. You will find their statuses here. If they are
all operating at specified levels, then you will see OK. If any voltage is operating out of
specification, you will see X.XV FAIL for that voltage.
Screen Brightness Level
The screen's brightness level is shown here as a percent. For example, 100.0 means 100% and
50.0 means 50%.
Local Light Sensor Output
Each SkyView display has an integrated light sensor on the front bezel and its output is shown
here.
External Light Control Signal Output
SkyView displays are compatible with external light control signals. The state of the external
light control signal is shown here.
Brightness Level Output
SkyView displays can output a brightness level signal to control the brightness of compatible
external equipment screens. The level of the output is shown here.
Contact Input Status
Each SkyView display has four contact inputs. The status of each contact input is shown here as
either HIGH or LOW. CONTACT INPUT 1 is implemented as EXTERNAL LEVEL button. CONTACT
INPUT 2, CONTACT INPUT 3, AND CONTACT INPUT 4 have not been implemented as of v11.0.
Serial Port Status and Current Baud Rate
Each SkyView display has five general purpose serial ports. The status of each serial port is
shown with transmit (TX) and receive (RX) character counters and the ports current baud rate.
The character counters show any outgoing or incoming character and roll over at 9999.
20-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Button and Joystick States
The state of each button is shown on the BUTTON STATE line. You will see 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 on the
line. When you press a button, its respective number on the button state line is replaced with
an asterisk (*). For example, if you press and hold button 3, you will see 1 2 * 4 5 6 7 8.
The state of each joystick is shown on the JOYSTICK STATE line. Each joystick is denoted with an
L or R (left or right, respectively), a counter to show joystick turns, and the letters UDLRC to
denote moving the joystick Up, Down, Left, Right, and Center (when pressed like a button).
Operational Hours
This is a running count of the hours a screen has been on since was initially manufactured.
Instructions for Continued Airworthiness
Follow these steps for continued airworthiness:



Conduct any periodic checks that are mandated by local regulations (IE, FAA for US Aircraft).
If this includes a pitot/static test, ensure that the procedure at the end of the SV-ADAHRS200/201 Installation and Configuration section of this guide are followed.
Annually test the optional backup battery (SV-BAT-320).
Any other issues should be addressed on an as-needed basis.
Annual Backup Battery Test
(Assumes an Initial Backup Battery Test has been performed.)
After one year has passed since a successful Initial Backup Battery Test,
SkyView will display a Yellow Battery icon and a Caution BATTERY TEST
NEEDED will appear in the Alerts section.
An Annual Backup Battery Test should be performed on each battery annually to ensure each
backup battery in the SkyView system is fully functional. A fully charged SV-BAT-320 should
power a typical SkyView system for at least 60 minutes if primary power is lost.
If the SkyView system has more than one display with a backup battery installed, perform the
test for each display individually. Power off all but one display during the test.
Annual Backup Battery Test
Perform this test to ensure each backup battery in the SkyView system is fully functional. A fully
charged SV-BAT-320 should power a typical SkyView system for at least 60 minutes if primary
power is lost.
If the SkyView system has more than one display with a backup battery installed, perform the
test for each display individually. Power off all but one display during the test.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
20-7
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Test Procedure
1. Fully charge the SV-BAT-320 Backup Battery. Reference the Battery Charging section of
the SV-BAT-320 Installation chapter of this manual.
2. Power up one SkyView display on Avionics / Master power. If all SkyView displays power
up from a single switch or circuit breaker, manually power down all but the SkyView
display under test by pushing and holding Button 1 (HOLD TO POWER DOWN).
3. Disconnect primary power from the SkyView display; ensure that the display is not
powered from another source.
4. Press TEST BAT button (Button 8)
5. The BATTERY TEST screen will appear displaying the status of the test. Note that while
the test will last 60 minutes, if the SV-BAT-320 is able to power the system for at least
45 minutes, the battery is normal.
6. The BATTERY TEST can be aborted by pressing the PWR OFF button.
Repeat the test procedure for each backup battery in the system.
This test discharges the backup battery. Recharging the battery after the test is
recommended. Do this by applying primary power to the display. The backup
battery is fully charged when its voltage reaches 12.25 volts.
If a tested battery does not pass the initial backup battery test, please contact Dynon Avionics
Sales by phone or the online store (http://store.dynonavionics.com) to obtain a replacement
battery.
Please dispose of non‐functional SkyView backup batteries in a responsible
manner. SkyView backup batteries are lithium-ion and similar in construction to
cordless tool batteries. They can likely be recycled wherever cordless tool battery
recycling is available. For a list of recycling locations in your area (USA only), call 1800-8-BATTERY or see the Call 2 Recycle website at www.rbrc.org.
Troubleshooting
The Display Hardware Information Page (SETUP MENU > LOCAL DISPLAY SETUP > DISPLAY
HARDWARE INFORMATION) can be a valuable resource when troubleshooting SkyView and is
described in the previous section.
If the suggestions below do not help, or your issue is not listed below, please
contact Dynon Technical Support (contact information at the beginning of this
manual).
Network Configuration Does Not Work or SkyView Network Module Is Not Working
Properly
If you try to configure a SkyView network and it does not work, try the following:
20-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting




Check network wiring and try again. There may be a short or an open somewhere.
Unplug network modules one by one and try again. It is possible that one of the modules
could cause the network to stop functioning.
Try again.
For modules such as the SV-ADAHRS-200/201, the SV-EMS-220/221, and SV-ARINC-429,
observe the red LED light near the SkyView Network connector:
o Flashing Fast: The module is operating normally and is configured and
communicating on a SkyView Network.
o Flashing Slowly: The module is operating normally, but is not active on SkyView
Network.
o Off: The module is not receiving power (from a SkyView Network / Display)
o On Solid - the module is receiving power, but is not operating normally.
SkyView Reports STANDBY NETWORK ERROR
SkyView has detected a problem with the SkyView Network wiring between one or more
modules. Go to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > NETWORK SETUP > NETWORK STATUS for a
description of the problem. Module failures and/or wiring faults (via SkyView D9 connector pin
callouts) will be annunciated here to aid troubleshooting. The fault will be below the
component(s) that SkyView can see the fault in. This may help you narrow down the wiring run
or connector that is faulty.
For example, a “Connection Fault: 4/8” listed below an SV-ADAHRS-200 listing in the network
status page means that pins 4 and 8 on a SkyView Network harness or connector that goes to
that component has a connectivity problem. This could be a broken wire, swapped wires, bad
connection, etc., and should be analyzed with a multimeter or other direct method.
If the fault were instead listed under a SkyView display listing in the network status page, that
means that the fault is seen on devices connected to that display, and is likely due to a
connectivity issue at or very near the display in your SkyView Network wiring scheme.
Compass Calibration Fails
If you try to calibrate your compass and it does not work, try the following:



Ensure SkyView is receiving data from the system’s GPS receiver – a
message: VALID GPS SIGNAL REQUIRED TO CALIBRATE COMPASS will appear if GPS data is
not available.
Ensure the SkyView network status includes the ADAHRS you’re trying to calibrate. Use the
Network Status Wizard and confirm that the ADAHRS is present in the system.
Ensure the ADAHRS location is compatible with the requirements outlined in the General
System Installation Tips Section of this guide, especially the discussion of external magnetic
interference.
Display does not Turn On
If your SkyView display does not turn on, try the following:
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
20-9
Appendix A: Maintenance and Troubleshooting


Check power wiring and fuses and try again. There may be a short or an open somewhere.
Observe the lights on the Ethernet port. Unlike other Ethernet ports, these lights are used
for display status:
o Yellow light on: Power on pins 1/20 (power/ground).
o Yellow light off: Display not receiving power.
o Green light flashing: Normal when display is turned on, or turned off with a backup
battery connected.
o Green light solid on or off: Something is wrong with the SkyView display. Contact
Dynon Technical Support (contact information at the beginning of this manual) for
further support.
No GPS
GPS is an essential part of a SkyView system. If you do not have a working GPS, you cannot set
the system time, calibrate the compass, or use the moving map. If you are experiencing these
symptoms, try the following:



If you have installed an SV-GPS-250, its SERIAL IN FUNCTION must be set to POS 1.
Check wiring and connections. Make sure all wiring runs are complete, that connections are
solid, and that transmit (TX) and receive (RX) are not swapped. If you have more than one
SkyView display, make the same serial port connections to ALL SkyView displays. If you are
using the SV-GPS-250 GPS Receiver module, make sure that power and ground wires are
also installed correctly.
Ensure that the GPS serial port’s parameters are configured correctly. Go to the Serial Port
Setup Menu (SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP > SERIAL PORT # SETUP)
and check the input device, function, baud rate, and output device properties of the port.
This menu also contains serial transmit (TX) and receive (RX) counters. These show activity
on the transmit and receive lines of that port and can indicate if the GPS is at least active on
that port. Reference the SV-GPS-250 Serial Connection Section for SV-GPS-250 serial port
settings. Also reference the Serial Devices Section on page 4-11 of this guide if a
comprehensive explanation of SkyView serial connections is necessary.
Engine Sensor Does Not Show Up Onscreen
Make sure the sensor is installed, defined, mapped, and configured according to the
instructions found in the SV-EMS-220/221 Installation and Configuration Chapter.
MAP Button Is No Longer Available
SkyView displays are shipped with a 30 Flight Hour trial of the SkyView Map. After 30 Flight
Hours have elapsed (the trial has expired), the next time SkyView is powered up, the MAP
button will not appear. If you wish to continue using SkyView’s Map functions, see SV-MAP-270
Navigation Mapping Software Purchase and Setup.
20-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
21. Appendix B: Specifications
SkyView Equipment Weights
SkyView Equipment Description
Ammeter Shunt (100412-000)
Carburetor Air Temperature Sender (100468-000)
CHT Probe (single)
EGT Probe (single)
EMS 37-pin Main Sensor Harness (100399-000)
EMS EGT/CHT 6-cylinder 25-pin Thermocouple Wire Harness
(100399-002)
Encoder Serial-to-Gray Code Converter (100362-000)
Fuel/Coolant Pressure Sender (100411-000)
Fuel Flow Sender (100403-003)
Heated AOA/Pitot Probe and Heater Controller (100667-000)
Manifold Pressure Sender (100434-000)
OAT Sender (100433-000)
Oil Pressure Sender (100411-002)
Oil Temperature Sender (100409-000 and 100409-001)
Unheated AOA/Pitot Probe (100141-000)
Video Input Adapter for SkyView (USB) (102211-000)
SV32
SV42
SV52
SV-ADAHRS-200/201
SV-ADSB-470
SV-AP-PANEL
SV-ARINC-429
SV-BAT-320
SV-COM-425
SV-COM-T8
SV-COM-PANEL
SV-D700 with mounting screws
SV-D1000 with mounting screws
SV-D1000T with mounting screws
SV-EMS-220/221
SV-ETHERNET-3CC
SV-INTERCOM-2S
SV-GPS-250
SV-HARNESS-D37
SV-KNOB-PANEL
SV-OAT-340
SV-NET-1.5CC
SV-NET-3CC
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Weight
5.0 oz (0.14 kg)
2.1 oz (0.06 kg)
1.4 oz (0.04 kg)*
1.4 oz (0.04 kg)*
13 oz. (0.37 kg)
11 oz (0.31 kg)
1.6 oz (0.05 kg)
3.9 oz (0.11 kg)
3.9 oz (0.11 kg)
11.3 oz (0.32 kg)
3.2 oz (0.09 kg)
3.2 oz (0.09 kg)
3.9 oz (0.11 kg)
2.1 oz (0.06 kg)
5.7 oz (0.16 kg)
Approx.
3 oz (0.085 kg)
2.0 lb (0.91 kg)
3.0 lb (1.36 kg)
4.0 lb (1.81 kg)
8.2 oz (0.23 kg)
12.5 oz (0.35kg)
0.30 lb (0.15 kg)
6.0 oz (0.17kg)
13.1 oz (0.37 kg)
12.0 oz (0.390 kg)
0.77 lb (0.350 kg)
5.6 oz (0.159 kg)
2 lb. 6.1 oz (1.08 kg)
3 lb. 0.7 oz (1.38 kg)
3.30 lb (1.50 kg)
9.6 oz (0.27 kg)
1.1 oz (0.03 kg)
7.2 oz (0.204 kg)
6.7 oz (0.19 kg)
7.5 oz (0.21 kg)
0.40 lb (0.18 kg)
1.5 oz (0.04 kg)
0.16 lb (.071 kg)
3.4 oz (0.096 kg)
21-1
Appendix B: Specifications
SkyView Equipment Description
SV-NET-6CC
SV-NET-10CP
SV-NET-15CP
SV-NET-20CP
SV-NET-25CP
SV-NET-30CP
SV-NET-HUB
SV-NET-SERVO
SV-NET-SPL
SV-XPNDR-261/262
Weight
5.2 oz (0.147 kg)
7.8 oz (0.221 kg)
10.9 oz (0.309 kg)
13.9 oz (0.394 kg)
1 lb. 1.1 oz (0.489 kg)
1 lb. 4.1 oz (0.570 kg)
3.1 oz (0.09 kg)
11.2 oz (0.318 kg)
3.2 oz (0.09 kg)
14.4 oz (0.4kg)
Table 63–SkyView Equipment Weights
*This is for a single probe. Multiply by the number of probes to obtain total weight of probes.
SkyView Compatible Engine Sensors
Description
Amps Shunt or
Ammeter Shunt
Capacitance to
Voltage Converter for
Vans Capacitive
Plates
Carburetor Air
Temperature
CHT (for Jabiru)
CHT (for Lycoming/
Continental/Superior)
Range/Type
0-60 A
(can be configured to
display -60 A to +60 A)
Fittings
Dynon P/N
2 each 1/4” Ring
Terminals
100412-000
50 pF to 1000 pF
BNC connector to Van’s
RV fuel tank sensor
100654-000
-50° F to 150° F
1/4-28 UNF
100468-000
J-Type Thermocouple
12mm Ring Terminal
100578-000
J-Type Thermocouple
Bayonet 3/8-24 UNF
100404-000
EGT (for Jabiru)
K-Type Thermocouple
EGT (for Lycoming/
Continental/Superior)
K-Type Thermocouple
EGT (for Rotax)
K-Type Thermocouple
Fuel Flow Transducer
(EI FT-60)
Fuel Pressure
(carbureted)
Fuel Pressure
(fuel injected)
Manifold Pressure
(MAP)
21-2
1/8” hole, Hose Clamp
3/4” – 1 3/4”
1/8” hole, Hose Clamp,
1” – 2”
1/8” hole, Hose Clamp
1/4” – 1 1/4”
100405-002
100405-000
100405-001
0.6 GPH -70+ GPH
1/4” Female NPT
100403-003
0-30 PSI
1/8-27 NPT
100411-000
0-80 PSI
1/8-27 NPT
100411-001
0-60 In Hg
Nipple fitting: 1/4” ID
tubing recommended
100434-000
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix B: Specifications
OAT Probe
-40° F to 150° F
3/8” hole in fuselage,
9/16” nut
Oil Pressure
Oil Temperature
(for Lycoming/
Continental/Superior)
Oil Temperature (for
older Continental 0200s)
0-150 PSI
1/8-27 NPT
100433-001
100433-002
100433-003
100411-002
-10° F to 300° F
5/8-18 UNF
100409-001
-10° F to 300° F
1/8-27 NPT
100409-000
Table 64–SkyView Compatible Engine Sensors
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
21-3
Appendix B: Specifications
SV-XPNDR-261 Specifications
Specification
Characteristics
Compliance
ETSO 2C112b Class 1 Level 2els, ETSO
C166a Class B0, TSO C112c Class 1 Level
2els, TSO C166b Class B1S
FCC Identification
VZI00745
Applicable documents
EUROCAE ED-73C, EUROCAE ED-14F (RTCA
DO-160F), RTCA DO-181D, RTCA DO-260B
Software
ED-12B (RTCA DO-178B) Level B
Hardware
DO-254 Level C
Power Requirements
11 – 33 Volts DC. Typical 6 Watts @
14Volts.
Altitude
35,000 feet
Humidity
95% @ +50°C for 6 hours; 85% @ +38°C for
16 hours.
Tested to Category A in DO-160F
Operating
Temperature
-20°C to +70°C
Transmitter Frequency
1090MHz ± 1MHz
Transmitter Power
250 Watts nominal; 125 Watts minimum at
antenna after allowing for 0.5dB connector
losses and 1.5dB cable losses.
Transmitter
Modulation
6M75 V1D
Receiver Frequency
1030 MHz
Receiver Sensitivity
-74Dbm ± 3Db
Physical Specifications (in the mounting tray)
Height
48mm (1.9”)
Width
66mm (2.5”)
Length
160mm (6.3”)
Weight
0.77lbs. (350 g)
Table 65 - SV-XPNDR-261 Specifications
21-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix B: Specifications
SV-XPNDR-262 Specifications
Specification
Characteristics
Compliance
ETSO 2C112b Class 2 Level 2els, ETSO C166a
Class B0, TSO C112c Class 2 Level 2els, TSO
C166b Class B0
FCC Identification
VZI00675
Applicable documents
EUROCAE ED-73C, EUROCAE ED-14F (RTCA DO160F), RTCA DO-181D, RTCA DO-260B
Software
ED-12B (RTCA DO-178B) Level B
Hardware
DO-254 Level C
Power Requirements
11 – 33 Volts DC. Typical 5 Watts @ 14Volts.
Altitude
< 15,000 feet
Speed
< 175 knots
Humidity
95% @ +50°C for 6 hours; 85% @ +38°C for 16
hours.
Tested to Category A in DO-160F
Operating
Temperature
-20°C to +70°C
Transmitter Frequency
1090MHz ± 1MHz
Transmitter Power
125 Watts nominal; 71 Watts minimum at
antenna after allowing for 0.5dB connector
losses and 1.5dB cable losses.
Transmitter
Modulation
6M75 V1D
Receiver Frequency
1030 MHz
Receiver Sensitivity
-74Dbm ± 3Db
Physical Specifications (in the mounting tray)
Height
48mm (1.9”)
Width
66mm (2.5”)
Length
160mm (6.3”)
Weight
0.77lbs. (350 g)
Table 66 - SV-XPNDR-262 Specifications
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
21-5
Appendix B: Specifications
SV-COM-C25 Radio Frequency Specifications
Specification
Characteristics
FCC Identification
WU6-310001-000
Frequency Range
118.000 – 136.975 MHz
Transmitter Power
6W
Channel Size
25 KHz
Transmitter
Modulation
A3E
Acceptable VSWR
3:1
Sensitivity
-111dBm @ 12dB
Table 67 - SV-COM-C25 Specifications
SV-COM-X83 (TY91L VHF Radio Unit) Radio Technical Specifications
21-6
Specification
Characteristics
Compliance
ETSO 2C169a Class C, E, H1, H2, 4, 6
ETSO 2C128
TSO C169a Class C, E, 4, 6, TSO C128a
FCC Identification
VZI00882
Applicable documents
EUROCAE ED-23C
EUROCAE ED-67
EUROCAE ED-14F (RTCA DO-160F)
RTCA DO-186B
RTCA DO-207
Software
ED-12B (RTCA DO-178B) Level B
Hardware
DO-254 Level C
Power Requirements
11 – 33 volts DC
Typical 2.8 watts @ 14volts, receive
Typical 28 watts @ 14 volts, transmit
Maximum current 3.2A.
Altitude
55,000 feet
Humidity
95% @ +50°C for 6 hours
85% @ +38°C for 16 hours
Tested to Category A in DO-160F
Operating
Temperature
-20°C to +70°C
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix B: Specifications
Specification
Characteristics
Transmitter Frequency
118.000 MHz to 136.992 MHz
760 channels at 25 kHz spacing
2280 channels at 8.33 kHz spacing
Transmitter Power
6 watts nominal carrier power
Transmitter
Modulation
5K6 A3E
Stuck-mic timeout
35 seconds
Transmitter Duty Cycle
100% transmit is possible
(subject to stuck mic timeout)
Receiver Frequency
118.000 MHz to 136.992 MHz
760 channels at 25 kHz spacing
2280 channels at 8.33 kHz spacing
Receiver Sensitivity
< 5uV for 6 dB SINAD
AGC Characteristic
< 6dB variation 5 uV to 100 mV EMF
Maximum VSWR
2.5:1 or lower
Physical Specifications (in the mounting tray)
Height
Height 48mm (1.9”)
Width
Width 66mm (2.5”)
Length
Length 160mm (6.3”)
Weight
Weight 0.77lbs. (350 g)
Table 68 - SV-COM-X83 Specifications
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
21-7
22.Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SkyView utilizes standardized network connectors and wire harnesses for
equipment-to-equipment connections as well as other connections. Installers
should rarely have to build custom wire harnesses. This appendix is included as a
reference for those rare times when custom wiring is required.
Improper wiring can result in permanent damage to your instrument and/or the
accompanying sensors.
Make all connections to your harness before plugging it into any of the
components of the system. Do not make connections while power is applied at
any point in the system.
Wire Gauge
Unless otherwise specified, 22 AWG wire is normally sufficient for the power supply and ground
lines, but we recommend that you consult a wire sizing chart to determine the size required for
the wire routing in your particular aircraft. Ensure that the power lines include a circuit breaker
or an appropriately sized fuse for the wire you select.
Smaller gauge wire is sufficient for lines that only carry data.
FAA Advisory Circular AC 43.13-1B is an excellent resource for wire sizing requirements as well
as other acceptable methods, techniques, and practices in aircraft inspection and repair.
Grounding
Many of the engine sensors require a connection to a ground on the SV-EMS-220/221. There
are many places on an aircraft where you could connect these sensors. However, the ideal
location to ground these sensors is to one of the SV-EMS-220/221 ground pins. Connecting the
sensor’s ground pin directly to the SV-EMS-220/221 minimizes any voltage difference between
sensor ground and SV-EMS-220/221 ground.
You can measure the voltage difference between grounds to check if the
connection has a minimal voltage drop. Set a multimeter to the DC voltages setting
and place one probe tip on one ground and place the other probe tip on the other.
Measurements close to 0 mV (within 5 mV) are, in most cases, acceptable.
Other grounding recommendations include:


Ensure that solid, thick electrical connections exist between engine and battery ground.
Do not paint over surfaces that are ground connection points.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-1
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
D-subminiature Crimp Contacts and Tools
D-subminiature crimp contacts can be obtained from a variety of sources. Dynon recommends
the use of the following Mil Spec types in avionics applications.
Gender
Female/Socket
Male/Pin
Mil Spec #
M39029/63-368
M39029/64-369
Wire AWG
20, 22, 24
Table 69–Recommended D-subminiature Crimp Pins
Use a high quality 4-way indentation contact crimper when working the Mil Spec contacts in
Table 69. Paladin Tools P/N 1440 (for 20 to 26 AWG wire) is an example of such a contact
crimper tool.
Homemade Wire Harness Considerations
Each SkyView display includes its own wire harness (SV-HARNESS-D37) for connection to power,
serial ports, USB, the external battery, and other connections. We recommend that you use this
harness for display installations instead of building your own.
Here are some considerations if you build your own SkyView network wire harnesses.
Wire Insulation
We recommend that all wire harness wires that are installed in aircraft utilize Tefzel® insulation.
Wire Size
We recommend that all wire harness wires be 22 AWG unless otherwise specified.
Twisted Pairs
SkyView Network cables use twisted data wire pairs for communication between devices. The
wire pair should be twisted at 8-10 twists per foot over the entire length of the cable.
Pair #1:
9-Pin Connector
Pin #
Wire Color
(Dynon Convention)
Signal Name
1
Green
Data 1A
6
Blue
Data 1B
Pair #2:
22-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
9-Pin Connector
Pin #
Wire Color
(Dynon Convention)
Signal Name
4
White/Blue
Data 2B
8
White/Green
Data 2A
In Dynon’s SkyView Network cables, power distribution pairs are also twisted together.
Pair #3:
9-Pin Connector
Pin #
Wire Color
(Dynon Convention)
Signal Name
2
Black
Ground 1
7
Red
Power 1
9-Pin Connector
Pin #
Wire Color
(Dynon Convention)
Signal Name
3
White/Black
Ground 2
9
White/Red
Power 2
Pair #4:
Individual wire, not twisted with any other wire:
9-Pin Connector
Pin #
Wire Color
(Dynon Convention)
Signal Name
5
Orange
EMS Aux
This signal is currently used only for SV-EMS-220/221 modules, but future modules may also
require this signal, so we recommend it be included if you are building your own SkyView
Network cables.
Heat Shrink Bundling and Strain Relief
All wires should be bundled together with heat shrink and then strain relieved when exiting the
connector shell or hood.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-3
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
USB Cable (from D37 connector)
The USB cable used in the SV-HARNESS-D37 is a unique part made to Dynon’s specifications
for this application and is not sold separately. Attempting to terminate a typical USB cable to a
DSUB connector causes the USB device to perform marginally (in our experience). For that
reason, we recommend that a homemade version of the Dynon SV-HARNESS-D37 to not
include a USB cable. Instead, purchase USB extension cables to plug into the two USB ports on
the back of the SkyView display.
SV-BAT-320 Connection
To connect a homemade harness to an SV-BAT-320, the following specifications must be
followed closely for the SV-BAT-320 to charge and work correctly:
Connector:
Pins:
Wire:
Molex Micro-Fit P/N 43640-0301 (Digi-Key P/N WM1856-ND)
Molex Micro-Fit P/N 43031-0007 (Digi-Key P/N WM1841-ND)
22 AWG Tefzel, NO MORE THAN 24” LONG; red w/yellow: M22759/16-22-24;
black: M22759/16-22-0
Function
Power
Ground
SkyView D37
Connector Pin
2
23
Molex
Connector Pin
3
1
Table 70 - SV-BAT-320 Wiring
OAT Connection
For customers that are converting from other Dynon products, you can use your installed OAT
with the addition of the connector below. Both 100433-000 and 100433-001 are compatible.
The OAT wiring can be extended as required. If you have 100433-001, ignore the red wire and
connect the yellow and blue wires to the connector below. The OAT is non-polarized; either
wire can connect to either pin.
Connector:
Pins:
Wire:
Molex Micro-Fit P/N 43645-0200 (Digi-Key P/N WM1845-ND)
Molex Micro-Fit P/N 43030-0007 (Digi-Key P/N WM1837-ND)
22 AWG Tefzel
SkyView Equipment Electrical Connections
A SkyView display (SV-D700 and SV-D1000) has six connectors on the back of the unit as
illustrated in Figure 122:



One male D37 for connection to the SkyView Display Harness (SV-HARNESS-D37)
Two male D9 SkyView network connectors
Two Standard 4-pin USB 2.0 jacks for use with USB Series A plugs. Note that there is also a
USB port on the SV-HARNESS-D37 for convenience.
22-4
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`

Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
One standard 8-pin RJ45 connector for use with twisted pair category 5 Ethernet cable
Figure 122–SV-D700 and SV-D1000 Connectors
A SkyView ADAHRS module (SV-ADAHRS-200/201) has two connectors as illustrated in Figure
123:


One male D9 SkyView network connector
One 2-pin OAT probe connector (only compatible with the SV-OAT-340)
Figure 123–SV-ADAHRS-200/201 Connectors
The SkyView EMS Module (SV-EMS-220/221) has three connectors as illustrated in Figure 124:



One male D9 SkyView network connector
One male D37 for various transducer connections
One female D25 for thermocouple connections
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-5
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
Figure 124–SV-EMS-220/221 Connectors
The SkyView GPS Receiver module (SV-GPS-250) includes four unterminated wires. These wires
may be trimmed or spliced and extended as needed to suit the installation location. Match the
colors of these wires with the corresponding colors on the display harness as mentioned in the
Serial Connection Section of the SV-GPS-250 Installation and Configuration Chapter.
The SkyView Backup Battery (SV-BAT-320) has one connector. Do not add more wire into the
backup battery wire bundle.
Each SkyView servo has seven unterminated wires. Reference the Autopilot Servo Installation,
Configuration, and Calibration section for more information.
SkyView Equipment Electrical Connector Pin-Out Tables
See tables on the follow pages for connector pin function descriptions. Tables for the USB jacks,
RJ45 jack, OAT connector, and battery connector are not included.
Servo Harness Pin-Out
Servo Wire
Color
Red
Black
Green
Blue
Yellow
White/Green
White/Blue
Description
Power (10 to 30 volts DC)
Aircraft Ground
SkyView Network Data 1A
SkyView Network Data 1B
AP Disengage/Control Wheel Steering
(CWS) Button
SkyView Network Data 2A
SkyView Network Data 2B
Table 71–Servo Wiring
22-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SkyView D37 Harness Pin-Out
SkyView Display Male
D37 Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
SV-HARNESS-D37 Wire Color
Description
Red
Red with Yellow stripe
Brown with Violet stripe
Brown with Orange stripe
Yellow with Violet stripe
Yellow with Orange stripe
Green with Violet stripe
Green with Orange stripe
Blue with Violet stripe
Blue with Orange stripe
Gray with Violet stripe
Gray with Orange stripe
Brown
Orange with Yellow stripe
Orange with Green stripe
Red
Black
White
Green
Red
Black
Black
Black
Black
Violet
White
Orange with Red stripe
Power Input
Backup Battery Input
Serial Port 1 RX
Serial Port 1 TX
Serial Port 2 RX
Serial Port 2 TX
Serial Port 3 RX
Serial Port 3 TX
Serial Port 4 RX
Serial Port 4 TX
Serial Port 5 RX
Serial Port 5 TX
Audio Output Left
Contact Input 3
Contact Input 4
USB Power
USB Ground
USBUSB+
Power Input
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Dim Input
Dim Output
Contact Input 2
Contact Input 1
(Optional) External LEVEL Button
SV-GPS-250 Power Output
Audio Ground
Audio Output Right
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
28
Orange with Black stripe
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Orange
Black
Gray
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
Do Not Connect
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-7
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
Table 72–SkyView Display Male D37 Pin-out with Harness Wire Colors
SkyView D37 Block Diagram
Figure 125 illustrates basic SkyView display D37 electrical connections.
Figure 125–SkyView D37 Connector Electrical Connections
22-8
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SkyView Network Connection Pin-Out
SkyView Network
Male D9 Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SkyView Network
Cable Wire Color
Green
Black
White with Black
Stripe
White with Blue
Stripe
Orange
Blue
Red
White with Green
stripe
White with Red
stripe
Description
SkyView Network Data 1 A
SkyView Network Ground 1
SkyView Network Ground 2
SkyView Network Data 2 B
SkyView EMS Auxiliary Voltage
SkyView Network Data 1 B
SkyView Network Power 1
SkyView Network Data 2 A
SkyView Network Power 2
Table 73–SkyView Network Male D9 Pin-out and Wire Harness Colors
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-9
Data 1 B
Blue 6
Power 1
Red 7
Data 2 A White/Green 8
Power 2
White/Red 9
1
2
3
4
5
Green
Black
White/Black
White/Blue
Orange
Data 1 A
Ground 1
Ground 2
Data 2 B
EMS Aux
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
Figure 126–SkyView Network Female D9 Pin Insertion View (Rear)
SV-EMS-220/221 Pin-Out
SV-EMS-220 Male
D37 Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
22-10
EMS 37-pin Harness Wire
Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
Yellow
Black
Yellow
Description
Voltmeter 1 (0 to 30 volts DC)
Voltmeter 2 (0 to 30 volts DC)
Signal Ground
General Purpose Input 1
Signal Ground
General Purpose Input 11
General Purpose Input 12
Enhanced General Purpose Input 4
General Purpose Input 5
General Purpose Input 6
General Purpose Input 7
General Purpose Input 8
Signal Ground
Fuel Flow Input 1
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SV-EMS-220 Male
D37 Pin
15
16
17
EMS 37-pin Harness Wire
Color
Red
Black
Black
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
Open
Open
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue
Green
Description
+12 volts DC Auxiliary Power Output
Signal Ground
Signal Ground
+5 volts DC Auxiliary Power Output
(Fuse limited to 500 mA)
Fuel Flow Input 2
General Purpose Input 9
General Purpose Input 10
Enhanced General Purpose Input 2
Enhanced General Purpose Input 3
Amps+ Input
Amps- Input
Manifold Pressure Input
General Purpose TC Input 1+
General Purpose TC Input 1Optional External Alarm Light
Signal Ground
Enhanced General Purpose Input 13
Standard RPM Left Input
Standard RPM Right Input
Low Voltage RPM Left Input
Low Voltage RPM Right Input
General Purpose TC Input 2+
General Purpose TC Input 2-
Table 74–SV-EMS-220 Male D37 Transducer Connector
SV-EMS-221 D37
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
EMS 37-pin Harness Wire
Color
Red
Yellow or Unwired
Black
Purple/Blue
Black
White/Yellow
White/Brown
Brown
Brown/Blue
Brown/Yellow
Orange
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Battery voltage (voltmeter input)
Not connected
Available ground
Not connected
Available ground
Not connected
Not connected
Fuel pressure (101716-000)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
22-11
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SV-EMS-221 D37
Pin
12
13
14
EMS 37-pin Harness Wire
Color
Yellow
Black
Yellow
15
Red
16
17
Black
Black
18
White/Red
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
White/Black
Orange/Brown
Orange/Blue
Purple/Yellow
Purple/Green
Orange/Green
Orange/Purple
Green/Red
27
Open
28
Open
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Yellow/Green
Black
White/Orange
White/Green
White/Blue
Blue
Green
Blue or Unwired
Green or Unwired
Sensor (with Dynon part number if
applicable)
Flaps position potentiometer
Available ground
Fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel flow power (100403-003) / Oil
pressure (Honeywell and Rotax P/N
456180 only) sensor power
Available ground
Available ground
Manifold Pressure Sensor Power (+5 volt)
/ Kavlico Pressure Sensors
Return fuel flow (100403-003)
Fuel level left (resistive)
Fuel level right (resistive)
Not connected
Elevator position potentiometer
Ammeter shunt + (100412-000)
Ammeter shunt Not connected
RPM Signal to Rotax 912 iS Prop
Controller (optional)
NOTE: Must be grounded to common
ground with Prop Controller
Optional External Alarm Light
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Not Connected
Not connected
Not connected
CAN High from 912 iS ECU
CAN Low CAN High from 912 iS ECU
Table 75 - SV-EMS-221 Male D37 Transducer Connector
SV-EMS-220/221 Female D25
Thermocouple Connector Pin
1
2
3
4
22-12
EMS 25-pin
Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color*
Do Not Connect
Red
Red
Red
Description
Do Not Connect
CHT6 RED
EGT6 RED
CHT5 RED
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SV-EMS-220/221 Female D25
Thermocouple Connector Pin
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
EMS 25-pin
Thermocouple
Harness Wire Color*
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
White
Yellow
Description
EGT5 RED
CHT4 RED
EGT4 RED
CHT3 RED
EGT3 RED
CHT2 RED
EGT2 RED
CHT1 RED
EGT1 RED
CHT6 WHITE
EGT6 YELLOW
CHT5 WHITE
EGT5 YELLOW
CHT4 WHITE
EGT4 YELLOW
CHT3 WHITE
EGT3 YELLOW
CHT2 WHITE
EGT2 YELLOW
CHT1 WHITE
EGT1 YELLOW
Table 76–SV-EMS-220/221 Female D25 Thermocouple Connector
*Note – this is the 6-cylinder harness.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-13
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SV-ARINC-429 Pin-Out
Pin
Function
Notes
1
No Connect
-
2
No Connect
-
3
Serial RX
Aviation Format Only From Connected ARINC-429 GPS
4
No Connect
-
5
No Connect
-
6
No Connect
-
7
No Connect
-
8
No Connect
-
9
No Connect
-
10
ARINC 2 RX B
-
11
ARINC 1 RX B
-
12
ARINC TX B
Pins 12/13 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
13
ARINC TX B
Pins 12/13 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
14
No Connect
-
15
No Connect
-
16
No Connect
-
17
No Connect
-
18
No Connect
-
19
No Connect
-
20
Ground
-
21
No Connect
-
22
ARINC 2 RX A
-
23
ARINC 1 RX A
-
24
ARINC TX A
Pins 24/25 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
25
ARINC TX A
Pins 24/25 are the same TX signal. Provided for
convenience when connecting to multiple ARINC receivers.
Table 77 - SV-ARINC-429 Female D25 Connector
22-14
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
SV-ADSB-470 Pin-out
Pin
Function
Notes
1
10-30V DC
Connect to Aircraft Power
2
SV-ADSB-470 Serial RX
Data Input from SkyView
3
SV-ADSB-470 Serial TX
Data Output to SkyView
4
Ground
Connect to Aircraft Ground
5
No Connect
-
6
No Connect
-
7
No Connect
-
8
No Connect
-
9
No Connect
-
Table 78 - SV-ADSB-470 Female D9 Pinout
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Pin-Out
SV-XPNDR261/262 D25
Pin
Function
Description
1
Loopback 1
Connect to Pin 2
2
Loopback 1
Connect to Pin 1
3
GPS Serial Input
Aviation Format Only
4
No Connect
-
5
Transponder Serial
RX
Connect to Pin 4, 6, 8, or 10 on
SkyView Display D37 connector
6
No Connect
-
7
Transponder Serial
TX
Connect to Pin 3, 5, 7, or 9 on
SkyView Display D37 connector
8
No Connect
-
9
No Connect
-
10
No Connect
-
11
No Connect
-
12
Loopback 2
Connect to Pin 13
13
Loopback 2
Connect to Pin 12
14
Ground
Connect to Aircraft Ground
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-15
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
15
11-33V DC
Connect to Aircraft Power
16
No Connect
-
17
External Standby
In
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
18
Mutual
Suppression
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
19
Squat Switch In
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
20
Ident Switch In
Optional: Not Commonly Connected
21
No Connect
-
22
No Connect
-
23
No Connect
-
24
No Connect
-
25
No Connect
-
Table 79 - SV-SPNDR-26X D25 Connector
SV-XPNDR-261/262 Environmental Qualification Forms
Nomenclature:
TT21 Mode S Transponder (Dynon Avionics SV-XPNDR-262)
Part Number: 00675-(XX)
ETSO: 2C112b, C166a
Manufacturer:
Trig Avionics Limited
Address:
Heriot Watt Research Park, Riccarton, Currie, Scotland, EH14 4AP
Conditions
Temperature and Altitude
DO-160F
Section
4.0
Description of Conducted Tests
Equipment tested to Categories A2, C1
Low temperature ground survival
4.5.1
-55°C
Low temperature short-time
operating
4.5.1
-40°C
Low temperature operating
4.5.2
-20°C
High temperature operating
4.5.4
+70°C
High temperature short-time
operating
4.5.3
+70°C
High temperature ground survival
4.5.3
+85°C
Loss of Cooling
4.5.5
Cooling air not required (+70°C operating without cooling air)
Altitude
4.6.1
35,000 feet
Decompression
4.6.2
8,000 to 35,000 feet in 15 seconds
Overpressure
4.6.3
-15,000 feet
Temperature Variation
5.0
Equipment tested to Category C
Humidity
6.0
Equipment tested to Category A
Operational Shocks
7.2
Equipment tested to Category B
Crash Safety
7.3
Equipment tested to Category B type 5
Vibration
8.0
Aircraft zone 2; type 3, 4, 5 to category S level M, type 1 (Helicopters) to
category U level G
22-16
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
Explosion
9.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Waterproofness
10.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fungus
13.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Salt Spray
14.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Equipment tested to Category Z
Power Input
16.0
Equipment tested to Category BX
Voltage Spike
17.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Audio frequency conducted
susceptibility
18.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Induced signal susceptibility
19.0
Equipment tested to Category AC
Radio frequency susceptibility
20.0
Equipment tested to Category TT
Radio frequency emission
21.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Lightning induced transient
susceptibility
22.0
Equipment identified as Category XXXX – no test required
Lightning direct effects
23.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Icing
24.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Electrostatic Discharge
25.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fire, Flammability
26.0
Equipment identified as Category C
Nomenclature:
TT22 Mode S Transponder (Dynon Avionics SV-XPNDR-261)
Part Number: 00745-(XX)
ETSO: 2C112b, C166a
Manufacturer:
Trig Avionics Limited
Address:
Heriot Watt Research Park, Riccarton, Currie, Scotland, EH14 4AP
Conditions
Temperature and Altitude
DO-160F
Section
4.0
Description of Conducted Tests
Equipment tested to Categories A2, C1
Low temperature ground survival
4.5.1
-55°C
Low temperature short-time
operating
4.5.1
-40°C
Low temperature operating
4.5.2
-20°C
High temperature operating
4.5.4
+70°C
High temperature short-time
operating
4.5.3
+70°C
High temperature ground survival
4.5.3
+85°C
Loss of Cooling
4.5.5
Cooling air not required (+70°C operating without cooling air)
Altitude
4.6.1
35,000 feet
Decompression
4.6.2
8,000 to 35,000 feet in 15 seconds
Overpressure
4.6.3
-15,000 feet
Temperature Variation
5.0
Equipment tested to Category C
Humidity
6.0
Equipment tested to Category A
Operational Shocks
7.2
Equipment tested to Category B
Crash Safety
7.3
Equipment tested to Category B type 5
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-17
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
Vibration
8.0
Aircraft zone 2; type 3, 4, 5 to category S level M, type 1 (Helicopters) to
category U level G
Explosion
9.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Waterproofness
10.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fungus
13.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Salt Spray
14.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Equipment tested to Category Z
Power Input
16.0
Equipment tested to Category BX
Voltage Spike
17.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Audio frequency conducted
susceptibility
18.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Induced signal susceptibility
19.0
Equipment tested to Category AC
Radio frequency susceptibility
20.0
Equipment tested to Category TT
Radio frequency emission
21.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Lightning induced transient
susceptibility
22.0
Equipment identified as Category XXXX – no test required
Lightning direct effects
23.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Icing
24.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Electrostatic Discharge
25.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fire, Flammability
26.0
Equipment identified as Category C
Table 80 - SV-XPNDR-261/262 Qualification Forms
SV-XPNDR-261/262 ADS-B Information
SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder modules include support for Extended Squitter ADS-B out. The
SV-XPNDR-261/262 with SV-XPNDR software 2.02 or higher is a DO-260B compliant broadcast
participant.
ADS-B Parameters Supported
The following table lists the ADS-B parameters that are transmitted by the SV-XPNDR-261/262
transponder when connected to an appropriate GPS receiver.
22-18
Parameter
BDS Register
SPI
0,5
Emergency Indicator
0,5
Barometric Altitude
0,5
Quality Indicator (NIC)
0,5
Airborne
0,5
Latitude
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
Position
Longitude
Quality Indicator (NIC)
Surface Position
0,5
0,6
Latitude
0,6
Longitude
0,6
Surface Ground Speed
0,6
Surface Ground Track
0,6
Aircraft Identification
0,8
Airborne Ground Velocity
0,9
Geometric to Barometric
altitude difference
0,9
Geometric Vertical Rate
0,9
Squawk Code
6,1
Emergency Status
6,1
Quality Indicator (NACp)
6,5
Quality Indicator (NACv)
6,5
Quality Indicator (SIL)
6,5
Version Indicator
6,5
Surface Length/Width
6,5
Surface Antenna Offset
6,5
Table 81 - SV-XPNDR-261/262 ADS-B Parameters Supported
In all cases, uncompensated latency due to the transponder is less than 10 milliseconds.
Analysis of the system latency should add this to the latency of the GPS system and the
transmission time of the position data from the GPS to the transponder to determine the
overall latency.
FAA 91.227 Compliance
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 transponder can be connected to the following GPS units to form the
basis of a 14 CFR 91.227 compliant ADS-B installation:


Freeflight 1201 & 1204 WAAS/GPS Sensors
NexNav MINI & NexNav MAX WAAS/GPS Sensors
For installations seeking certification to 91.227 or other applicable standards, additional
compliance information may be available on request from Dynon Avionics or Trig Avionics
Limited.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-19
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
AMC 20-24 Compliance
The TT21 or TT22 transponder can be connected to the following GPS units to form the basis of
an AMC20-24 compliant ADS-B installation:



Freeflight 1201 & 1204 WAAS/GPS Sensors
NexNav MINI & NexNav MAX WAAS/GPS Sensors
Garmin GNS 400W/500W series
For installations seeking certification to AMC 20-24 or other applicable standards, additional
compliance information is available on request from Trig Avionics Limited.
Automatic Air/Ground Determination
The SV-XPNDR-261/262 can report ADS-B surface and airborne messages. This can be
accomplished via a squat switch input that is designed to be used with an automatic air/ground
switching device, or via automatic detection. These options are fully explained in the SVXPNDR-261/262 Installation, Configuration, and Testing Section of this guide.
SV-COM-T8 Environmental Qualification Form
Nomenclature:
TY91L VHF radio
Part Number: 00882-00-01
ETSO: 2C169a
Manufacturer:
Trig Avionics Limited
Address:
Heriot Watt Research Park, Riccarton, Edinburgh, Scotland,
EH14 4AP
Conditions
Temperature and Altitude
DO-160F
Section
4.0
Description of Conducted Tests
Equipment tested to Categories A2, C1
Low temperature ground survival
4.5.1
-55°C
Low temperature short-time
operating
4.5.1
-40°C
Low temperature operating
4.5.2
-20°C
High temperature operating
4.5.4
+70°C
High temperature short-time
operating
4.5.3
+70°C
High temperature ground survival
4.5.3
+85°C
Loss of Cooling
4.5.5
Cooling air not required
(+70°C operating without cooling air)
Altitude
4.6.1
55,000 feet
Decompression
4.6.2
8,000 to 55,000 feet in 15 seconds
Overpressure
4.6.3
-15,000 feet
Temperature Variation
5.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Humidity
6.0
Equipment tested to Category A
Operational Shocks
7.2
Equipment tested to Category B
Crash Safety
7.3
Equipment tested to Category B type 5
Vibration
8.0
Aircraft zone 2; type 3, 4, 5 to category S level M, type 1 (Helicopters) to
category U level G
22-20
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
`
Appendix C: Wiring and Electrical Connections
Explosion
9.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Waterproofness
10.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fluids Susceptibility
11.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Sand and Dust
12.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fungus
13.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Salt Spray
14.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Magnetic Effect
15.0
Equipment tested to Category Z, safe distance 1 metre
Power Input
16.0
Equipment tested to Category BX
Voltage Spike
17.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Audio frequency conducted
susceptibility
18.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Induced signal susceptibility
19.0
Equipment tested to Category AC
Radio frequency susceptibility
20.0
Equipment tested to Category TT
Radio frequency emission
21.0
Equipment tested to Category B
Lightning induced transient
susceptibility
22.0
Equipment tested to Category B2H2L2
Lightning direct effects
23.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Icing
24.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Electrostatic Discharge
25.0
Equipment identified as Category X – no test required
Fire, Flammability
26.0
Equipment identified as Category C
Table 82 - SV-COM-T8 Environmental Qualification Form
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
22-21
23.Appendix D: SV-EMS-220/221 Sensor Input Mapping Worksheet
Use this worksheet to record SV-EMS-220/221 sensor input mapping.
IMPORTANT INSTALLATION INFORMATION
SV-EMS-220/221 Serial
Number
Installer
Installation Completion Date
Pin
Function
Sensor
Name
C37 P1
C37 P2
C37 P4
C37 P6
C37 P7
C37 P8
C37 P9
C37 P10
C37 P11
C37 P12
C37 P14
C37 P19
C37 P20
C37 P21
C37 P22
C37 P23
C37 P24/25
C37 P26
C37 P27/28
C37 P31
C37 P32/34
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
23-1
Appendix D: SV-EMS-220/221 Sensor Input Mapping Worksheet
Pin
Function
Sensor
Name
C37 P33/35
C37 P36/37
C25 P2/14
C25 P3/15
C25 P4/16
C25 P5/17
C25 P6/18
C25 P7/19
C25 P8/20
C25 P9/21
C25 P10/22
C25 P11/23
C25 P12/24
C25 P13/25
23-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
24.Appendix E: Serial Data Output
Any of SkyView’s five RS232 serial ports can be configured to output various types of serial data
via SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SERIAL PORT SETUP. Technical information on the
installation and connection to the serial ports can be found in the Serial Devices section of the
SkyView Installation Guide. To output serial data, you must select either DYNON EMS, DYNON
ADAHRS, DYNON SYSTEM, DYNON ADAHRS + SYSTEM, DYNON ADAHRS + EMS, or DYNON
ADAHRS + SYS + EMS, NMEA OUT (BASIC), or NMEA OUT (FULL) as a Serial Out device, select a
baud rate, and connect the serial port to an external serial device such as a PC. The serial data
can be logged using any standard serial terminal program, a data logger program, or dedicated
data logger device. All numbers are output in decimal except where noted and are standard
ASCII. To view the data using a terminal program, that program should be configured to receive
data in the following format:





Baud rate: Set baud rate to match the baud rate selected on SkyView’s serial port
Data:
8 bit
Parity:
none
Stop:
1 bit
Flow control:
none
Multiple SkyView display systems: SkyView’s serial ports are designed in a way
that allows serial transmission to continue, uninterrupted, as long as at least one
SkyView display is operational. SkyView accomplishes this by transmitting from
only one display’s serial ports in a multi-display system. SkyView manages which
display is the “actual transmitter” automatically to avoid serial port conflicts.
However, the display that transmits is not user-selectable. Therefore, for reliable
serial reception in multi-display systems, a SkyView serial data output wire must
be wired from each display, in parallel, to the external serial device that is being
used to capture SkyView’s serial data.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
24-1
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
DYNON ADAHRS Serial Data Format
The following section details the format of DYNON ADAHRS serial output data:
Position
Width
1
1
Start
Character/Data
Type
2
1
Data Type
3
1
Data Version
4
8
System Time
12
4
Pitch (deg)
16
5
Roll (deg)
21
3
Magnetic Heading
(deg)
24
4
Indicated Airspeed
(knots)
28
6
Pressure Altitude
(ft)
24-2
Name
Description
'!'
1 = ADAHRS data. Other Dynon formats look
similar, and may be interleaved. This bit tells you
what kind of data will follow.
Currently 1. This is the version of the data
represented below and will change if there is a
future version that changes data. Has not
changed to date.
HHMMSSFF, current Zulu time according to
SkyView's internal clock which is synchronized
with GPS time if GPS is available. HH is the hour
from 00 to 23. MM is the minute from 00 to 59.
SS is the second from 00 to 59. HHMMSS are '-------' if GPS time has never been available. FF is the
1/16-second fraction counter from 00 to 15,
and may skip digits if baud rate is too low to send
data at 16Hz.
+/- then 000 to 900, pitch up or down from level
flight in degrees * 10 (900 = 90°), positive
meaning the aircraft is pitched up. XXXX when
not available.
+/- then 0000 to 1800, roll left or right from level
flight in degrees * 10 (1800 = 180°), positive
meaning the aircraft is banked right. XXXXX when
not available.
000 to 359 in degrees. XXX when not available.
0000 to 9999, indicated airspeed in units of knots
* 10 (1234 = 123.4 knots). XXXX when not
available.
+/- then 00000 to 99999, altitude in units of feet,
at a baro setting of 29.92" Hg, positive meaning
altitude is above sea-level. XXXXXX when not
available.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
Position
Width
Name
34
4
Turn Rate (deg/s)
38
3
Lateral Accel (g)
41
3
Vertical Accel(g)
44
2
Angle of Attack (%)
46
4
Vertical Speed
(ft/min)
50
3
OAT (deg C)
53
4
True Airspeed
(knots)
57
3
Barometer Setting
(inHg)
60
6
Density Altitude
(ft)
66
3
69
2
71
2
Checksum
73
2
CR/LF
Wind Direction
(deg)
Wind Speed
(knots)
Description
+/- then 000 to 999, rate of yaw change in
degrees/second * 10, positive meaning the
aircraft is turning right. XXXX when not available.
+/- then 00 to 99, lateral g’s in units of g * 100
(99 = 0.99 g’s), positive meaning the aircraft is
experiencing leftward lateral acceleration (slip /
skid ball is deflected to the right). XXX when not
available.
+/- then 00 to 99, vertical g’s in units of g * 10 (99
= 9.9 g’s), positive meaning the aircraft is
experiencing upward vertical acceleration. XXX
when not available.
00 to 99, percentage of critical angle of attack. XX
when not available.
+/- then 000 to 999, feet/minute / 10 (42 = 420
feet per minute), positive meaning the aircraft is
climbing. XXX when not available.
+/- then 00 to 99. Outside Air Temperature in
Degrees C. XXX when not available.
0000 to 9999, true airspeed in units of knots * 10
(1234 = 123.4 knots). XXXX when not available.
000 to 400. Baro setting in inHg * 100, offset by
27.50 inHg. Total range is 27.50 inHg to 31.50
inHg. (242 = 29.92 inHg). XXX when not available.
+/- then 00000 to 99999, altitude in units of
feet, positive meaning altitude is above sea-level.
XXXXXX when not available.
000 to 359. Wind direction in degrees magnetic.
XXX if unknown.
00 to 99. Wind Speed in Knots. XX if unknown.
The 1 byte sum of all 70 preceding bytes. In asciihexformat, so 3A = 0x3A
Carriage Return, Linefeed = 0x0D, 0x0A.
Table 83 - SkyView ADAHRS Serial Data Output Format
As an example, the following is one line of DYNON ADAHRS serial output data:
!1121144703-014+00003310811+01736+003-03+1013-033+110831245+01650023176C
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
24-3
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
DYNON SYSTEM Serial Data Format
The following section details the format of DYNON SYSTEM serial output data:
Position
1
Width
1
2
1
Data Type
3
1
Data Version
4
8
System Time
12
3
Heading Bug (deg)
15
5
Altitude Bug (ft)
20
4
Airspeed Bug
(knots)
24
4
Vertical Speed Bug
(ft/min)
28
31
32
3
1
1
Course (deg)
CDI Source Type
CDI Source Port
33
2
CDI Scale (NM)
35
3
CDI Deflection (%)
38
3
Glideslope (%)
24-4
Name
Start Character
Description
'!'
2 = System Info. Other Dynon formats look
similar, and may be interleaved, this bit indicates
what kind of data will follow.
Currently 2. This is the version of the data
represented below and will change if there is a
future version that changes data. Data version
changed at SkyView version 5.1.
HHMMSSFF, current Zulu time according to
SkyView's internal clock which is synchronized
with GPS time if GPS is available. HH is the hour
from 00 to 23. MM is the minute from 00 to 59.
SS is the second from 00 to 59. HHMMSS are '-------' if GPS time has never been available. FF is the
1/16-second fraction counter from 00 to 15, and
may skip digits if baud rate is too low to send
data at 16Hz.
000 to 359 in degrees. XXX if heading bug is not
displayed.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, altitude in units of tens of
feet (1234 = 12,340 ft). XXXXX if altitude bug is
not displayed.
0000 to 9999, airspeed in units of knots *
10 (1234 = 123.4 knots). XXXX if airspeed bug is
not displayed.
+/- then 000 to 999, tens of feet/minute. (123 =
1230 ft/min), positive meaning climb. XXXX if
vertical speed bug is not displayed.
000 to 359 in degrees.
0-2. 0=GPS, 1=NAV, 2=LOC.
0-5. GPSX, NAVX, or LOCX.
00-50. In tenths of NM, 50 = 5.0 NM. Output 'XX'
when not in GPS mode as there is no scale in NAV
or LOC
+/- then 00 to 99 percent of deflection, +
meaning deflected to right, 'XXX' w/o valid CDI.
+/- then 00 to 99 percent of deflection, +
meaning deflected upward, 'XXX' w/o valid GS.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
Position
Width
Name
41
1
AP Engaged
42
1
AP Roll Mode
43
1
UNUSED
44
1
AP Pitch Mode
45
1
UNUSED
46
3
AP Roll Force
49
5
AP Roll Position
(steps)
54
1
AP Roll Slip (bool)
55
3
AP Pitch Force
58
5
AP Pitch Position
(steps)
63
1
AP Pitch Slip (bool)
Description
0-7. 0=Off, 1= roll only, 2=pitch only, 3=
roll+pitch, 4=yaw, 5=roll+yaw, 6=pitch+yaw,
7=pitch+roll+yaw (yaw doesn't currently exist,
but format supports it). Will read 0 all the time if
no AP is installed.
0-4. 0=Heading, 1=Track, 2=NAV, 3=GPS Steering.
Always reads zero when AP roll not engaged.
Reserved for future usage. Always reads 'X'.
Parsers should not read this value.
0. 0=Altitude. Always reads zero when AP pitch
not engaged.
Reserved for future usage. Always reads
'X'. Parsers should not read this value.
+/- then 00 to 80. Raw force number from servo,
+ meaning that a force is being exerted in the
right-wing-downward direction against the servo.
80 is theoretical maximum before slipping.
Always reads zero when AP roll not engaged.
+/- then 0000 to 9999. Position of servo output
shaft relative to that at power-on, in steps, +
meaning in the right-wing-downward direction.
800 steps represent a full rotation of the output
shaft. Outputs "XXXXX" when not available.
0 or 1. 0 = No slipping on this servo. 1 = At least
one slip on this servo in the last 3
seconds. Always reads zero when AP roll not
engaged.
+/- then 00 to 80. Raw force number from servo,
+ meaning that a force is being exerted in the
nose-upward direction against the servo. 80 is
theoretical maximum before slipping. Always
reads zero when AP pitch not engaged.
+/- then 0000 to 9999. Position of servo output
shaft relative to that at power-on, in steps, +
meaning in the nose-upward direction. 800 steps
represent a full rotation of the output shaft.
Outputs "XXXXX" when not available.
0 or 1. 0 = No slipping on this servo. 1 = At least
one slip on this servo in the last 3
seconds. Always reads zero when AP pitch not
engaged.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
24-5
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
Position
Width
Name
64
3
AP Yaw Force
67
5
AP Yaw Position
72
1
AP Yaw Slip (bool)
73
1
74
1
75
1
76
4
80
10
UNUSED
90
2
Checksum
92
2
CR/LF
Transponder
Status
Transponder Reply
(bool)
Transponder
Identing (bool)
Transponder Code
(octal)
Description
+/- then 00 to 80. Raw force number from servo,
+ meaning that a force is being exerted in the
rightward direction against the servo. 80 is
theoretical maximum before slipping. Always
reads zero when AP yaw not engaged.
+/- then 0000 to 9999. Position of servo output
shaft relative to that at power-on, in steps, +
meaning in the rightward direction. 800 steps
represent a full rotation of the output shaft.
Outputs "XXXXX" when not available.
0 or 1. 0 = No slipping on this servo. 1 = At least
one slip on this servo in the last 3
seconds. Always reads zero when AP yaw not
engaged.
0-3. 0=SBY, 1= GND, 2=ON, 3=ALT.
0 or 1. 0 = No reply in last second, 1 = at least one
reply within last second.
0 or 1. 0 = not IDENT'ing, 1 = IDENT active, as
reported by Transponder.
0000-7777
Reserved for future usage. Always reads
'XXXXXXXXXX'. Parsers should not read this value.
The 1 byte sum of all 73 preceding bytes. In asciihexformat, so 3A = 0x3A
Carriage Return, Linefeed = 0x0D, 0x0A.
Table 84 – SkyView SYSTEM Serial Data Output Format
Note 1: Yaw axis AP does not exist at this time, but the serial output format supports it.
As an example, the following is one line of DYNON SYSTEM serial output data:
!2221144704359XXXXX1600+010XXX00XXXXXXXX00X0X+0099990+00+99990+00XXXXX00104543XXXXXXXXXX3A
24-6
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
DYNON EMS Serial Data Format
The following section details the format of EMS data output to the serial port:
Position
Width
Name
Start
Character
Pin
1
1
2
1
Data Type
3
1
Data Version
4
8
System Time
12
3
Oil Pressure
(PSI)
Varies
(see note 1)
15
4
Oil Temp
(deg C)
Varies
(see note 1)
19
23
4
4
RPM L
RPM R
C37 P32/34
C37 P33/35
27
3
Manifold
Pressure
(inHg)
C37 P26
30
3
Fuel Flow 1
(gal/hr)
C37 P14
33
3
Fuel Flow 2
(gal/hr)
C37 P19
Description
'!'
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
3 = EMS Data. Other Dynon formats look
similar, and may be interleaved, this bit
indicates what kind of data will follow.
Currently 2. This is the version of the data
represented below and will change if there
is a future version that changes data. Data
version changed at SkyView version 5.1.
HHMMSSFF, current Zulu time according to
SkyView's internal clock which is
synchronized with GPS time if GPS is
available. HH is the hour from 00 to 23.
MM is the minute from 00 to 59. SS is the
second from 00 to 59. HHMMSS are '--------'
if GPS time has never been available. FF is
the 1/16-second fraction counter from 00
to 15, and may skip digits if baud rate is too
low to send data at 16Hz.
000 to 999 or XXX. Oil pressure in
PSI. There must be a pressure sensor
named "OIL" for this to work. See note 2.
+/- then 000 to 999 or XXX. Oil
temperature in C. There must be a
temperature sensor named "OIL" for this to
work. See note 2.
0 to 9999. RPM from Left input.
0 to 9999. RPM from Right input.
0 to 600. Manifold Pressure in 0.1 inHg.
299 = 29.9 inHg. There must be a pressure
sensor named "MAP" for this to work. See
note 2.
000 to 999. Fuel flow in 1/10th Gallons Per
Hour. 086 = 8.6 GPH. See note 2.
000 to 999. Fuel flow in 1/10th Gallons Per
Hour. 086 = 8.6 GPH. This is usually return
flow. See note 2.
24-7
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
Position
24-8
Width
Name
Pin
36
3
Fuel
Pressure
(PSI)
Varies
39
3
Fuel Level L
(gal)
Varies
42
3
Fuel Level R
(gal)
Varies
45
3
Fuel
Remaining
(gal)
Fuel
Computer
48
3
Volts 1
C37 P1
51
3
Volts 2
C37 P2
54
4
Amps
C37 P24/25
58
5
Hobbs Time
Calculated
63
5
Tach Time
Calculated
68
4
72
4
76
4
80
4
84
4
88
4
Thermocoup
le 1 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 2 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 3 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 4 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 5 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 6 (deg C)
C25 P2/14
C25 P3/15
C25 P4/16
C25 P5/17
C25 P6/18
C25 P7/19
Description
000 to 999 or XXX. Fuel pressure in 1/10th
PSI. 274 = 27.4 PSI.
There must be a pressure sensor named
"FUEL" for this to work. See note 2.
000 to 999 or XXX. Fuel level in 1/10th
Gallons. 128 = 12.8 Gallons.
There must be a Level sensor named
"LEFT" for this to work. If there is no "LEFT"
OR "RIGHT" but there is a "MAIN", this will
be MAIN. See note 2.
000 to 999 or XXX. Fuel level in 1/10th
Gallons. 128 = 12.8 Gallons.
There must be a Level sensor named
"RIGHT" for this to work. See note 2.
000 to 999 or XXX. Fuel level in 1/10th
Gallons. This is derived from the fuel
computer and is based on the fuel on
board added set by the user and the
decremented by fuel flow. See note 2.
000 to 360 in 1/10th Volts. 284 = 28.4 volts.
See note 2.
000 to 360 in 1/10th Volts. 284 = 28.4 volts.
See note 2.
+/- then 000 to 999. 1/10th Amps. -083 = 8.3A. See note 2.
00000 to 99999. In 1/10 hours. 12345 =
1234.5 hours.
00000 to 99999. In 1/10 hours. 12345 =
1234.5 hours.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
Position
Width
Name
Thermocoup
le 7 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 8 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 9 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 10 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 11 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 12 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 13 (deg C)
Thermocoup
le 14 (deg C)
Pin
92
4
96
4
100
4
104
4
108
4
112
4
116
4
120
4
124
6
GP Input 1
C37 P4
130
6
GP Input 2
C37 P22
136
6
GP Input 3
C37 P23
142
6
GP Input 4
C37 P8
148
6
GP Input 5
C37 P9
154
6
GP Input 6
C37 P10
160
6
GP Input 7
C37 P11
166
6
GP Input 8
C37 P12
172
6
GP Input 9
C37 P20
178
6
GP Input 10
C37 P21
184
6
GP Input 11
C37 P6
190
6
GP Input 12
C37 P7
C25 P8/20
C25 P9/21
C25 P10/22
C25 P11/23
C25 P12/24
C25 P13/25
C37 P27/28
C37 P36/37
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Description
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 000 to 999. In degrees C. See note
2.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. See
notes.
Example: +1234C = 123.4 degrees C.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
24-9
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
Position
Width
Name
Pin
196
6
GP Input 13
C37 P31
202
16
Contacts
Not used in
SkyView
218
3
Percent
Power
221
1
EGT Leaning
State
222
2
Checksum
224
2
CR/LF
Description
+/- then 0000 to 9999, then units. +YYYYZ.
See note 3.
Z*16 (ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ).
000 to 199 in percentage of engine
reference power. XXX when not
determined or invalid.
The state of EGT leaning. L: Lean of peak, P:
Peak, R: Rich of peak. X when not
determined or invalid.
The 1 byte sum of all 217 preceding bytes.
In ascii-hexformat, so 3A = 0x3A.
Carriage Return, Linefeed = 0x0D, 0x0A.
Table 85 – Dynon EMS Serial Output Format
Note 1: These sensors can be connected to various pins on the EMS 37-pin D-sub connector
(D37). See the SkyView Installation Guide for more information.
Note 2: If the value is invalid, or out of range for the sensor, or the sensor is not configured, or
if the sensor is configured but not calibrated, then an 'X' is output for each character in the field
instead of a value.
Note 3: Units for each GP input depends on the type of sensor that is connected to the pin.
See GP Inputs
Rotax 912 iS Note: When the engine type is 912iS, the following fields in the serial output
source their data from the 912 iS’s computer instead of conventional sensors: Oil Pressure, Oil
Temp, RPM L, RPM R, Manifold Pressure, Fuel Flow 1, Fuel Flow 2 (always 0).
GP Inputs
The output for GP input pins is:

Each output is in the format +YYYYZ
o + is the +/- sign for the value
o YYYY is the value of the signal
o Z is the units for the signal
 C if the signal is in temperature, and the units are 1/10th degrees C
 YYYY is 1/10th degrees C, so 1234 = 123.4 C
 XXXX if the signal is out of range (red X on ems page)
 ZZZZ if the input is not configured
 P if the signal is in pressure, and the units are 1/10 PSI
 YYYY is 1/10th PSI, so 0123 = 12.3 PSI
 XXXX if the signal is out of range (red X on ems page)
24-10
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix E: Serial Data Output



 ZZZZ if the input is not configured
G if the signal is in volume, and the units are 1/10th Gallons
 YYYY is 1/10th gallons, so 0183 = 18.3 Gallons
 XXXX if the signal is out of range or not calibrated (red X on ems page)
 ZZZZ if the input is not configured
V if the signal is in volts (contact input)
 YYYY is 1/1000th volts, so 3852 = 3.852V
 ZZZZ if the input is not configured
T if the signal is position
 If elevator, rudder, and aileron trim, YYYY is percent travel, so 0047 =
47%
 If flaps, this is the angle shown on the screen, so 0038 = 38 degrees
 XXXX if the signal is out of range or not calibrated (red X on ems page)
 ZZZZ if the input is not configured
As an example, the following is one line of DYNON EMS serial output data:
!3221144705060+09323632363272057057164263263000280280+1200001300020+197+592+1
97+592+197+592+197+592+197+592+197+592+197+1970012T+0013T+0001T+0164P+1990P+0928C+0001T+0000G+0263G+0263G+0599P+0928C+0928
CZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ045L26
DYNON ADAHRS / SYSTEM / EMS Serial Data Output Combinations
DYNON ADAHRS + SYSTEM Serial Data Format
DYNON ADAHRS+SYSTEM output data alternates between DYNON ADAHRS data and DYNON
SYSTEM data. For example, the following is one cycle of DYNON ADAHRS+SYSTEM serial output
data where the first line is ADAHRS output and the next line is SYSTEM output:
!1121144703-014+00003310811+01736+003-03+1013-033+110831245+01650023176C
!2221144704359XXXXX1600+010XXX00XXXXXXXX00X0X+0099990+00+99990+00XXXXX00104543XXXXXXXXXX3A
DYNON ADAHRS + EMS Serial Data Format
DYNON ADAHRS+EMS output data alternates between DYNON ADAHRS data and DYNON EMS
data. For example, the following is one cycle of DYNON ADAHRS+EMS output data where the
first line is ADAHRS output and that is followed by EMS output:
!1121144703-014+00003310811+01736+003-03+1013-033+110831245+01650023176C
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
24-11
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
!3221144705060+09323632363272057057164263263000280280+1200001300020+197+592+1
97+592+197+592+197+592+197+592+197+592+197+1970012T+0013T+0001T+0164P+1990P+0928C+0001T+0000G+0263G+0263G+0599P+0928C+0928
CZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ045L26
DYNON ADAHRS + SYS + EMS Serial Data Format
DYNON ADAHRS+SYS+EMS output data alternates between DYNON ADAHRS data, DYNON
SYSTEM data, and DYNON EMS data. For example, the following is one cycle of DYNON
ADAHRS+SYS+EMS serial output data where the first line is ADAHRS output, the second is
SYSTEM output, and that is followed by EMS output:
!1121144703-014+00003310811+01736+003-03+1013-033+110831245+01650023176C
!2221144704359XXXXX1600+010XXX00XXXXXXXX00X0X+0099990+00+99990+00XXXXX00104543XXXXXXXXXX3A
!3221144705060+09323632363272057057164263263000280280+1200001300020+197+592+1
97+592+197+592+197+592+197+592+197+592+197+1970012T+0013T+0001T+0164P+1990P+0928C+0001T+0000G+0263G+0263G+0599P+0928C+0928
CZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ045L26
NMEA OUT Serial Data Formats
NMEA output data consists of industry standard NMEA 0183 Version v4.00 sentences. A
reference for Version 4.00 of the standard can be found here:
www.nmea.org/content/nmea_standards/nmea_083_v_400.asp
NMEA OUT (BASIC)
NMEA OUT (BASIC) serial output data consists of GGA, GSA, GSV, RMC, and VTG sentences
nominally output at a rate of 1 Hz. The rate is reduced if necessary to transmit the entire set of
data at the selected baud rate. This format outputs GPS data for position, speed, altitude, and
heading.
For example, the following is one cycle of NMEA OUT (BASIC) serial output data:
$GPGGA,214921,3121.6199,N,00000.0000,E,1,04,1.90,3000.0,M,33.9,M,,0000
*62
$GPGSA,A,3,01,02,03,04,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,1.00,1.90,1.90*07
$GPGSV,1,1,04,01,20,100,10,02,30,200,56,03,45,300,32,04,62,045,05*7A
$GPRMC,214921,A,3121.6199,N,00000.0000,E,82.07,1.00,300811,0.51,W,A*01
$GPVTG,1.00,T,0.51,M,82.07,N,151.99,K,A*1E
24-12
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix E: Serial Data Output
NMEA OUT ( FULL)
NMEA OUT (FULL) data consists of all of the NMEA OUT (BASIC) sentences followed by RMB,
GLL, BWC, XTE, BOD, and APB sentences nominally output at a rate of 1 Hz. The rate is reduced
if necessary to transmit the entire set of data at the selected baud rate. This format outputs
navigation information derived by SkyView, and is similar to the output that many handheld
portable aviation GPS navigators generate.
For example, the following is one cycle of NMEA OUT (FULL) serial output data:
$GPGGA,221755,3157.4430,N,00000.0000,E,1,04,1.30,3000.0,M,33.9,M,,0000
*66
$GPGSA,A,3,01,02,03,04,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,1.00,1.30,1.40*00
$GPGSV,1,1,04,01,20,100,10,02,30,200,56,03,45,300,32,04,62,045,05*7A
$GPRMC,221755,A,3157.4430,N,00000.0000,E,82.07,1.00,300811,0.49,W,A*06
$GPVTG,1.00,T,0.49,M,82.07,N,151.99,K,A*17
$GPRMB,A,9.99,L,FHAW,TUPJ,1826.7333,N,06432.4998,W,999.9,273.6,005.1,V
,A*41
$GPGLL,3157.4430,N,00000.0000,E,221755,A,A*42
$GPBWC,221755,1826.7333,N,06432.4998,W,273.6,T,274.1,M,999.9,N,TUPJ,A*
67
$GPXTE,A,A,9.99,L,N,A*0A
$GPBOD,299.3,T,299.8,M,TUPJ,FHAW*4F
$GPAPB,A,A,9.99,L,N,V,V,299.8,M,TUPJ,274.1,M,274.1,M,A*4E
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
24-13
25. Appendix F: User Data Logs
SkyView continuously stores three retrievable data logs that can be exported for user analysis.
These data logs are stored on SkyView’s internal flash memory and are exported to a USB flash
drive.
User Data Log
Filename format:
DATE-TAILNUMBER-FIRMWAREVERSION-OPTIONAL33CHARACTERS-USER-LOG-DATA.csv
Example:
2014-08-07-N123X-11.0-CROSS_COUNTRY_LEG1-USER_LOG_DATA.csv
(CROSS_COUNTRY_LEG1 is user-selectable text, up to 33 characters, at time of export.)
The User Data Log contains plain-text tabular data that records the entire state of your SkyView
system at a recording rate of your choosing (see below). This includes over 100 items, and
includes all ADAHRS (flight instrument) data, Engine parameters, GPS data, Autopilot status,
Transponder status, time, and more.
When exported, the data log is a standard CSV (comma separated value) file and can be viewed
in spreadsheet programs such as Microsoft Excel once exported from the system. The top row
of the CSV file is a header row which documents the format of the file. The headers for each
configurable EMS input follow the following format: Name (Units) (where the “Name” field is as
it is named in the SENSOR INPUT MAPPING setup menu). Each row beneath that header row
contains an individual record – or instantaneous snapshot – of all of the recorded fields.
Because different SkyView systems have different EMS pin mappings, the order and content of
the columns can be dynamic from system to system.
The User Data Log records at the selected Record Rate (see below) any time the SkyView
system is powered on.
A sample of what a few columns and rows of data would look like when viewed in a
spreadsheet program is shown below. An actual user data log would have over 100 columns of
data, and many thousands of rows:
System
Pitch
Roll
Time
(deg)
(deg)
1:50:38
0.2
-1.7
1:50:38
0.2
-1.8
1:50:38
0.2
-1.8
1:50:38
0.2
-1.8
1:50:39
0.2
-1.8
1:50:39
0.2
-1.7
Magnetic Indicated
Heading Airspeed
(deg)
(knots)
Pressure Altitude (ft)
134.4
0
4364
134.4
0
4364
134.3
0
4364
134.4
0
4364
134.4
0
4364
134.4
0
4364
Table 86 - User Data Log Excerpt Example
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
25-1
Appendix F: User Data Logs
Recent Flight Data Log
Filename format:
DATE-TAILNUMBER-FIRMWAREVERSION-OPTIONAL33CHARACTERS-BLACK_BOX_LOG_DATA.csv
Example:
2014-08-07-N123X-11.0-CROSS_COUNTRY_LEG1-BLACK_BOX_LOG_DATA.csv
(CROSS_COUNTRY_LEG1 is user-selectable text, up to 33 characters, at time of export.)
The Recent Flight Data Log records the most recent 15 minutes of flight at a data recording rate
of 16 times per second, in the same manner as described above. Its recording rate cannot be
changed.
The Recent Flight Data Log records data whenever SkyView believes that it is in flight, which it
determines by observing IAS and/or GPS ground speed.
Alert Data Log
Filename format:
DATE-TAILNUMBER-FIRMWAREVERSION-OPTIONAL33CHARACTERS-ALERT_DATA.csv
Example:
2014-08-07-N123X-11.0-CROSS_COUNTRY_LEG1-ALERT_DATA.csv
(CROSS_COUNTRY_LEG1 is user-selectable text, up to 33 characters, at time of export.)
The Alert Data Log contains plain-text tabular data. A new record is appended each time a
SkyView alert of any kind is triggered, including audible alerts and system messages. The Alert
Data Log is useful for diagnosing alerts that automatically clear on a brief condition, for
example, oil pressure going into the red zone for a few seconds, then back into green, and
automatically clearing.
When exported, the data log is a standard CSV (comma separated value) file and can be viewed
in spreadsheet programs such as Microsoft Excel once exported from the system. The top row
of the CSV file is a header row which documents the format of the file. Each record consists of
supporting data such as time, GPS data, type of alert, the type of alert action, and the
description of the alert. The Alert Data Log is allocated 2 MB which may be sufficient to record
more than 1500 hours of operation assuming as many as 10 alerts per hour. The Alert Data Log
is not affected by the RECORD RATE setting below.
Data Logging Recording Options
Record Rate
You can choose the frequency of the data that is recorded from SkyView’s various systems for
your particular needs. SkyView can record data as frequently as 16 times per second or as
infrequently as once every 10 seconds. Recording more frequently trades off the amount of
time that the data log covers. At once every 10 seconds, SkyView’s User Data Log can store up
to about 150 hours of data. At 16 times per second, the log stores about 2 hours of data. When
the data log fills up, the oldest data is automatically discarded to make room for new data.
25-2
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
Appendix F: User Data Logs
Navigate to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DATA LOG SETUP > RECORD RATE to choose the
frequency that data is recorded to the internal User Data Log.
Clearing Data Logs
Navigate to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DATA LOG SETUP > CLEAR ALL DATA to erase the
User Data Log, Recent Flight Data Log, and Alert Data Log.
Exporting Data Logs
In a dual engine configuration (dual SV-EMS-22x with at least two SkyView
displays), data logs for each engine are recorded / exported only on the display
that is monitoring each engine. Example – in a system where the left display is
configured to monitor the left engine, the data log exported from the left display
contains the data log for the left engine (only). It is recommended to use a
separate USB flash drive per engine to prevent the possibility of overwriting data
logs.
Connect a USB flash drive with at least 100 MB of available storage capacity to your SkyView
display. Then, navigate to SETUP MENU > SYSTEM SOFTWARE > EXPORT USER DATA LOGS to
export the three data logs to the USB flash drive.
If your SkyView system has not yet flown, or has not flown since the data logs were last cleared,
there may not be a Recent Flight Data Log available.
The data logs that are exported are in CSV (comma separated values) format and can be
opened by common spreadsheet programs such as Microsoft Excel.
Web-based Engine and Analysis
SavvyAnalysis.com (www.savvyanalysis.com) is a free web-based tool that supports the upload
an analysis of the engine information that is contained within SkyView’s User Data Logs.
Instructions for creating an account and uploading data logs are on the SavvyAnalysis.com
website.
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
25-3
26. Appendix G: Kavlico Pressure Sensor Part Numbers
Kavlico pressure sensors sold by Dynon Avionics for fuel and oil pressure are externally
physically identical and can be distinguished only by the Kavlico P/N stamped on the side. There
are two lines of text stamped on one of the six faces. Example:
B2312
P4055-15G
The first line is the lot number (it will vary widely), and can be ignored.
The second line is the P/N.
Below is a chart of P/Ns in case you remove the sensor from the bag and need to refer to the
Kavlico P/N.
Dynon Avionics P/N
Use
PSI
Stamped Kavlico P/N
101715-000
Fuel
Pressure
5
P4055-5G
101690-000
Fuel
Pressure
15
P4055-15G
101691-000
Fuel
Pressure
30
P4055-30G
101716-000
Fuel
Pressure
50
P4055-50G
101692-000
Fuel
Pressure
75
P4055-75G
101693-000
Oil Pressure
150
P4055-150G
SkyView System Installation Guide - Revision R
26-1